Dragon Quest XI S Script: Act 2 NPC Text

2.01 - Nautica
2.02 - The Last Bastion
2.03 - Angri-La
2.04 - Puerto Valor
2.05 - Phnom Nonh
2.06 - Puerto Valor (2)
2.07 - Gondolia
2.08 - Lonalulu
2.09 - Nautica (2)
2.10 - Gallopolis
2.11 - Dundrasil
2.12 - Octagonia
2.13 - Hotto
2.14 - Sniflheim
2.15 - Arboria
2.16 - Havens Above
2.17 - Arboria (Post-Credits)
2.18 - The Last Bastion (Post-Credits)
2.19 - Angri-La (Post-Credits)
2.20 - Phnom Nonh (Post-Credits)
2.21 - Puerto Valor (Post-Credits)
2.22 - Gondolia (Post-Credits)
2.23 - Lonalulu (Post-Credits)
2.24 - Nautica (Post-Credits)
2.25 - Gallopolis (Post-Credits)
2.26 - Octagonia (Post-Credits)
2.27 - Hotto (Post-Credits)
2.28 - Sniflheim (Post-Credits)
2.29 - L'Académie de Notre Maître des Médailles (Post-Credits)

2.01 - Nautica

 

[pc] looks into the mirror...

 

He sees the face of a big blue fish staring back at him. He shuts his eyes tightly, but when he opens them again, the fish's face swims back into view.

 

[pc] sighs, and a string of small bubbles float out of the fish's mouth and drift up to the ceiling.

 

[pc] looks into the mirror...

 

He sees the face of a big blue fish staring back at him. He opens his mouth as wide as he can, and the fish does the same.

 

[pc] sighs, and a string of small bubbles float out of the fish's mouth and drift up to the ceiling.

 

*: This is the Court Ship. Whenever discord or disorder of any degree occur beneath the sea, this is where the truth of the matter is judged.

 

*: There is an important case currently underway. If you're only here angling for some juicy gossip, I'd advise you to withdraw.

 

*: I haven't seen you before, chum. You must be a stranger to these parts—which must mean you haven't yet given one of our famous jetstreams a try. Am I right?  [yes/no]

 

*: Swimming all the way up there is a pain in the fins, but if you use a jetstream, you can get around town in no time flat. They're reel lifesavers!

 

*: I hear the ocean whispering, Her voice is filled with fear. She tells me that a beast of boundless animus draws near.

 

*: I've never known the ocean to speak anything but sooth. The storm will soon consume us all—this is the honest truth.

 

*: So I hear that you're the Luminary, and that you've come down to us from the world above...but how can that be true when you're a fish? Somebody must be trying to wind me up...

 

*: Hello, Luminary! You make a reel good fish, you know!

 

*: I've never seen a fish with scales so blue before. And your fins swish and sway so silkily too. You're a real catch!

 

*: ...Eh? You've never heard a fish speak before? Sling your hook! You're a fish, and you're talking like there's no tomorrow!

 

*: It's wonderful to see that you've awoken finally. You've been sleeping ever since you fell into the sea.

 

*: We're safe down here, but awful things are happening ashore. Speak to Queen Marina if you wish to find out more.

 

*: Her Majesty awaits you in her palace to the north. If you're feeling fit enough, I'd urge you to go forth.

 

*: Her Majesty insisted that we nurse you back to health—to tell the truth, I thought it was a hopeless task myself.

 

*: But still, she made us sing our songs of healing night and day. If not for her, your waning life might well have ebbed away.

 

*: There's more to Nautica than meets the eye! Why, we have a court, a watering hole, a magnificent museum...and I'm sure there's more I've missed off the list!

 

*: But if there's one must-see sight, it's the Pearly Palace of the peaceful Queen Marina—there's nowhere serener!

 

*: It might not look like it, but I'm not slacking off. I'm replenishing my energy so that all my faculties will be fresh when judgement day rolls around.

 

*: ...Hm? When's judgement day? That's not for me to say. Speak to Her Majesty—she can tell you more than me.

 

*: The building up above us is the Royal Terrarium. It's where scaly scholars gather to research human beings.

 

*: It houses an eely impressive collection of artefacts from the world above, and breams and breams of useful information about the lives of landlubbers. We Nauticans are very proud of it.

 

*: You're welcome to take a look, but mind where you put your fins—there is one item in the collection that has ushered many an unwary fish to its doom!

 

*: The monsters swept into my village, round the northern cape. We tried to flee, but only I was able to escape.

 

*: Beyond this city's boundaries, there's naught but death and fear. I beg you, little fishy—please don't stray too far from here.

 

*: Hello, there! I'm the treasurer of Her Majesty's Honourable School of Illuminators—the Illuminateys for short.

 

*: We light the city streets with a gentle blue glow, and it's all done with clean, green, one hundred percent natural energy!

 

*: Good night, sleep tight, child of the deep.

 

The waves are lapping and the seagulls are asleep.

 

*: The lampfish swim above you with their twinkling eyes,

 

To ward off the darkness till the dawn arrives.

 

[pc]'s eyelids start to feel heavy. If he listens to any more of the lullaby, he might fall fast asleep!

 

*: Ah, traveller! You're up and about already? When we found you floundering in that coral forest, I feared the worst.

 

*: The sharks were circling, smacking their lips and drawing lots to work out which one got to eat what.

 

*: If Her Majesty hadn't decreed that they leave you be, you'd be in several sharks' bellies by now.

 

*: My mummy and daddy always warned me that if I ever ate anything that was dangling on the end of a line, I'd be fished up in a flash.

 

*: But holy mackerel, that worm smells so good! Surely a little nibble couldn't hurt...

 

*: ...Hm? What am I doing? Why, I'm fishing for fish fit for a dish to put before the Queen! I'm the official maker of Her Majesty's meals, don't you know!

 

*: Speaking of which, you're a splendid specimen yourself. Those fine fins, those bright blue scales... Mind if I have a taste of your tail?

 

*: A loud, clanging sound has recently been resounding through town, as if a brutish beast were dealing pealing punches upon a glass ceiling.

 

*: I'm sure every Nautican must feel fearful when they hear it, but whenever I ask, they take me to task and call me a cowardly cur...

 

*: Waaah! Don't eat me! I'm not a sweet treat! I'm nothing but rubbery blubber!

 

*: ...Hey! Don't scare me like that, you sprat! When I saw your shark-like shadow sneak up behind my back, I nearly had a heart attack!

 

*: There's no slithering out of it—man or beast, fowl or fish, we all end up back with the World Tree in the end. You can't escape Father Time. Eel come for us all in the end.

 

*: I for one am looking forward to it. I've heard it's an elver sight! Hur hur!

 

*: Welcome Luminary, it's so good to see you well. Queen Marina waits for you inside the royal shell.

 

*: You'll find the entrance to the throne room halfway up the tower. Now you're a fish, friend, you can get there under your own power.

 

*: I'd carry you up there myself, just like I did last time, but letting fine fins go to waste would really be a crime!

 

*: That's not the only reason I refuse. You see, the fact is...you may soon need to swim away. You ought to get some practice.

 

*: ...Don't do that! Don't make eyes at me like a sad seal pup! No matter how you beg and plead, I won't carry you up!

 

*: You need to exercise those fins to get back to full health. I'd like to help, but first of all, you need to help yourself!

 

*: It's been some time, my friend, since you last visited the palace. Forgive me if, when last we met, I treated you with malice.

 

*: The Queen has been awaiting your awakening most keenly. I'm sure she will be thrilled when you swim up to her serenely.

 

*: Mmm... Nautica is such a... (yawn) Yes... Such a peaceful place... And all thanks to... Mmm... All thanks to Queen Marina...

 

*: The barrier... Yes... The barrier she created keeps the chaos... (yawn) It keeps the chaos above at bay... Mmm... As long as it stands...no monsters can attack us... (yawn)

 

*: As long as Her Majesty... Yes... As long as she lives, Nautica will... Mmm... Nautica will be safe... (yawn) How lucky we are to... Yes... To have been born here beneath the sea...

 

*: Mmm...? Did you hear that... (yawn) Did you hear that noise...? It sounded like... Yes... Like somebody banging on a...great big window...

 

*: Don't tell my... Mmm... Don't tell my wife about it, will you... Yes... She will only worry... (yawn)

 

*: ...Hm? You never knew fish could speak? Of course we can! You're talking to me, aren't you?

 

*: If you thought that only humans could talk, you must be up the pole!

 

*: Cor... I thought gurnards had thick heads, but you're something else...

 

*: Luminary! What a joy to see you well once more. Queen Marina's waiting for you just inside the door.

 

*: I once got caught by a fisherman, but I managed to escape. Ever since then, my fear of leaving the city has been off the scale!

 

*: One minute I was nibbling on a tasty worm—nothing fishy about it—the next, I was being dragged up to the surface on the end of a hook!

 

*: But bless my sole—nothing prepared me for what I saw when I got to the top: the big, hungry face of a human! Just thinking about it sends a chill down my spine even now...

 

*: Many generations ago, we Nauticans made a deal with the World Tree. She promised to keep this plaice safe if we would do something for Her in return.

 

*: She told us that one day, the child of light would come to us, pursued by an army of darkness. She made us swear that we would save his sole.

 

*: When I saw you lying on the seabed, pale and lifeless, I went green about the gills—I thought we had failed to keep our promise...

 

*: Oi oi! Wot've we got 'ere, then? It ain't every day I get a fish swimmin' into me shop! You've got a bit more about ya than yer lily-livered mates, ain'tcha?  [yes/no]

 

*: Only problem is, I'm all out o' stock. The delivery fish ain't been coming these last few weeks, an' I've already sold the stuff I 'ad. Nuffink I can do, innit.

 

*: Go on, then—gertcha! Swim on 'ome to mummy before I gobble you up!

 

*: Heh heh heh. Only kiddin'. Besides, it's against the laws of Nautica to go round chompin' on our little fishy friends wivout askin' 'em first.

 

*: I might be a shark, but I ain't no crook—I'd never eat a customer. Don't worry—you ain't got nuffink to be scared of.

 

*: The natives of Nautica come in all shapes and sizes. Our races and our faces may differ, but we all work together, whatever the weather.

 

*: Fishfolk like me aren't fit for physical activity, but we have a facility for mental ability. I was born to be a banker!

 

*: My goodness, is it really you? You're all covered in scales! Last time we met, you were human—now you've got a tail!

 

*: But now that you are one of us, I've got a nice surprise: I'll show you all the stuff I sell that's not for human eyes!

 

*: The fish can't comprehend the speech of those who live on land, but there's a common tongue that fish and mermaids understand.

 

*: Try speaking to the other fish that live amid these canyons—I'm sure you'd get on swimmingly with our piscine companions!

 

*: Welcome to the Mermaid's Legs! Can I interest you in our signature cocktail—the Salty Martini?

 

*: It consists of a pearl steeped in mermaids' tears, topped off with foaming seawater. A single sip with send you sailing off to paradise!

 

*: Or if you're feeling generous, you could tip your glass into the water around you, so that everyone can enjoy it together! That's the way the cool kids do it! Ha ha ha!

 

*: ‘All fishfolk are our friends, even if they are our food. To eat them is permitted only if one is not rude.’ So said the very first Queen of Nautica.

 

*: But the law works both ways—if somebody's rude to you, they're yours for the eating. Whenever a fight breaks out here in the bar, I lose a customer... Ha ha ha! Only kidding!

 

*: I'm shick of being a shtreetlight... I'm gonna tell the bossh he can take hish job and shtuff it...

 

*: It'sh rubbish being cooped up in a tiny cage all day...and nobody ever shtopsh to shay thank you...

 

*: Her Majesty's a splendid ruler, everyone concurs. There's not a Nautican who doesn't think the world of her.

 

*: She's beautiful to boot—you've seen her stately, snow white tail, and golden hair as shiny as a suit of polished mail.

 

*: Her gentle eyes transfix you with their striking, regal gaze—if you can name a fairer queen than her, I'd be amazed!

 

*: Queen Marina told me the sad tidings: that alack, Michelle—my mistress and my friend—will not be coming back.

 

*: Perhaps you'll think I'm crazy, but I'm sticking to my plan—for Shelly's sake, I'll mind this place and keep it spick and span.

 

*: I'll dust the books, I'll make the bed, I'll polish every tile. I know that she'll be looking down upon me with a smile.

 

*: Though many humans hate our kind, not all of them are bad. Michelle told me her boyfriend was a kind and thoughtful lad.

 

*: We're told that meeting humans can be harmful to our health, but I've a mind to go up there and find out for myself!

 

*: Luminary, you've recovered faster than foreseen! Shall I take you up to see Her Majesty the Queen?  [yes/no]

 

*: Very well. When you are ready, come and speak to me and I will take you up to meet the Queen Beneath the Sea.

 

*: You were once a human being, now you're more a human been. Shall I take you up to see Her Majesty the Queen?  [yes/no]

 

*: Very well. When you are ready, come and speak to me and I will take you up to meet the Queen Beneath the Sea.

 

*: By the Sunken Spirit, I'm amazed that you're alive! Few others have sustained such awful trauma and survived.

 

*: It must be holy providence that you're alive today. Although we worship different gods, come, human—let us pray...

 

*: Is your meeting with Her Majesty already at an end? If that's so, then tell me—are you ready to descend?  [yes/no]

 

*: Imagine that—to think themselves the equal of our god! These creatures are such egotists as to seem, frankly, odd.

 

*: Stay back! This is one of the deadliest devices known to fishkind!

 

*: Humans like to put creatures like us inside these things with a few peeled potatoes and light a fire underneath!

 

*: Just imagine—innocent sea-dwellers just like you and me have probably been boiled alive in this very vessel!

 

*: The most interesting thing I've ever seen fall down from the world above was a small white stone with the word ‘SOAP’ carved into the top.

 

*: I watched it from behind a rock, and over the space of just a few hours it got smaller and smaller, until it disappeared completely in a cloud of bubbles. I cod barely believe my eyes!

 

*: That's right, I'm talking to you! Are you the famous fish who used to be a human? Well, I'm the chairfish of Her Majesty's Honourable School of Illuminators—the Illuminateys for short.

 

*: Our line of work involves keeping the city streets well lit so that no Nautican has to stumble in the dark. Are you interested in joining the team?  [yes/no]

 

*: I'm sure that symbol on your hand was all lit up when the mermaids first carried you in... Or was that just my imagination?

 

*: I'm sorry, but I'm going to have to reel in my offer. But if you're ever reborn with a brightly shining lure on your forehead, there'll be a lamp post with your name on it!

 

*: Welcome to the seabed realm of Nautica, my friend. How wonderful to see you well—I'm glad you're on the mend.

 

*: No doubt you're keen to head ashore, but I'm afraid to say, now that you're in that fishy form, I think you'll have to stay.

 

*: But once Her Majesty has heard the news of your awaking, I'm sure she'll let you know the steps that you need to be taking.

 

*: No doubt you're keen to head ashore, but I'm afraid to say, now that you're in that fishy form, I think you'll have to stay.

 

*: But once Her Majesty has heard the news of your awaking, I'm sure she'll let you know the steps that you need to be taking.

 

*: Her Majesty has bid you join her in her private room? You are the first in aeons to be granted such a boon.

 

*: None may enter but the Queen, or so it is decreed. To be allowed inside is a great privilege indeed!

 

*: A millennium or more has passed since last the Queen allowed her most private demesne to be seen.

 

*: The tidings Queen Marina means to impart are of the utmost import. The odds are great, and getting greater. Don't make her wait—it may be too late later.

 

*: 'Er Majesty's waitin' for you in 'er private room. It's just through these doors. Don't cause any trouble, or you'll 'ave me to deal wiv.

 

*: Welcome to the seabed realm of Nautica, my friend. How wonderful to see you well—I'm glad you're on the mend.

 

*: No doubt you're keen to head ashore, but I'm afraid to say, now that you're in that fishy form, I think you'll have to stay.

 

*: No doubt you're keen to head ashore, but I'm afraid to say, now that you're in that fishy form, I think you'll have to stay.

Queen Marina

Whenever you are ready, touch your fin against the pearl, and you will see what's come to pass there in your airy world.

Queen Marina

Our time grows short, please hurry—touch your fin against the pearl, and witness what has come to pass there in your airy world.

 

*: Her Majesty is just about to make a speech outside. Due to this, just now the throne room is unoccupied.

 

*: But if you'd rather leave the building from the upstairs door, perhaps you would like me to take you to the upper floor?  [yes/no]

 

*: The Queen has summoned all her subjects—every one of us. Whatever she means to announce, it must be serious.

 

*: Queen Marina's summoned all her subjects to the square. It seems to be important—I'd suggest you too head there.

 

*: To get there, you can just swim through the window in the wall—or would you rather that I take you to the entrance hall?  [yes/no]

 

*: Everyone's assembled already, ready to hear her words. There's no time to worry—you have to hurry!

 

The Pearl of Wisdom shines with a mysterious light.

 

There's a big, juicy prawn dangling in the water. Take a bite?  [yes/no]

Blue John

Oh, and if you need to bed down for the night on the way, there's a campsite off to the north there.

Blue John

And if it's any help to you, I can look after your money. Don't worry, you can trust old John. It's been a while since I did this, so let's see if I've still got the patter. Ahem...

 

2.02 - The Last Bastion

 

*: Ever since the World Tree fell from the sky, things have gone from bad to worse. The monsters round here have got a lot nastier, for a start.

 

*: Take just now—I was standing round minding my own business when this rabid, wild-eyed slime jumped out at me! I ran for it and ended up here.

 

*: If you see any beasties with flaming red eyes, you'd best run for it too. They hit a lot harder than they used to. Now, to business...

 

It's the three-sided rock where [pc]'s grandad buried the letters for him.

 

It's cool to the touch and strangely soothing.

 

*: The Manglegrove is up ahead. It's positively teeming with deadly monsters.

 

*: I don't care how tough you think you are—it's too dangerous to enter alone.

 

*: I'd turn back if I were you. This is no place to be wandering around on your own. Head south to the Last Bastion. You'll be safer there.

 

*: The Manglegrove is up ahead. It's positively teeming with deadly monsters.

 

*: I don't care how tough you think you are—it's too dangerous to enter alone.

 

*: You know, I've been posted here for months, and you're the first person who's made it all the way here alone. Clearly you can handle yourself.

 

*: Well, you'll be happy to hear that you're safe now. Head south and go through the big gate—that leads into the Last Bastion. You'll find other survivors there.

 

The curious energy that once emanated from the plant can no longer be felt.

 

[pc]'s old bed isn't in great shape, but it's probably still possible to sleep in it. Lie down for a rest? [yes/no]

 

*: I wish I had more cheerful news, but I'm afraid I lost my beloved husband the day Yggdrasil fell. Then I came back to Cobblestone to find our home burnt to the ground. Ahh, it's been terrible...

 

*: But you just have to go on—what else can you do? At least I've still got my Cole. Make sure to say hello if you see him.

 

*: I wish I had more cheerful news, but I'm afraid I lost my beloved husband the day Yggdrasil fell. Then I came back to Cobblestone to find our home burnt to the ground. Ahh, it's been terrible...

 

*: But you just have to go on—what else can you do? At least I've still got my Cole. Make sure to say hello if you see him.

 

*: Well, well! Look 'oo it is! You survived, then? Course, I always knew you could take care o' yerself! Yer Chalky's grandson after all, an' 'e always found 'is way back 'ome, no matter 'ow far he roamed.

 

*: Everyone'll be over the moon to 'ear yer 'ome! There ain't been much in the way o' good news lately.

 

*: Most of 'em are through the gate there. Ahh, it's great to 'ave ya back!

 

*: I always knew you could take care o' yerself! Yer Chalky's grandson after all, an' 'e always found 'is way back 'ome, no matter 'ow far he roamed.

 

*: The good folks o' Cobblestone'll be over the moon to see ya! Most of 'em are through the gate there. Ahh, it's great to 'ave ya back!

 

*: I'm a genius, I tell ya! I reckon a good ol' rummage through the rubble of the mayor's house'll turn up all sorts o' good stuff! Heh heh!

 

*: Oi, go an' find yer own rubble to rummage through, will ya? Yer crampin' my style!

 

*: I couldn't believe my eyes when it happened—this huge, dark cloud started billowing up from Heliodor Castle.

 

*: It was the most terrifying thing I've ever seen. It gives me shivers just to think about it even now...

 

*: There's no getting round it—food supplies are running low. I don't want to say it, but people are going to starve if this goes on.

 

*: I hope it doesn't come to it, but we might have to start eating grass and leaves soon. Maybe I should go and try some now, just to get used to the taste...

 

*: The occupant of this tent has been in poor health ever since Yggdrasil fell.

 

*: He mustn't be disturbed, so if you wouldn't mind going elsewhere...

 

*: I always saw myself as a lone wolf, a swashbuckling sword-for-hire. But then I got attacked by a mob of monsters and the Hero came to my rescue. That's when I realised I couldn't go it alone any more.

 

*: Yes, making it here saved my skin, and I won't forget it! I'm honour-bound now to defend this place with my life!

 

*: I don't know who came up with the name, but this place is known as the Last Bastion.

 

*: It represents the final hope for all those who were robbed of their homes when Yggdrasil fell.

 

*: The Hero took some troops and rode out again to look for the injured and the lost.

 

*: I just worry he's pushing himself too hard. No matter how strong you are, you can't do battle every day without it taking its toll.

 

*: They say this place was once a little village called Cobblestone. Well, those days are gone, I'm afraid. Now it's known as the Last Bastion.

 

*: ...Eh!? You were born and raised in Cobblestone, you say? Well, you've chosen one heck of a time for your homecoming!

 

*: When Yggdrasil fell, a terrible darkness descended over Heliodor, and monsters poured from the castle. We barely escaped with our lives...

 

*: We would have given in to despair if it wasn't for one man—the Hero. We owe him our lives.

 

*: If this place is the final flickering flame of hope, he's the one who keeps it burning.

 

*: You'll find the main part of the Last Bastion just beyond here. If you need food or weapons or anything, that's the place to get them.

 

*: I know they're not trained soldiers, but we've got no choice. Everyone who can lift a sword has been been drafted into the army.

 

*: Use your whole body! Don't just wave your wrist! What are you planning to do—tickle the monsters to death?

 

*: This used to be the church, but it's ruined now, and we can't use it any more. But don't worry—we made a new chapel in the main part of the Bastion.

 

*: It's too dangerous to be ringing the bells and gathering for morning prayers these days anyway, but I do miss it...

 

*: This used to be the church, but it's ruined now, and we can't use it any more. But don't worry—we made a new chapel in the main part of the Bastion.

 

*: I do miss it, though. The glow of candlelight on the stained glass of an evening was such a lovely sight... Ahh, we've lost so much...

 

*: Gah! I'm a total idiot! I tried to climb that ladder but my hand slipped and I ended up taking a tumble...

 

*: Back before the Fall, some lucky folks could flit between places using Zoom, but thanks to the Lord of Shadows, the magical pathways all got messed up, and now it doesn't work any more.

 

*: Which means if you want to start using it again, you'll have to revisit everywhere you want to Zoom to first. A real pain, I know, but it's the only way...

 

*: ...Gah! You've made me lose track! I'm counting the seconds till my shift ends!

 

*: The sky's so dark that if I don't keep count, I can't tell what time of the day or night it is.

 

*: By my reckoning, it's the middle of the afternoon right now. Which means there should be glorious sunshine, and instead we've got...this! What a drag!

 

*: ...Gah! You've made me lose track! I'm counting the seconds till my shift ends!

 

*: The sky's so dark that if I don't keep count, I can't tell what time of the day or night it is.

 

*: By my reckoning, it's the middle of the night right now. We should be gazing up at a beautiful starry sky, and instead we've got...this! What a pain!

 

 

*: ...Wait! You're him—the Darkspawn!

 

*: ...Oh, I'm sorry. I shouldn't have called you that, it just came out. I know we made a terrible mistake—many terrible mistakes. I hope you can learn to forgive us.

 

*: Unfortunately, I can't let you in here just now, I'm afraid. This tent belongs to a rather important person who's been very unwell since the Fall.

 

*: Ever so sorry, Mr Luminary, sir!

 

*: This tent belongs to a rather important person who I am afraid to say has been very unwell since the Fall.

 

*: Ever so sorry, Mr Luminary, sir, but I can't let you in.

 

*: It's a scary world out there, so you need to make sure you've got the right weapon for the job...

 

*: I'm tending to the wounded. It's the least I can do for our boys!

 

*: Every single day brings new casualties, and we're running out of beds fast. Goodness knows where I'm going to put people when that happens...

 

*: I tell you, being wounded isn't all bad! You get to lie about in bed all day while pretty nurses look after you!

 

*: ...Hey! Don't look at me like that! I was joking, honest!

 

*: We were fighting a sizeable force of monsters when I saw something I still can't quite believe...

 

*: There was a figure behind them... He was the one in charge, I'm sure of it... And he was human!

 

*: Are we really just fighting monsters, or is there more to this than we know...?

 

*: The D-D-Darkspawn!

 

*: ...I know, I know. I shouldn't call you that. You're the Luminary. Please forgive me.

 

*: I was convinced you were going to bring disaster on the world. We all were. But now I know different. I'm sorry...

 

*: I owe you an apology. I was convinced you were going to bring disaster on the world. We all were. But now I know different. I'm sorry...

 

*: Yay! It's [pc]! You're back! I'm so happy!

 

*: When we were locked up in the castle, I remember a big boom, and then everyone was screaming and running...

 

*: I remember my daddy telling me to hide with the horsies, and then... Then... I don't know what happened then. All I know is that I haven't seen my daddy since.

 

*: But if I'm a good girl, my daddy will come back, won't he? That's why I'm looking after the horsies!

 

*: When we were locked up in the castle, I remember a big boom, and then everyone was screaming and running...

 

*: I remember my daddy telling me to hide with the horsies, and then... Then... I don't know what happened then. All I know is that I haven't seen my daddy since.

 

*: But if I'm a good girl, my daddy will come back, won't he? That's why I'm looking after the horsies!

 

*: Neeeigh!

 

*: I've got to hand it to her, this little girl knows what she's doing! Even the feistiest steed is like putty in her hands!

 

*: She says her old man taught her about horses. Well, he did a good job, that's all I can say.

Blue John

Don't take this the wrong way sonny, but shouldn't you be hitting the road? You're not going to achieve much hanging round here. Steer a course to the Last Bastion.

Blue John

Unless you're looking to make use of my financial know-how, of course. It's been a while since I did this, so let's see if I've still got the patter. Ahem...

 

*: This is the road to the Emerald Coast, but you'll need to keep your wits about you. Even sticking your head out of the Last Bastion is risky these days.

 

*: The monsters have destroyed the road that leads to Heliodor Castle. But with that horrible dark stuff billowing out of it, you'd be mad to want to go there anyway.

 

*: To be honest, even going beyond this bridge would be pretty foolish. You're better off heading back to the safety of the Last Bastion.

 

*: I wish I had more cheerful news, but I'm afraid I lost my beloved husband the day Yggdrasil fell. Then I came back to Cobblestone to find our home burnt to the ground. Ahh, it's been terrible...

 

*: But you just have to go on—what else can you do? At least I've still got my Cole. Make sure to say hello if you see him.

 

*: I always knew you could take care o' yerself! Yer Chalky's grandson after all, an' 'e always found 'is way back 'ome, no matter 'ow far he roamed.

 

*: The people of Cobblestone are certainly a forgiving lot. We blasted their village to smithereens, but no one seems to be holding too much of a grudge against us.

 

*: Well, all we can do is repay their kindness and make up for all we've done by defending them with everything we've got.

 

*: Greetings, Mr Luminary, sir! His Majesty is waiting for you inside.

 

*: He woke up not long ago, and seems to be rather keen to talk to you.

 

*: When we were locked up in the castle, I remember a big boom, and then everyone was screaming and running...

 

*: I remember my daddy telling me to hide with the horsies, and then... Then... I don't know what happened then. All I know is that I haven't seen my daddy since.

 

*: But if I'm a good girl, my daddy will come back, won't he? That's why I'm looking after the horsies!

 

*: Ah, a new recruit, I take it? Well, if you've just arrived, His Majesty will want to speak to you. You'll find him in his tent. You can't miss it!

Amber

I don't know exactly what happened between you and the King, but it's time to let bygones be bygones. You really should go and see what he has to say.

Amber

You'll find the King in a big tent with two flags outside it—you can't miss it. But be on your best behaviour, won't you? This isn't the time to be picking fights.

Cole

[pc]! It's really you! I knew you'd come back! I just knew it!

Cole

When we were in the castle and there was that big boom, it was really scary. But then I remembered how you stood up to those monsters on the Tor and I decided to be brave too!

Cole

And I was! I helped people who were hurt make it home! I wanted you to be proud of me, [pc]!

 

*: You know, your mother has been such an inspiration to us all. When we were on the verge of giving up, she told us to buck up, and that the fight wasn't over yet.

 

*: She's braver than any of us. It's no surprise she produced a son like you!

Sandy

Woof! Woof woof!

Gemma

I'll bet you're tired, [pc]. There's a nice comfy bed in that tent if you need a little lie down.

Gemma

We all sleep in there, so it's a bit of a mess, but I'm afraid you'll just have to make do. You'll drop off eventually, I'm sure.

Gemma

Ahh, I'm exhausted! I might call it a day. Do you want to join me? ...Wait! Don't take that the wrong way—I mean, um, maybe you should rest too. Ahem...

 

*: I've been helping the grown-ups all day, but I'm bored of that now. I want to go and play in the river instead, but it's too cold and miserable...

 

*: ...What's that, dear? What are we sewing? Well, that's a good question. We're...umm...sewing the seeds of hope!

 

*: Oh, hark at me—Miss La-Di-Da! You must think I'm awfully silly!

 

*: Fings got pretty 'ectic up at the castle. Everyone runnin' round like 'eadless chickens, screamin' blue murder. I didn't know 'ow I was gonna get out o' there, but then a proper little 'ero came to the rescue.

 

*: ‘Cole’, 'e said 'is name was. Fanks to 'im, I realised I needed to pull meself togevver. Wivout 'im, I'd never 'ave made it 'ere.

 

*: Now 'e's my best friend, an' everyone 'ere's bein' really nice to me. An' there I was finkin' there was no 'ope left in the world.

 

*: I won't lie to ya darlin', I've seen better days. When it all went to pot, I only went an' twisted me ankle on top of everyfink else.

 

*: Hee hee! But don't go worryin' about me not 'avin' anyfink to do—I may not be able to strut me stuff no more, but I know one end of a needle an' thread from the other!

 

*: Me ol' mum wanted me to be a good little 'ousewife, see. Fings didn't quite work out that way, but all that sewin' practice is comin' in 'andy!

 

*: I've never lifted anything heavier than a champagne flute in my life, and now they have me working in the fields! Do they not know who I am!?

 

*: Is no one willing to wield this ridiculous implement in my place? I can offer a handsome reward. ...Anyone?

 

*: Ahh, I remember how things used to be. I would sit with my sweetheart in the sunshine talking about all the things we would do in the future.

 

*: Now it all seems like a distant dream...

 

*: Oi, she's with me! Don't you be muscling in, you hear?

 

*: You'll never believe this—apparently, King Carnelian was possessed by a monster!

 

*: ...Excuse me, young man! This is a private conversation, I'll have you know!

 

*: They say that Sir Jasper hasn't been seen since the day Yggdrasil fell. I wonder where he can have got to...

 

*: ...Ahem! Of course, this sort of idle gossip is beneath one of my station.

 

*: Is it the middle of the night, or first thing in the morning? You just can't tell any more.

 

*: The way things are going, I'll end up getting so confused I won't remember who I am. Ahh, it doesn't bear thinking about...

 

*: ...Surely not! You are [pc], correct? How very fortuitous that one should run into someone of your quality in such an...earthy place.

 

*: One is, of course, Derk's wife. He does so love to regale us all with tales of yours and young Erik's exploits!

 

*: If you have a moment, one is sure he would be overjoyed to see you. Ever the entrepreneur, he has been trading in sundries in an exquisite little spot in the western part of the encampment.

 

*: ...What's that? You want to speak with the King? Well, good luck with that—he hasn't come out of his tent since he got here.

 

*: Unless it's something really important, I doubt he'll want to see you.

 

*: Up ahead you'll find Cobblestone Tor, and— ...What's that? You already know?

 

*: You grew up here, you say? Well, fancy that! But you don't look much like the other folks from Cobblestone. They tend to be a little less...umm...well groomed.

 

*: I found this poor baby bawling his eyes out in Heliodor on the day Yggdrasil fell.

 

*: His family's house had burnt to the ground, but somehow his mother managed to save him. She wasn't so lucky, though... Oh, it's so sad!

 

*: I don't even know the poor thing's name. Well, we'll have to think of a nice new one for you, won't we, dear?

 

*: I lost everything when Yggdrasil fell. My family, my friends, everything...

 

*: There was so much I wanted to do with my life, but how am I supposed to do any of it now?

 

*: I've been serving in the Heliodorian Guards for twenty years, and this isn't the first time I've seen darkness like this.

 

*: The first time was back when Dundrasil was destroyed and Princess Jade vanished.

 

*: Thinking back, that was the start of all our troubles.

 

*: I'm sure if the Princess had been with her father, she'd have been able to see that something was wrong with him. Who knows, maybe we could have done something? Ahh, it's all so tragic...

 

*: You know Sir Jasper and—Hic!—Sir Hendrik, right? And you know the—Hic!—two-headed eagle on the Heliodorian flag?

 

*: They used to say those two were so—Hic!—close, they were just like that old bird.

 

*: They're our—Hic!—heroes and our guiding lights. But now Sir Jasper has gone—Hic!—missing...

 

*: Come back, Sir Jasper! Wherever you—Hic!—are!

 

*: Geh heh! I know a mug when I see one! Only kiddin', mate! You remember me, don'tcha? The most famous pickpocket in all of 'Eliodor.

 

*: Well, don't worry—I'm a reformed character! Me thievin' days're be'ind me, honest. These days I'm lookin' after this kid 'oo's lost her parents.

 

*: Alright, guv? I don't know if you've 'eard, but once upon a time I was a famous pickpocket 'oo liked to relieve folks o' their spare change while they slept.

 

*: Well, don't worry—I'm a reformed character! Me thievin' days're be'ind me, honest. These days I'm lookin' after this kid 'oo's lost her parents. They were posh sorts, so I call 'er ‘'Er Ladyship’.

 

*: Geh heh! Wot's the matter? Don't believe all that stuff about me goin' straight an' settlin' down? Just you wait—one day you'll find somefink important enough to make you want to 'ang up yer 'at an' all!

 

*: This man has a scary face, but he's really nice.

 

*: He said that when the sky turns blue again, he'll help me find my kitty!

 

*: This is the only free tent in the whole encampment. If you want to rest here a while, be my guest.

 

*: Now, it pains me to ask for money, but with the world as it is, I'll need to ask for a small donation to help with expenses...

 

*: In times of trouble and strife, it pays to know your money is in safe hands...

 

*: There's this girl sittin' on the pier be'ind the tent 'ere. I can't 'elp worryin' about 'er.

 

*: She says she don't 'ave no family to go 'ome to, so she just sits there all day starin' at the river.

 

*: She's 'ad a tough old time of it, I reckon. I'd go an' keep 'er company meself, but I've got work to do, innit. If you've got a minute spare, maybe go an' 'ave a word, eh?

 

*: That girl 'oo was sittin' on the pier seems to 'ave moved on.

 

*: Well, wherever she's got to, I wish 'er the best. She deserves a bit o' luck.

 

*: Suuun, sun, sun, sun, sun!

 

Fun, fun, fun, fun, fun, fun, fuuun!

 

*: ...Too soon?

 

*: I heard that ever since the darkness came, there have been all these horrible undead monsters wandering round the place.

 

*: Apparently, it's because all the dead people and animals came back to life when Yggdrasil fell. Things are looking bleak...

Derk

Ang about! I'd recognise that 'air anywhere! If it ain't me good friend [pc]!

Derk

You remember me, right? Derk—Erik's old mucker?

Derk

Ere, 'ow come you never told me you was the Luminary, eh? I nearly fell out o' me chair when I 'eard!

Derk

Trust Erik to end up knockin' about wiv a bona fide legend!

Derk

Ow is old Erik anyway? Is he doin' alright? You 'ave seen him, 'aven't you?  [yes/no]

Derk

You don't 'ave to sugar-coat it, you know. If 'e ain't wiv you, then somefing's 'appened to 'im.

Derk

Well, all I know for sure is that 'e's a survivor. 'E'll be alright one way or anuvver.

Derk

Can't be easy goin' round the place on yer own. Well, maybe I've got a fing or two that might be useful to ya. Ahem...

 

*: Hee hee hee hee! Welcome to the mysterious realm of the magnificent Mistress Bev! Don't cross me palm wiv silver, an' I'll read yer fortune anyway! Hee hee! Well? Fancy it? [yes/no]

Fortuneteller

I knew you'd say that! Hee hee! Right, 'ere goes...

 

Tell me, mysterious rulers of fate...

 

What's this lank-'aired lad 'ere got on his plate...?

Fortuneteller

...Oh dear me! Dear oh dear oh dear! This ain't good! This ain't good at all! I see trouble on the 'orizon, an' lots of it!

Fortuneteller

But do not despair! You can avoid all this misery with just one wise investment...

Fortuneteller

This top-notch item would normally cost you an arm an' a leg, but I'll sell it to ya for the jaw-droppin'ly knock-down price of only 100 gold coins! So, what do you say? [yes/no]

Fortuneteller

Wot's your game? You ain't got the cash, you cheeky swine! Well, don't blame me if yer arms an' legs fall off!

Fortuneteller

Sold, to the boy wiv the 'airdo! This should 'elp clear away a few o' them dark clouds in yer future!

 

[pc] receives some holy water.

Fortuneteller

Ang about! You're on one o' them Draconian Quests! No precious items for you, matey! Now get out of 'ere!

Fortuneteller

...Wot's that? You want to know more about wot precisely yer future 'olds? Well, that would be tellin'! Just sprinkle some o' that about the place, an' keep yerself monster-free!

 

*: I always believed the power of music could get you through just about anything. Now I'm not so sure...

 

*: It's hard to give it your all when no one's listening...

Dunstan

It's good to see you back, [pc]! I'm sorry you ran into all that trouble in Heliodor. If I'd known, I never would have let you go. I hope you can forgive me.

Dunstan

Things were tough when we were locked up in the castle, but the Hero looked out for us and made sure we weren't mistreated.

Dunstan

Then Yggdrasil fell, and all hell broke loose. We're the only ones who made it out alive.

Dunstan

Oh, the world's in a terrible mess! How could the Spirit of the Land forsake us like this?

Dunstan

The Hero looked out for us when we were locked up in the castle. He made sure we weren't mistreated.

Dunstan

Then Yggdrasil fell, and all hell broke loose. We're the only ones who made it out alive.

Dunstan

Oh, the world's in a terrible mess! How could the Spirit of the Land forsake us like this?

 

*: On the day Yggdrasil fell out o' the sky, me an' me mates were in the middle of a game of 'ide-an'-seek.

 

*: I searched every nook an' cranny in the city, but I couldn't find a single one of 'em.

 

*: Maybe if I'd looked a bit 'arder, I would've found 'em...

 

*: As long as we refuse to give up, even a faint flicker of hope can be kindled into a mighty flame that can banish the darkness of despair.

 

*: We just have to keep believing in the future, and do what we can to get through each day. In the meantime, I shall do what I can to aid my fellow man...

 

*: My wife was the best cook in the whole wide world. I was so lucky. And now she's gone... But you have to try and laugh, eh? Ha ha... (sob)

 

*: My Cole went running off to wait for the Hero's return. He was so excited he could barely keep still. I hope he doesn't want to be a knight when he grows up...

 

*: The 'Ero's on 'is way back, an' everyone's gone to the gate to wait for 'im. An' 'ere I am stuck on bleedin' sentry duty...

 

*: We saw a flare in the sky off to the north. That means the Hero's on his way back—I just hope he found some more survivors.

 

*: The Hero's coming back, but I can't very well go and greet him dressed in these filthy clothes...

 

*: The Hero is always on the go. If anyone deserves a day off, it's him.

 

*: Cole said 'e was goin' off to wait for the 'Ero's 'omecomin'.

 

*: 'E wanted me to go wiv 'im, but I don't care about the 'Ero. An' why does 'e care so much about 'im anyway? Wot about me?

 

*: Ruff ruff!

 

*: Hurry up and get over to the main gate—the Hero's on his way!

 

*: My little sister is part of the Hero's regiment of hand-picked troops. I told her it was too dangerous, but would she listen? No, she'd do anything for that man. She's completely smitten.

 

*: ...Ach, I'm not supposed to tell anyone that! Don't let on you know, will you? She'll kill me!

King of Heliodor

So the Hero returns. It seems everyone is gathering at the north gate to welcome him.

King of Heliodor

I know full well that you two have had your...differences in the past, but you must set them aside for now.

 

*: Hold on! Shouldn't you be over at the north gate with everyone else? You don't want to miss the Hero's homecoming!

Amber

Ooh, this is exciting! The Hero's on his way home, and everyone's gone to welcome him back!

Amber

It's hard to believe the people of Cobblestone would welcome a knight of Heliodor after what happened, but the Hero is different—he looked out for us. He has a heart, unlike some others I could mention...

Gemma

So the Hero's back, is he?

Gemma

If it wasn't for him, none of us would be here today. We owe him our lives. I'd thank him, of course, but he's not the most approachable person in the world...

 

*: Bah! Life's not fair! He's taller than me, better looking than me, stronger than me...

 

*: You name it, he's bigger or better at it! Blooming Hero, making the rest of us look bad... (grumble)

 

*: Listen, if you want to visit the Tor, I'm not going to stop you, but I wouldn't waste your time wandering round there if I were you. There's really nothing to see.

 

*: You'd be better off heading to the north gate. You wouldn't want to miss the Hero's grand arrival, would you?

King of Heliodor

If we survive tonight's assault, we may yet have a chance. I order you to go out there and fight for humanity's future!

 

*: A word of advice—before you go runnin' off into battle, you should go an' 'ave a pray first. You never know what 'orrible monsters're waitin' for you out there, so it pays to play it safe.

 

*: There's a priest 'oo'll 'elp you out in the middle o' the camp. Better safe than sorry, eh?

 

*: So they want everyone who can 'old a sword to 'elp out fightin' them monsters, do they? Well, no fank you! I've got better fings to be doin' than riskin' me life!

 

*: Nope, I'll just 'ide 'ere an' let you pretend you ain't seen nuffink...

 

*: The fiends who are heading this way are more dead than alive. They can't be reasoned with.

 

*: No, there's no way around it—it's kill or be killed.

 

*: I'm pretty handy with a crossbow, even if I do say so myself. You watch—I'll shoot any flying monster right out of the sky!

 

*: I've always been a lone wolf—a sword-for-hire. I fought for money, not friends or family. But this time it's different—this time I'm fighting for all of us!

 

*: With Sir Hendrik leading the charge, those monsters won't know what's hit them!

 

*: The monsters could attack at any moment! You should go out and join Sir Hendrik as soon as you can!

 

*: If you're short of anything, go and visit Derk—I'm sure he'll sort you out.

 

*: He's set up shop right in the middle of the camp so he can supply us with items even in the middle of battle.

 

*: As soon as those monsters show their ugly mugs, I'm going to open fire with this chap. Heh heh! Bring it on!

 

*: I know what I'm like—I always mess things up. I'm terrified of going to pieces in battle and not being able to fight properly.

 

*: That's why I've bought all the holy water I can carry from Mistress Bev—that'll keep the monsters at bay!

 

*: I'll... Hic! Come 'ere, shtupid monshtersh an' I'll... Ugh, it'sh no good... I'm shtill—Hic!—shcared shtiff...

 

*: Everyone's got to do their bit, so I'm making myself useful carrying weapons.

 

*: Now, if you don't mind, some of us have got work to do...

 

*: Sir Hendrik's regiment are as tough as they come—they fought alongside him when disaster struck in Dundrasil all those years ago.

 

*: There's no way they're going to let the monsters reach the Last Bastion. They'll fight them with everything they've got. We all will.

 

*: I don't need no weapons! I'll batter them monsters wiv me bare 'ands and stick their bones in me stock-pot!

 

*: I preach the path of peace, but there comes a time when one must make a stand. I shall not bear arms, but I will offer what succour I can...

 

*: I talk a good game, but if I'm honest, I've never been in a fight in my life. Well, looks like it's time to shut up and put up...

Derk

Fings are really kickin' off, eh? You'll be fightin' too, I take it? Well, don't worry—ol' Derk's 'ere for all yer shoppin' needs.

 

*: My wife used to say that the tougher someone seems, the more sadness they're hiding deep down.

 

*: In that case, the Hero must have seen some real tragedy. But he still manages to hide it and help other people. What a guy!

 

*: The sky's so dark, you can't tell if it's day or night. I'm counting to try to keep track of the time.

 

*: It's not working, though. I'm so terrified of the monsters attacking that I keep losing count...

 

*: Things aren't looking good—our scouts have reported that the enemy are sending their largest force yet.

 

*: I'm sorry you had to get wrapped up in this so soon after coming here...

 

*: The terrain around the Last Bastion makes it easy to defend. The people will be safe here as long as we can keep the monsters beyond the wall at bay. Come, the Hero awaits.

 

*: ...Ah, But I am forgetting myself. If you wish to pray or buy supplies before the battle, please do so now. This may be your last chance.

 

*: My little sister is part of the Hero's regiment of hand-picked troops. I told her it was too dangerous, but would she listen? No, she'd do anything for that man. She's completely smitten.

 

*: ...Sorry, just ignore me. I need to keep my mind on the job and defend the King.

 

*: I should be hunkering down and preparing for what's coming, not blathering on to you about my family. I always get like this when I'm nervous...

 

*: Just a casual bit of weapon-shopping in a time of crisis, eh? Well, good to see you're not panicking, I suppose. Keep a clear head and carry a sharp sword, that's what I always say...

 

*: You come back in one piece, you hear?

 

*: I wanted to do my bit and fight alongside the Hero, but my left knee is giving me no end of trouble. It looks like I'm going to have to sit this one out...

 

*: If you're joining in with the battle, make sure you clobber some monsters for me!

 

*: I remember where I saw you now. It was in the Masked Martial Arts tournament in Octagonia. You were pretty tough, as I recall—but don't go getting complacent.

 

*: These monsters are going to be way more trouble than anything you faced back there. If you give them an inch, you're going to regret it.

 

*: I've got the Tor covered. You head out and join Sir Hendrik.

Amber

The King has ordered everyone who's not fighting to hunker down here.

Amber

We'll be safe, don't you worry about us. And if any of those monsters are foolish enough to come near me, I'll give them a jolly good smack!

Amber

Your mother can look after herself—you get out there and join Sir Hendrik!

 

*: Now listen to me, Cole—all the other children look up to you.

 

*: That's why you need to stay strong—they're counting on you!

Sandy

Woof woof woof! Woof woof!

Gemma

Oh dear. I've never seen Sandy like this before. She won't stop barking. I wish she'd calm down. It's making me nervous.

Gemma

Listen, [pc]. I know you're fighting for everyone, and I know I shouldn't be thinking of myself, but there's something I need to say...

Gemma

...I need you to know that I'll always be here waiting for you. And when this is all over, I want you to come home...to me.

 

*: I'm so scared... If those monsters get in here, there'll be nowhere to hide... Ulp! We're done for!

 

*: One's beloved husband Derk has been assigned some light guard duty, but is still finding the time to pursue his commercial interests. After all, soldiers need supplies.

 

*: One believes he has set up shop in the centre of the encampment—one must maximise one's footfall, after all. Should you require anything, one is quite certain he will be happy to provide it.

 

*: I've got the Tor covered. You head out and join Sir Hendrik.

 

*: I've felt fear like this before, back when my home was attacked by monsters. They suddenly appeared out of nowhere, and... And...

 

*: ...And after that, everything is dark. Even if I try to remember, my head starts to hurt.

 

*: If it comes to it, and all hope is lost, please at least try to get the children to safety.

 

*: Don't worry about us grown-ups—just make sure our little ones have a future.

Dunstan

We've done our best to hide the children somewhere safe, but if the monsters breach our defences, there's no telling what might happen.

Dunstan

Listen [pc], you've got to get out there and fight, for all of our sakes. I know it can't be easy to forgive Sir Hendrik, but you're on the same side now.

Cole

Don't worry! No matter how scary the monsters are, I promise I won't cry!

Cole

I'm not a baby any more! I'm going to grow up and be just like [pc], you'll see!

 

*: They wouldn't let me bring my horsie. They said she was too big and noisy.

 

*: She doesn't like being left alone. I hope she's not crying!

 

*: Waaagh! All the grown-ups look really scared! Now I'm really scared too! Waaagh! (sniff)

 

*: No one can hurt us—we've got all those big, strong soldiers, we've got the Hero...and of course, we've got [pc]!

 

*: Those silly monsters won't be able to lay so much as a claw on us in here, will they, [pc]?

 

*: So if these monsters get in 'ere, we're all done for, right? [yes/no]

 

*: Well, that's good to 'ear. I can't go gettin' eaten, can I? 'Oo'd play wiv Bullseye an' Cole then?

 

*: 'Ello, 'andsome! I've been 'avin' a little chinwag wiv the Mayor, an' 'e tells me that you an' 'is granddaughter are goin' to settle down an' live 'appily ever after. Is that true? [yes/no]

 

*: She's not the sort to say it straight out, but trust me—she wants to be wiv you too. So don't let 'er down, you 'ear?

 

*: ...Ooh, yer a cold fish, ain'tcha? She talks about you all the time, you know. Well, maybe one day you'll realise wot you've got there.

 

*: (whine)

 

*: Where's he gone? I don't want to be on my own again! Waaah! (sob)

 

*: Do not despair, my little darling! Those monsters will prove no match for our gallant Hero, you'll see!

 

*: No matter how bad things get, don't let the music stop!

 

*: Don't look so down in the mouth, mate. I know things look bad, what with all these monsters and this darkness and whatnot.

 

*: But it's times like these when music can give you hope. So tap your foot, click your fingers and remember that the good times will return!

 

*: Please rest while you have the chance. You will need to be strong in both heart and mind if you are to face the challenges that lie ahead...

 

*: Oh, hello there. I'm just composing a heart-rending song that will be my last testament and my legacy. It goes a little something like this...

 

*: And so we make our last stand,

 

Just one final curtain call,

 

*: The undead hordes at the gates,

 

Our backs up against the waaall...

 

*: I am of noble stock! I can't be expected to wield a sword! No, fighting and dying are best left to those less...valuable to society. I rather think they enjoy it.

 

*: Don't worry, I've got this area covered! You need to head back and defend the Last Bastion!

 

*: Leave this area to me!

 

*: You need to hurry up and join Sir Hendrik!

 

*: Those putrid creatures offended both my eyes and my nose! I am grateful to you for ridding the world of them! Here, take this!

 

[pc] receives some magic water!

 

*: You helped me out, even though we used to be enemies. I owe you more than words can say.

 

*: Here, have this. I'm sure you can find a use for it...

 

[pc] receives some magic water.

 

*: Thanks for that! I was struggling, I have to be honest. Those monsters are harder to hack through than I expected.

 

*: Oh, I found this on the ground over there. Call it my little thank-you...

 

[pc] receives some special medicine.

 

*: I am in your debt! But it is Sir Hendrik who has the direst need of your help—he is fighting a formidable force unaided!

 

*: Here, take this. It may prove useful, and it may not, but you must accept it as a token of my appreciation.

 

[pc] receives some special medicine.

 

*: Leave this area to me!

 

*: You need to hurry up and get yourself together. Sir Hendrik is waiting!

 

*: Don't worry, I've got this area covered! You need to get back and defend the Last Bastion!

 

*: Clear off, you rotters!

 

*: I'll take you all on!

 

*: As the captain of Sir Hendrik's elite guard, I will die before I allow a single one of these accursed creatures to set foot inside the Last Bastion!

 

*: I am in your debt. Now, Sir Hendrik is holding off a formidable force unaided. Go to him.

 

*: So you would attack from below? Cowards! Wretches!

 

*: You have my thanks. I was vulnerable to attack from below, and the enemy exploited that to the full.

 

*: We are the finest swordsmen in the realm—the Blazing Blades of Heliodor! I am known as Zircon the Slayer, and these monstrous wretches are about to learn why!

 

*: Hm hm hm! I daresay you helped me out of rather a tight spot there, friend! Your reputation is well-earned!

 

*: Gah! What is this putrid stench that assails my senses? These foul fiends—their flesh is falling from their very bones!

 

*: I am so grateful to you for ridding the world of those putrid wretches...

 

*: So this is how it ends...

 

*: I...thank you... But now I must... I must take leave of this world... The future is in your hands now... Heurgh...

 

*: I cut them down, yet still they come! Is there no end to them?

 

*: That was too close for comfort. You have my thanks.

 

*: But how does Sir Hendrik fare, I wonder? The last I saw, he was facing a monstrous onslaught unaided. I pray that he is unharmed...

 

*: Waaah! Get away from me! Go! Shoo!

 

*: ...Y-You beat them!? Wow, thanks! I had my eyes shut tight, so I missed the whole thing.

 

*: When you attack my brothers-in-arms, you attack me! Time to teach you a lesson!

 

*: You helped me out, even though we used to be enemies. I owe you more than words can say.

 

*: Arrrgh! They got me! M-My sword arm... Argh! The pain!

 

*: Thank you! As soon as my arm's healed up, I'll be back to my sword-swinging best, you'll see!

 

*: Bah hah! Is that all you've got!?

 

*: I am Tourmaline, of the Blazing Blades of Heliodor! Come, fetid fiends, do your worst!

 

*: Thanks for that! I was struggling, I have to be honest. Those monsters are harder to hack through than I expected.

 

*: Oi! Don't talk to me! Can't you see I'm pretending to be dead?

 

*: I am Peridot the Punisher, of the Blazing Blades of Heliodor! These wretches will not escape my wrath!

 

*: And then my saviour came, a vision of enviably sleek hair and stylish fighting skills...

 

*: Gah! These blighters are tough! Too tough for me! I've never faced monsters this strong before!

 

*: I've got a bit of advice for you: a lot of soldiers are too proud to run away from a fight, but when you've bitten off more than you can chew, it's better to be honest with yourself.

 

*: So if you're getting the feeling that these monsters are too tough for you, chances are you're just not ready for them yet.

 

*: If I were you, I'd head to the cave east of here and use the wimpy monsters there as punching bags. Then you can come back when you've toughened up a bit.

 

Heading into battle with an aching body and a weary mind is a fool's errand. You'd do well to rest up before attempting any heroics...

 

*: It looks like the bulk of their forces have retreated, but there may still be stragglers up ahead. You shouldn't go any further until we're sure they're all gone.

 

*: I am sure your day has been quite eventful enough already, but the King would like to speak with you. You should head back to the Last Bastion.

 

*: The fighting was fierce, I'll bet. You should go back to the Last Bastion and rest. There are some nasty monsters up ahead—it's too dangerous for you right now.

 

*: I am sure your day has been quite eventful enough already, but the King would like to speak with you. You should head back to the Last Bastion.

 

*: It looks like the bulk of their forces have retreated, but there may still be stragglers up ahead. You shouldn't go any further until we're sure they're all gone.

 

*: The fighting was fierce, I'll bet. You should go back to the Last Bastion and rest. There are some nasty monsters up ahead—it's too dangerous for you right now.

 

*: We cannot afford to relax just yet. That was just a fraction of the enemy's forces. They will be back before long, you can be sure of that.

 

*: Now that the battle is ended, a great fatigue has come upon me. I must rest here awhile.

 

*: My clothes are bespattered with the blood of those putrid fiends...

 

*: I must needs scrub them thoroughly. Or perhaps it would be better to simply burn them...

 

*: Neigh! Neeeigh!

 

*: That was a miracle—we managed to weather the storm without suffering any losses, or even any serious wounds. It was an honour to fight beside you.

 

*: That was incredible! You swatted those monsters like flies!

 

*: You're an inspiration! Mind showing me some of those moves one day?

 

*: You helped me out, even though we used to be enemies. I owe you more than words can say.

 

*: I thought I'd never get my feet back on solid ground!

 

*: A dust-up like that can really take it out of you, can't it? I need to head back and hit the hay!

 

*: I fainted clean away as soon as the fighting started, but it looks like some kind soul dragged me to safety. Thanks, whoever you are!

 

*: That was the first time I've ever fought real monsters in battle. I really hope it's the last...

 

*: Sir Hendrik has gone back to the Last Bastion.

 

*: You should go back too—the King wants to speak to you. Don't worry, we'll take care of things here.

 

*: Good work fendin' off them monsters, [pc]! You'll be pleased to 'ear that everyfing's ship-shape 'ere!

 

*: Heh heh! Ain'tcha gonna say fanks? If it weren't for me fightin' off all them monsters, this place would've been overrun!

 

*: The enemy retreated to Heliodor Castle with their tails between their legs! A famous victory!

 

*: We saw the monsters' retreat from here! You really showed them what for!

 

*: I am a sword for hire, a soldier of fortune, a freebooter extraordinaire! And thanks to my excellent eyesight, I was able to watch the entire battle from the safety of the fortress.

 

*: I looked on with a minimum of squinting while those mangy monsters skulked off back to the castle! You really showed them! Ha ha ha!

 

*: Sir Hendrik slayed monster after monster! Well, they don't call him the Hero for nothing!

 

*: I heard the King wants to see you. He's probably going to give you a medal or something!

 

*: Sir Hendrik returned victorious, but he looked far from happy. I wonder what the matter is...

 

*: I wanted to unleash some massive crossbow bolts at those monsters' ugly mugs, but I didn't get the chance!

 

*: That holy water I bought from Mistress Bev worked a treat! It really kept the monsters at bay!

 

*: With all these wounded soldiers to look after, I haven't had a second to sit down! Busy, busy, busy!

 

*: You lot outside didn't let a single monster get into the Last Bastion!

 

*: But I shouldn't be surprised—Sir Hendrik's regiment are as tough as they come. They made it through the tragedy at Dundrasil, after all.

 

*: All here have suffered much, but this victory has brought at least a glimmer of blessed relief. Thank you for playing your part. Now, let me do what I can in return...

 

*: Roxy! Over here! I think I stubbed my toe! I need some attention too!

Derk

Alright? You must be proper pooped after that battle. Well, wot better way to unwind than wiv a nice bit o' shoppin'...

 

*: The sky's so dark, you can't tell if it's day or night. I'm counting to try and keep track of the time.

 

*: But I got distracted during the battle, and now I forgot what number I was up to. Is it night or is it day? I just don't know any more!

 

*: The monsters may have retreated for now, but we can't afford to let our guard down. That's why I'm still on patrol.

 

*: Welcome back, [pc]! I heard all about your exploits on the battlefield. You and Sir Hendrik excelled yourselves, it seems.

 

*: Which means that you have earned a rest. Fear not—the Heliodorian Guard will not allow any monsters to disturb your slumber!

 

*: I was showing those monsters what for, fighting like a proper hero, then from out of nowhere, one of them hit me right in the sword-arm! Look! ...Ow!

 

*: I knew there was something special about you the moment I clapped eyes on you. Sometimes you just know.

Amber

That's my boy! I knew you wouldn't let a bunch of silly monsters beat you!

Amber

I know the King will want to hear how you got on. You mustn't keep him waiting. Head to his tent—and be on your best behaviour!

Sandy

Woof woof woof!

Gemma

You're back! And in one piece too! Ohhh, I'm so, so relieved! ...Wait, you are in one piece, aren't you? [yes/no]

Gemma

Well, come here and let me kiss it better...

Gemma

Oh, umm...that was a joke, of course! Ha ha, only joking! Ahem... Just, umm...show me where it hurts, and I'll bandage it up, right after I've seen to all the others. (blush)

Gemma

That's my [pc]!

Gemma

...Wait, I mean, that's my old pal [pc]! I knew you'd be fine!

 

*: I've got everyfing under control 'ere. These brave boys are gonna be just fine. As for you, make sure you give Gemma a nice big smile—she's been dyin' to see ya!

Cole

I wish I was a soldier! They all looked so cool, beating those stupid monsters black and blue!

Cole

And you fought with them, didn't you? Wow! You're the best!

 

*: I'll bet you're ready to put your feet up and take a well-earned rest, but not so fast—the King's looking for you!

 

*: Th-The monsters retreated, didn't they? Oh, I'm so glad! I was so terrified, I'm still sh-sh-shaking...

 

*: Why hello, [pc]! Thanks awfully for keeping us all safe!

 

*: Obsidian is the finest horse in Erdrea. No one was able to tame him until Sir Hendrik, and now he's the only one who can ride him.

 

*: Seeing Sir Hendrik astride his steed on the battlefield is quite a sight.

 

Obsidian's eyes twinkle knowingly. He looks like he understands everything.

 

*: Now the battle's over, the wounded have started arriving. Which means it's my turn to do my bit and nurse them back to health.

 

*: It's going to be a long night...

 

*: I heard there weren't many casualties this time. That's great news—it means I get the nurse all to myself!

 

*: Neigh!

 

*: Neeeigh!

 

*: Yay! None of the horsies got hurt! I'm so happy! They're such good horsies!

 

*: Hold on! The King wants to speak to you! Don't keep him waiting—you can come back to the Tor later!

 

*: Praise be to the Spirit of the Land for bringing you safely back to us!

 

*: We've been through our fair share of hardships here in Cobblestone lately, but I just know it'll all work out in the end.

 

*: Hold on! The King wants to speak to you! Don't keep him waiting—you can come back to the Tor later!

 

*: We beat the monsters this time, but something tells me this war isn't over yet. The sky's still dark, for a start...

Dunstan

I dread to think what would have become of us if it wasn't for you and Sir Hendrik.

Dunstan

But no rest for the wicked, as they say—the King wants to see you. He's in his tent.

Dunstan

From the look on his messenger's face, he has something pretty serious to discuss. You shouldn't keep him waiting.

Dunstan

The King wants to speak with you. You'll find him in his tent.

Dunstan

From the look on his messenger's face, he has something pretty serious to discuss. You shouldn't keep him waiting.

 

*: I did my very best to be strong and not to cry! I'm such a good girl, aren't I?

 

*: Cole said you was brave, an' 'e was right! I 'eard about 'ow you smacked all them monsters in the gob!

 

*: When I 'eard about wot you an' the other soldiers were doin', I decided to be brave too. So even when we was 'idin' away, I wasn't scared at all.

 

*: Ruff!

 

*: The monsters have gone, but this poor girl still looks so sad. I wonder what's the matter with her...

 

*: I hear you repelled the monstrous hordes! Well, give yourself a pat on the back! It seems we live to fight another day!

 

*: I know the fight goes on, but we still have to savour this victory. And what better way to do it than with a good old-fashioned sing-along?

 

*: Smash! Crash! The monsters got bashed!

 

Boom-bap! The monsters got whacked!

 

So long, losers, and don't come back!

 

*: I do not doubt that our victory would not have been possible without you, friend.

 

*: It is as if you were sent to us by Yggdrasil Herself to remind us that there is still hope, even in these dark times.

 

*: I watched them monsters turn tail an' run off wiv me own two eyes! Ahh, wot a beautiful sight it was!

 

*: I wouldn't be—Hic!—surprised if those monsters heard about—Hic!—my fighting skills and decided to give—Hic!—this place a wide berth. I don't—Hic!—blame 'em!

 

*: Sing out for hope and light!

 

Sing out for a future that's bright!

 

Sing, sing, siiing, sing out for Heliodor!

 

*: ...What do you think? It's got something, right? I wanted to memorialise what feels like a new day dawning for our kingdom.

 

*: I am of noble stock! I can't be expected to wield a sword! No, fighting and dying are best left to those less...valuable to society. I rather think they enjoy it.

 

*: ...Say again? The battle is over? What rot! No, I don't believe you! I wasn't born yesterday, you know!

Hendrik

Do not worry about your mother. The King has vowed to protect her and the people of the encampment, and he is a man of his word.

Hendrik

We need to enter the castle and find the source of the darkness.

Hendrik

There is a church on the hill beneath Heliodor. We will base ourselves there while we search for the entrance to the sewers.

 

*: I didn't join Sir Hendrik's regiment just so I could ogle him. I'm not that type of girl, and I'll fight anyone who says I am.

 

*: No, Sir Hendrik is our light in the darkness, our hope for the future. He's the one who can vanquish the monsters and banish evil from the world. I believe in him—that's why I signed up.

 

*: The Last Bastion represents the final hope for all those who were robbed of their homes when Yggdrasil fell.

 

*: The barracks are just through here. Now that the battle is won, we can finally get our heads down for some well-earned rest.

 

*: Sir Hendrik and Sir Jasper grew up together. The King treated them almost like his sons.

 

*: They were always at each other's throats, but underneath it all, they were the best of friends, and stood by each other through thick and thin.

 

*: It must be hard for Sir Hendrik. His closest companion—the man he trusted most—has vanished. I worry about how he's dealing with it...

 

*: You and Sir Hendrik represent the last hope for the people of this benighted land.

 

*: You must take on whatever foul beast has made Heliodor Castle its lair and expel the darkness that emanates from within. Go—bring light back to our kingdom.

 

*: Sir Hendrik and Obsidian await you outside. Good luck!

 

*: Fear not, we will hold the fort here while you are gone. I can only imagine what manner of creature is emitting this foul darkness, but whatever it is, I am certain that you can take care of it!

 

*: ...Ah, but I am forgetting myself. If you wish to pray or buy supplies, please do so now. This may be your last chance.

 

*: It's my job to whip the new recruits into shape. Being in the Heliodorian guard is no picnic, let me tell you!

 

*: But to be honest, I've been pretty impressed by the way the grunts' sword skills are coming along. Even if I fell in battle, I have faith that they could defend this place without me.

 

*: Sixty... Sixty-one... Sixty-two... Sixty... Uhh... Sixty-three...

 

*: Ah-phew...

 

*: Hmmm... Hmmm...

 

*: I'm sorry, but we can't have the monsters getting a whiff of our plans. That's why we're not going to allow anyone to see you off.

 

*: It's a shame that you have to embark on such a perilous mission without the people here getting to show their appreciation, but you understand how things are...

King of Heliodor

The city sewers can be entered from a point west of here, on the other side of the forest. You can use them to infiltrate the castle from beneath.

King of Heliodor

The key I gave you will unlock the gate.

King of Heliodor

I have forbidden our people from gathering to bid you farewell—the monsters may have spies, and we cannot let them get wind of our plot. Remember, you are our last hope. Do not let us down.

 

*: His Majesty told me you were going off on an important mission. Well, you'll want to be armed with the very best kit you can get—and that's where I come in...

 

*: Ah-phew... Ah-phew...

 

*: No... Mess... Zzz... Must...clean up... Zzz...

 

*: Zzz... Zzz...

 

*: I just want to see blue skies again, and the smiles back on people's faces...

 

*: I used to be in Sir Jasper's regiment so I know him and Sir Hendrik pretty well. When they were growing up, they were the best of friends.

 

*: They used to fight like cats and dogs, but they still trained together every day, and when it came to the crunch, they trusted each other with their lives.

 

*: Seeing the two of them in action on the battlefield was awe-inspiring. With them on our side, we always felt unbeatable.

 

*: Ah-grooo... Ah-grooo...

 

*: Normally the dark clouds are billowing around all over the place, but they seem strangely calm tonight. I hope this bodes well for your journey to Heliodor Castle.

 

*: I pray this all goes according to plan. Just be on your guard—you'll be facing some formidable enemies before this is over, I'm sure.

 

*: Neigh! Neeeigh!

 

*: I wouldn't go climbing the Tor just now. There's rain on the way—now's not the time for you to be taking a tumble.

 

*: I wouldn't go climbing the Tor just now. There's rain on the way—now's not the time for you to be taking a tumble.

 

*: We aren't allowed to bid you farewell, but we can see you on your way with a little music. Stop and listen awhile before you go.

 

*: Go get 'em, killer! Once you're back from your top-secret mission, we'll have penned a toe-tapping tune about your exploits, just you wait and see!

 

*: ...Whoops! Sorry, we're not even supposed to mention it, are we? Umm, good luck, whatever it is you're doing.

 

*: Sir Hendrik awaits you beyond these walls. Once you are ready, you should join him.

 

*: Whatever is emitting the darkness, it is surely a being of great power. Your mission is a perilous one—but you will prevail, I am sure of it.

 

*: Zzz... Heh... Wh-What!?

 

*: I wasn't sleeping, honest! I mean, I'm on sentry duty, so how could I possibly be sleeping, right? Ha ha!

 

*: There's no two ways about it—we're going to run out of food supplies, and soon...

 

*: Umm... Who am I again...?

 

*: Mother...

 

*: Hello, dear. Your mother was here just a moment ago. I don't know where she can have wandered off to.

 

*: ...Wossat, 'andsome? Wot am I makin'? Hee hee! All in good time, all in good time!

 

*: Just make sure you get back in one piece, an' I'll show you then. Sound like a deal?

 

*: It seems you are soon to set out on your mission. Alas, we have been forbidden from wishing you farewell.

 

*: So I shall not say goodbye. All I will say is that I will be praying for you, child. Praying for your success and your safe return.

 

*: Needless to say, it pains me to take money from one who is risking his life for all our sakes, but please understand that your small contributions are for the good of all.

 

*: Let us each do our part for the survival of the Last Bastion until the day when evil is banished, and light returns to our realm. Now, if I may...

 

*: Zzz... It... It's you... Am I...dreaming...? Zzz...

Sandy

(sniff sniff)

 

[pc] gazes intently at Gemma's sleeping face.

 

She seems to smile faintly for just a moment...

 

*: Shhh! I've finally managed to get him off to sleep...

Derk

Off to wallop wotever's in that castle and get rid o' this bloomin' darkness, eh? Sounds like you need to lay in some supplies...

 

*: Zzz... Good horsie... Nice horsie... Zzz...

 

*: Ah-phooo! Ah-phooo!

 

*: Good night, sleep tight, child of Yggdrasil,

 

The sun, it is sleeping and the night is still...

 

*: The stars, they watch over you with twinkling eyes,

 

To ward off the darkness till the dawn arrives...

 

*: One's beloved Derk may keep his emotions somewhat under wraps, but trust me—he cares an awful lot for you.

 

*: As indeed do we all. And rather more importantly than that, we believe in you. So just you jolly well go and do us all proud!

 

*: There isn't a finer steed in this whole world than Obsidian. And in Sir Hendrik, he has a fine master.

 

*: One day I'd like to convince him to let me have a ride. Just imagine—that speed, that power... But who am I kidding? Sir Hendrik wouldn't let me so much as touch his beloved horse.

 

*: It's typical, isn't it—just as we win a famous victory, the heavens decide to open. That'll really put a dampener on the celebratory mood.

 

*: Zzz... Zzz...

 

*: Ah-phew... Ah-phew...

Dunstan

Ah-phew... Where are you, Gemma...?

 

Oh, hello Sandy... Ah-phew...

 

*: Zzz... Hello, baby... You're so fine... Zzz...

 

*: Ah-GRAAAGH!!! Ah-GRAAAGH!!!

 

[pc] heroically resists the urge to jam his fingers in his ears to muffle the sound of snoring.

 

*: You are about to face a great test. Alas, I have little to offer you but a few humble words of encouragement.

 

*: Within you burns the light that will overcome the darkness. We believe in you. Never forget that. Now, come, my child...

Cole

This girl's got no mum or dad. She was all alone.

Cole

But now she's got me! I promised her I'd always be there for her. I'll protect her, no matter what!

Cole

But don't tell anyone, alright? I don't want people thinking I like her or something.

Cole

Don't go telling anyone what I told you, alright? That was just between you and me.

 

She's fast asleep.

 

*: Ruff!

 

*: Zzz... Zzz...

 

He looks like he's sleeping peacefully.

 

He's dead to the world.

Blue John

So the tides have brought you back to Blue John, have they? Well, it's good to see you ship-shape. Now, I'm guessing you'll want to be making use of my famed financial know-how...

 

*: The Emerald Coast is up ahead. If it's the Manglegrove you're after, you'll need to turn round and head the other way.

 

*: A messenger came to tell me you've been sent on a certain secret mission. Well, whatever it is, I wish you luck. And don't worry—we'll hold the fort while you're gone.

 

*: Sir Hendrik, I am so sorry that Sir Jasper is not here to fight alongside you. We all wish you were both still at our head, standing shoulder to shoulder.

Hendrik

......

 

*: But if you could vanquish whatever's in the castle, the sun may return, and—who knows—perhaps Sir Jasper will too...

 

*: F-Forgive me, Sir Hendrik. I spoke out of turn. I'll just mind my own business and get back to standing guard like I'm supposed to. Ahem...

 

*: Head through the forest up ahead, and there's a crumbling cliff. You can get into the castle sewers from there.

 

*: Oh, and if you need to rest up, there's an old tumbledown church round there too.

 

*: Head through the forest up ahead, and there's a crumbling cliff. You can get into the castle sewers from there.

 

*: Oh, and if you need to rest up, there's an old tumbledown church round there too.

 

*: Sorry, but the road to Heliodor Castle has been destroyed by the monsters.

 

*: Now the only way to get there is to cut through the Manglegrove. It's dangerous, but I know you can handle it.

 

*: You and Sir Hendrik can do it! You can bring back the sun! We all believe in you!

 

*: The King's 'ad a tough ol' time of it. First 'e loses 'is one an' only daughter, then he goes an' loses 'is 'ole bloomin' kingdom! Talk about bad luck!

 

*: An' on top of all that, 'e's only gone an' lost one 'alf of 'is team o' crack generals an' all! 'E must've walked under a ladder or somefing...

 

*: As soon as any monsters show their ugly mugs, I'm going to open fire with this chap. We'll show them!

Amber

I just know you and Sir Hendrik are going to fight side by side like good boys and come back home victorious. And we'll all be here waiting for you when you do.

Amber

Your old mum is getting tired of squinting in this darkness, so you're going to have to go and bring back the light, you hear?

 

*: You and Sir Hendrik represent the last hope for the people of this benighted land.

 

*: You must take on whatever foul beast has made Heliodor Castle its lair and expel the darkness that emanates from within. Go—bring light back to our kingdom.

 

*: Are you leaving, [pc]? [yes/no]

 

*: Yay! The horsies would miss you if you weren't around!

Cole

Wow, you're amazing, [pc]! The Hero of Heliodor is following you around!

Cole

You're so cool! I wish I was you!

 

*: Just remember that you were Amber's boy long before you ever knew you were the Luminary.

 

*: No matter how big or important you are, you'll always have to come home to your mother. Now get rid of the darkness and show those monsters what for!

Gemma

So you're off again, are you? The King told me you were going to Heliodor to bring back the light.

Gemma

...Oh, it's no good! I can't pretend I'm happy to see them send you off into danger again so soon after you finally came home! It's not fair!

Gemma

...I'm sorry, [pc]. I shouldn't have said that. Sometimes I think I'm still just a silly, selfish little girl.

Gemma

I know this is something you have to do—something only you can do. And I know you're going to do it! You're going to bring the light back and come back home safe!

 

*: When the World Tree fell, I lost the man I loved. Since that day, I have not laughed once.

 

*: Will the day ever come when light returns to my life? When I can laugh once more?

 

*: I've got a feeling things are going to get pretty dicey here in the Last Bastion. If you're wise, you'll join me and head to the coast.

 

*: Heliodor Castle was so very beautiful. To picture it filled with vile monsters is almost too much for one to bear!

 

*: Heliodor was one's home. Its streets are paved with one's memories. Oh, it breaks one's heart, it really does!

 

*: Fear not, Sir Hendrik—we will defend the Last Bastion with our lives! We may lack the fighting prowess of you or Sir Jasper, but we are proud soldiers of Heliodor, and we shall not fail you!

Hendrik

Make sure that you do not. I will be counting on you.

 

*: Y-Yes, sir! We shall remain vigilant until your victorious return!

 

*: Wow, Sir Hendrik is amazing. I have complete faith in him—I would gladly lay down my life if he ordered me to.

 

*: S-Sir Hendrik! Y-You may head to the Tor, of course, but there's really nothing much to speak of up there.

 

*: I know it's not my place to say it, but I'd much rather you were off slaying those monsters and bringing back the light. ...Ahem.

 

*: Whatever is emitting the darkness, it is surely a being of great power. Your mission is a perilous one—but you will prevail, I am sure of it.

 

*: Heliodor Castle must be a real treasure trove right now. Think about it—it's all smashed up, there are no guards around...

 

*: If you went down to the royal vaults, think of all the goodies you could grab! So go on—do it! Fill your boots!

Dunstan

If the unthinkable were to happen and you didn't come home, poor Gemma would be devastated.

Dunstan

It breaks my heart to see her sad, you know. So please come back to us. For her, for me—for all of us!

 

The curious energy that once emanated from the plant can no longer be felt.

Hendrik

Do you mean to abandon those who have placed their faith in you? We must go to Heliodor Castle, and we must fight.

 

‘This bridge cannot be crossed. There are always vines though...’

 

An adventure log lies open on the altar.

 

This bed isn't in great shape, but it's probably still possible to sleep in it. Lie down for a rest? [yes/no]

 

*: It looks like there's an adventure log still here, and a bed if you need a rest. But first things first...

 

Climb down the cliff? [yes/no]

 

This bed isn't in great shape, but it's probably still possible to sleep in it. Lie down for a rest? [yes/no]

 

Reach out and touch the Yggdrasil root? [yes/no]

 

The curious energy that once emanated from the plant can no longer be felt.

 

This dresser wobbles slightly when you touch it. Try moving it? [yes/no]

 

On one page, there's a crudely rendered stick man with a beard standing next to a smaller figure with a ribbon in its hair.

 

Below the picture are the words ‘Daddy and Me’.

 

Obsidian looks the other way. It doesn't look like he would let anyone but Hendrik ride him.

 

*: [pc]! Wake up!

Hendrik

At last. I had thought you lost for good. We should not have been so careless.

Hendrik

It seems Obsidian managed to alert the encampment to our plight. You owe him a debt of gratitude.

Hendrik

Come, let us inform the King that Tyriant is defeated.

 

Obsidian seems uneasy.

Hendrik

Wait. We cannot abandon our responsibilities, [pc].

Hendrik

We must return to the Last Bastion and tell the King of what we have seen.

 

*: Sir Hendrik! [pc]! A moment, please!

 

*: His Majesty wishes to speak with you urgently!

 

*: Ahh, I'd forgotten how beautiful the sun can be... We've been through so much...but now it's time to focus on the future.

 

She's fast asleep.

Cole

You're the best, [pc]! You never let us down!

Cole

I don't really understand all the Luminary stuff—all I know is that you're strong and kind and... And...you're the best!

Cole

When I grow up I want to be just like you! I want to fight evil and protect people!

 

*: Neeeigh!

Gemma

The King seems keen to see you. He wants you to go to his tent right away.

Gemma

Maybe he's going to have you locked up again.

Gemma

...Hee hee! Just my little joke! He'd never do a horrible thing like that to someone as nice as you!

 

*: It's nice and sunny again! Now I can splash about in the water all day long! Yay!

 

*: Hee hee! Even though the monsters've all gone, Cole says 'e'll still look after me!

 

*: For once in my life, fings seem to 'ave worked out for the best. Wot a stroke o' luck endin' up 'ere turned out to be!

 

*: Someone was tellin' me about this place called Angri-La. Apparently, it's on top of a big mountain called Pang Lai, an' it's crawlin' wiv monks.

 

*: Don't sound like my cup o' tea, that's for sure. All them do-gooders prayin' an' whatnot—nah, that ain't no place for the likes o' me!

 

*: Ruff ruff!

 

*: Ahh, the sunlight's so lovely and bright when you're standing up on the watchtower! I can't get enough of it!

 

*: Ahh, there's something so soothing about looking up at the stars. How long has it been since we've been able to do this?

 

*: Just when we were about to run out of food, the sun breaks through! Now the crops will sprout and the trees will be bursting with fruit in no time!

 

*: We owe it all to you and Sir Hendrik. Thank you! You saved our lives!

 

*: The people of Cobblestone are truly amazing. We battered their village with our cannons, and then when we needed their help, they welcomed us with open arms.

 

*: Now with the monsters gone, I want to do all I can to help the village get back on its feet. It's the least I can do.

 

*: I'm a sword for hire, but that doesn't mean I don't have a heart. The people here have been good to me—and I'm going to repay their kindness in any way I can.

 

*: You watch—I'm not going to rest till Cobblestone is restored to its former glory!

 

*: Now we're rid of those rotten monsters, I just can't stop singing! Oh, what a lovely day to be aliiive!

 

*: I didn't join Sir Hendrik's regiment just so I could ogle him. I'm not that type of girl, and I'll fight anyone who says I am.

 

*: But still, it'll be sad to see him leave. I don't suppose I'll be fighting alongside him again any time soon...

 

*: Sir Hendrik! [pc]! One moment, please!

 

*: His Majesty wishes to speak with you urgently!

 

*: Monsters or no monsters, I'm not leaving my post!

 

*: The most important task for all of us in the Heliodorian army right now is to rebuild the kingdom—starting right here in Cobblestone!

 

*: Everyone's going to have to pull together if we want to get back the peaceful, prosperous life we once had.

 

*: If you can wield a sword, you can wield a hoe! There's no reason why soldiers can't make great farmers!

 

*: If I can hone their farming skills at the same time as sharpening their sword skills, we might be able to solve our food supply problems and our shortage of skilled soldiers in one stroke!

 

*: It's my job to whip the new recruits into shape. Being in the Heliodorian guard is no picnic, let me tell you!

 

*: From now on, the Helidorian army are strictly a force for the defence of the people. You will never—I repeat, never—use your swords to oppress or terrorise the innocent!

 

*: Hmph. I never did get to use that giant crossbow, you know. Oh well, I can't complain. We're at peace, after all!

 

*: I owe it all to that holy water I bought from Mistress Bev! If it wasn't for that, I wouldn't have lived to see the sun again! I'm going to buy another thirty bottles once I've saved up enough money!

 

*: Did you buy any of Mistress Bev's holy water? If you're planning on travelling, I'd definitely stock up while you can!

 

*: If anyone can rid us of the Lord of Shadows and all his hideous minions, it is you and Sir Hendrik! You can restore peace to the world!

 

*: Ahh, splashing around in the water with the sun beating down! How delightful! I haven't done this since I was a little girl!

 

*: But I must make sure that Sir Hendrik does not find out—this is hardly behaviour befitting a soldier of Heliodor...but it's just such fun!

 

*: ...Come again? Sir Hendrik is here!? Oh my! I cannot have him seeing me splashing round in the water like a little girl! What would he say!?

 

*: Can you do something for me? Can you tell Sir Hendrik that we will wait for him?

 

*: Tell him that we will await his return, and that once peace is restored to the world, we will be honoured to serve under him once more.

 

*: Can you believe it!? The King wishes to speak with Sir Hendrik yet again! What does he want this time?

 

*: Just once, I would like the King to make a request, and for Sir Hendrik to refuse it. Hm, can you imagine...

 

*: I've decided! Once Heliodor is back on its feet, I'm going to become a watchmaker! You just watch me! Ha ha ha!

 

*: After all, I've been keeping track of the time ever since the sky went black. I reckon I've got a talent for it!

 

*: The Mayor has been deep in discussion with the King, and they've come up with a plan for all of us here at the Last Bastion.

 

*: We're going to stay posted here on the condition that we help rebuild Cobblestone.

 

*: But that's not all. No, once that's done, the good people of Cobblestone are going to help us rebuild Heliodor!

 

*: Everyone's lost so much, but it seems we've found something too—friendship and a shared purpose. We're putting the past behind us and building a future together!

 

*: Hee hee! Wait until you get better, then you can ask me out on a date! Maybe, just maybe, I'll say yes!

 

*: You and Sir Hendrik are my heroes! Make sure you come back and visit when this is all over, won't you?

 

*: But for now, you've got things to do—like saving the world! We'll all be praying for your success!

 

*: I'd do anything for you! I'm going to get back on my feet, then I'm going to ask you out! Just you wait and see!

 

*: Ah-phew... Ah-phew...

 

*: It's not easy, you know! You really work up an appetite lying about all day!

 

*: I reckon I'm entitled to take a little breather and gaze up at the sky. It's not like there are any monsters to watch out for any more.

 

*: Just remember that you were Amber's boy long before you ever knew you were the Luminary.

 

*: So once you've done what you have to do, be sure to come back home! Your mother will be waiting!

 

*: A soldier just came round looking for you.

 

*: Apparently, the King has something he wants you to do—something he can't entrust to anyone else. You'd better head over and see what it's all about.

 

*: I 'ope Sir 'Endrik an' [pc] like the flags we made. They're pretty amazin', even if I do say so meself. One's the 'Eliodorian flag, an' the other's the Luminary's mark.

 

*: Considerin' we just stitched 'em together from all the odds an' ends we 'ad lyin' around, they look well professional. If I wasn't a dancer, I'd sew full-time, I reckon. I've got a gift.

 

*: I have learned a valuable lesson—money really can't buy you everything. What use are all the riches in the world if you aren't alive to enjoy them?

 

*: It's so long since I saw the sun, I'd almost forgotten how beautiful it is. It's enough to bring tears to your eyes!

 

*: I think the King wants to speak to you. You should hurry up and head to his tent.

 

*: Heh heh! I knew you wouldn't let us down! I knew you wouldn't—I don't know?—abandon the Last Bastion and do a runner to the coast. I mean, who would do a thing like that? Heh!

 

*: Ahh, look at all the lovely twinkly stars! If only I had a pretty girl with me, it would be even better!

 

*: Now that the monsters are gone, I suppose we'll be able to go back home. But the thought of leaving everyone here makes me sad...

 

*: Poor Derk really does seems to be rather miserable of late. He barely sleeps a wink at night. Perhaps he is thinking of his old friend Erik.

 

*: One is quite certain that he is out there somewhere alive and well, you know. But until he comes back and visits one's beloved husband, one rather expects he will remain miserable.

 

*: I guess once Cobblestone has been restored to its former glory, we'll be moving on. Seems a shame—I've grown pretty attached to the place.

 

*: Oh, it's you! If you want to head to the Tor, I won't stop you, but there's really not much to speak of up there.

 

*: Oh, have you seen the King already, by the way? He wanted to speak with you.

 

*: Sir Hendrik, it has been a great honour to serve under you for all these years. I vow that until the day you return, I shall serve this realm faithfully and protect its people.

 

*: I have grown so used to the idea of unending darkness that when the sun goes down, I become terrified that it will not rise again the next morning...

 

*: When this little fellow grows up, I hope he'll turn out to be every bit as strong and brave as you!

 

*: ...Oh, and there was something I wanted to ask you. Umm... Would you do me the honour of allowing me to give him your name? [yes/no]

 

*: So he's going to be called [pc] Erdrick the Second! Pretty nice, right? It's got a good ring to it, don't you think?

 

*: ...Oh, that's a shame. Oh well, I'll just have to go with my second option—Burpledink. It's not the most exciting name in the world, but I think it's good and solid. Little Burpledink. Yes. He'll like that, I'm sure.

 

*: The battle is over, but I remain concerned about Princess Jade. Where can she be?

 

*: I suppose there is little we can do but pray for her safety...

 

*: Princess Jade! It has been far too long. We always had faith that you would survive, of course, yet it is still a relief to see you alive and well.

 

*: You and Sir Hendrik really make an impressive pair. Someone should paint an epic portrait of the two of you, I reckon.

 

*: It's nice to see the smile back on 'Er Ladyship's face—an' we owe it all to you! Nice work, sunshine!

 

*: Fanks to you, 'Er Ladyship's got the smile back on 'er cheeky little face! Nice work, sunshine!

 

*: I love bubbles! They're so floaty and sparkly and pretty!

 

*: Oh, can you see the sun up in the sky?

 

Oh, can you see it share its wondrous light?

 

*: Can you see the mountains and the streams,

 

Can you see it light up all our dreams?

 

*: Oh, sing a song of hope, sing a song of light!

 

Sing a song for all of us, from morning until night!

 

*: That's a Heliodorian classic I thought would be perfect for the occasion!

 

*: Ah-GRRRAGH! Ah-GRRRAGH!

Derk

Oh, an' listen—if you do 'appen to come across Erik on yer travels, tell 'im I'm doin' alright.

Derk

Anyway, enough o' that! Let's get down to business...

 

*: Hee hee hee hee! Welcome to the mysterious realm of the magnificent Mistress Bev! Don't cross me palm wiv silver, an' I'll read yer fortune anyway! Hee hee! Well? Fancy it? [yes/no]

Fortuneteller

I knew you'd say that! Hee hee! Right, 'ere goes...

 

Tell me, mysterious rulers of fate...

 

What's this lank-'aired lad 'ere got on his plate...?

Fortuneteller

...Oh dear me! Dear oh dear oh dear! This ain't good! This ain't good at all! I see trouble ahead, an' lots of it!

Fortuneteller

But don't despair! You can avoid all this misery wiv just one wise investment...

Fortuneteller

This top-notch item would normally cost you an arm an' a leg, but I'll sell it to ya for the jaw-droppin'ly knock-down price of only 100 gold coins! So, what d'you say? [yes/no]

Fortuneteller

Wot's your game? You ain't got the cash, you cheeky swine! Well, don't blame me if yer arms an' legs fall off!

Fortuneteller

Sold, to the boy wiv the 'airdo! This should 'elp clear a few o' those dark clouds from yer future!

 

[pc] receives some holy water.

Fortuneteller

Ang about! You're on one o' them Draconian Quests! No precious items for you, matey! Now get out of 'ere!

Fortuneteller

...Wossat? You wanna know more about wot precisely yer future 'olds? Well, that would be tellin'! Just sprinkle some o' that about the place, an' keep yerself monster-free!

 

*: Ahh, there's nothing like a bit of sunshine to make a song really swing!

 

*: There's nothing like playing to a proper crowd! I know you've probably got things to do, but you're more than welcome to stay and listen!

 

*: Ahh, there's nothing like relaxing in the sun! There were days when I thought I'd never get to do this again!

Dunstan

The King wants to speak with you. You mustn't keep him waiting.

Dunstan

You never know, maybe this time, there could be something in it for all us, if you catch my drift. You're the pride of Cobblestone, after all.

Dunstan

...Only joking! There's no need to look at me like that! Ho ho ho!

 

*: You have restored the sun to our lives, and now it blesses all of us with its warm embrace.

 

*: Now we must work together to build a bright future. And I too shall do my bit...

 

*: I've been feeling sorry for myself forever, but it's time to snap out of it! I'm going to eat and laugh and enjoy my life again! It's what she would have wanted...

Blue John

This strange feller happened along here trying to snaffle Blue John's fishing bait. Anyway, before he cleared off, he told me about this heroic lad who'd beaten the monsters and brought the sun back.

Blue John

Heh heh! I knew he was talking about you, sonny! I knew there was something special about you the moment I fished you out of the drink! Yep, nothing gets past Blue John!

Blue John

Anyway, since you came all this way, I'm guessing you'll want to be making use of my famed financial know-how...

Blue John

Ahoy there, sonny! Hope you've been keepin' well! Have you sent that Lord of Shadows packing yet?

Blue John

Anyway, since you came all this way, I'm guessing you'll want to be making use of my famed financial know-how...

 

*: The Emerald Coast is up ahead. If you're heading on to the Costa Valor via the Manglegrove, you'll need to turn round and head the other way.

 

*: Just mind how you go—they say the Manglegrove is teeming with nasty beasties. Fingers crossed they don't give you too much of a hard time.

 

*: The Manglegrove is right up ahead. There are some seriously nasty monsters there, so watch your step.

 

*: Oh, we fixed the bridge that leads to the Costa Valor, by the way. I'm sure it'll come in handy!

 

*: The darkness that was hanging over the kingdom is gone, and the monsters have cleared off too. We really owe you one!

 

*: We'll get Heliodor back on its feet, and once you've done what you need to do and banished evil from the world, we'll be there, waiting for you.

Amber

There's something I want you to remember—you may be the Luminary, and your destiny may be to save the world, but that will never change the fact that you're my boy.

Amber

When all this is over, come back home to Cobblestone. I'll be waiting for you.

Amber

And don't worry—there'll be a nice stew waiting for you as well!

 

Obsidian looks at Sir Hendrik sadly.

Gemma

...So I hear you're off again, [pc]. And this time you're going to save the world. I suppose that means you'll be gone for a while.

Gemma

Well, I know you can do it. You'll beat the Lord of Shadows, then you'll come back and we'll live together happily ever after.

Gemma

I'll be waiting for you, [pc]. Wherever you go, however long it takes, I'll be right here waiting.

 

*: I'm actually from Angri-La originally, but I wasn't cut out to be a monk, so I ran away to see the world.

 

*: It's not a place I think about often, but I grew up at the top of a mountain called Pang Lai, not far from the World Tree.

 

*: If I'd stayed, I guess I would have lost my life when Yggdrasil fell. Ahh, it's a painful thing to think about...

 

*: Have you heard of a place called Angri-La? It's a beautiful temple complex built right on top of a mountain called Pang Lai. Monks go there to train, apparently.

 

*: But it might not even be there any more. The mountain's right by the World Tree, after all...

 

*: Welcome back to the Last Bastion, where the flame of hope is kept alive!

 

*: To get to the Costa Valor, you must cut through the western part of the Manglegrove. I pray that your journey will be a smooth one.

 

*: Ahh, the Costa Valor! It brings back so many memories! Those sandy beaches, those beautiful villas! It really is quite the spot!

 

*: Back in the good old days, I used to go up there with Sir Jasper. We would run along the beach, swim in the sea... Those were happy times!

 

*: So all that you've been through up to now has merely been preparation for an even greater task.

 

*: The path ahead is clear—you must take down the Lord of Shadows so that justice can reign once more.

 

*: You carry all of our hopes on your shoulders. But I know you can do this. Only you can restore peace to Erdrea.

King of Heliodor

Go west through the Manglegrove. There is a valley there that leads to the Costa Valor.

King of Heliodor

In it, you will find a checkpoint that leads to Mount Pang Lai.

King of Heliodor

I do not know the whys and wherefores, but it seems the monks who live there have some connection with the original Luminary. I am sure they will have invaluable guidance to give you.

King of Heliodor

You are the Luminary now, [pc]. You are our hope and our light. I know that together with Hendrik, you will deliver us from evil. The future of our world is in your hands.

King of Heliodor

You have returned at last, Jade. Words cannot express how happy I am.

King of Heliodor

When I think of all the time that has passed, and all the terrible mistakes I have made...it pains me. I am truly sorry.

King of Heliodor

There is so much I wish to say to you...but this is not the time. Your journey is not yet at an end. You must go with your companions.

King of Heliodor

But one day, when all of this is over, I hope you will return. And that we can spend time together, as father and daughter.

King of Heliodor

The road ahead will be a perilous one, but I have faith in you.

King of Heliodor

The fate of the world is in your hands. Do not let us down.

 

*: You're the best thing that's ever come out of Cobblestone, [pc]! The bee's knees, the cat's pyjamas!

 

*: ...Sorry, maybe I was a bit over the top there! Just ignore me! I get carried away sometimes!

 

*: It's so long since I saw the sun, I'd almost forgotten how beautiful it is. It's enough to bring tears to your eyes!

 

*: Our little sewing group has really helped me get to know everyone. It's lovely having all these nice new friends!

 

*: Making a pilgrimage to the top of the Tor, are you? Good on you, I say! It's nice to see young people respecting our local traditions!

 

*: I lost everything when Yggdrasil fell. My family, my friends, everything...

 

*: There was so much I wanted to do with my life, but how am I supposed to do any of it now?

 

*: I lost everything when Yggdrasil fell. My family, my friends, everything...

 

*: There was so much I wanted to do with my life, but how am I supposed to do any of it now?

 

It seems like she's at a loss as to what to do next. Tell her about l'Académie de Notre Maître des Médailles? [yes/no]

Derk

I was sayin' to me missus just this mornin' that I knew you was still out there somewhere! Yep, yer a survivor, alright! Cor, I'm so bleedin' 'appy!

Derk

...Oh, 'ark at me! I'm blabberin' away nineteen to the dozen, but you ain't got time for this!

Derk

Listen, once yer done wiv all yer monster-slayin' an' world-savin', we'll 'ave a proper catch-up, alright?

Derk

Till then, just remember that if yer ever in need o' supplies, Derk's yer man! In fact, let's get down to business, shall we?

Dunstan

Whatever trials and tribulations lie ahead, don't forget that this is your destiny, this is who you are. You're the Luminary, the Chosen One, and your purpose in life is to save the world.

Dunstan

However rough things get, I know you won't give up. If you keep moving forward, the road will open up before you. I have faith in you.

Dunstan

So go and do it, [pc]! Go and batter the Lord of Shadows and then come home to Cobblestone. We'll be waiting for you!

Hendrik

The town has been very badly damaged. It is too dangerous.

 

2.03 - Angri-La

 

*: Not so fast, traveller. The path to the summit is rife with monsters. None may pass this point without the High Lama's permission.

 

*: If you wish to journey to the top of the holy mountain, you must return to Angri-La and speak with His Holiness.

 

‘Summit of Mount Pang Lai

 

No entry without permission from the High Lama.’

 

*: The path to the summit is rife with monsters. None may pass this point without the High Lama's express permission.

 

*: If you wish to journey to the top of the holy mountain, you must return to Angri-La and speak with His Holiness.

 

*: Some days ago, a hermit forced his way past us and ran toward the top of the mountain. Whether there was any purpose in his foolhardiness, I know not.

 

*: Several of my fellow disciples were despatched to find him and bring him back, but they too have yet to return.

 

*: For your own safety, I cannot allow you to go any further. It would not do for you to go missing also.

 

‘— Message from the High Lama —

 

Disciples of Angri-La. No doubt the events of recent days have come as a shock, but I urge you, do not lose hope.

 

‘Let us honour the memory of our fallen master by devoting ourselves wholly to our training. The Wheel of Time is always turning, but with good karma, we may speed their souls' progress back to the light.’

 

*: I have done you a great discourtesy, Luminary. I should have welcomed you with open arms, not bared fists. I pray that you can forgive me.

 

*: His Holiness awaits you in the High Hall at the top of the temple. Please, proceed inside.

 

*: A thousand apologies. When I saw a knight of Heliodor, the kingdom that has suppressed our people for so long, I could not contain my anger.

 

*: I had no idea that you were the Luminary, and that you and he were comrades. I am deeply ashamed to have shown you such disrespect...

 

*: His Holiness knew that you were the Luminary at first glance. Would that my consciousness were as attuned as his...

 

*: Long have I trained to see that which cannot be seen, but it seems my third eye remains closed. I must continue my training.

 

*: Welcome to Angri-La. You are the Luminary, are you not? The one we have awaited all these years. His Holiness told us that you had come.

 

*: How long we have looked forward to this day. Pray, stay and talk awhile before you proceed to the High Hall. Everyone is eager to meet you at last.

 

*: His Holiness has the power to sense a person's true nature with a single glance. This is why the Grand Master chose him to be the new High Lama in spite of his years.

 

*: Some of our less enlightened disciples resented being ruled over by a boy at first, but he has proved himself to be a wise and able leader, and gained the admiration of all.

 

*: All of the monks have gathered in the High Hall to welcome the Luminary to Angri-La. The day we've all been waiting for has finally come!

 

*: Well, nearly all of us—I don't really know what a Luminary is. I'll ask my mother later...

 

*: Everyone is very excited that the Luminary's here. Whoever he is, he must be very important. Personally, I'm more of a fan of the Red-Cheeked Seeker myself!

 

*: He was the Grand Master's most devoted disciple, and everyone says he was really, really tough! When I grow up, I want to be just like him!

 

*: Welcome, Luminary. We have been awaiting your arrival for many years.

 

*: One of us was especially eager to meet you, but alas... (sigh) Pray, speak with His Holiness. He will tell you more.

 

*: Here in the temple of Angri-La, disciples undergo the most arduous training imaginable in order to draw out their latent spiritual powers.

 

*: Before the mountain path was barricaded by the Heliodorian army, would-be heroes would come here from all over Erdrea in the hope of learning the secrets of our strength.

 

*: Now here's a face I haven't seen before. Tell me, are you the Prince of Dundrasil?  [yes/no]

 

*: If it hadn'ta been for a couple o' kindly disciples comin' to my rescue, I'da been torn into itty-bitty bits!

 

*: These fellas sure are strong. And fast—you shoulda seen 'em wail on them varmints, quick as all get-out! Guess all this trainin' really does pay off!

 

*: The Luminary has finally arrived! Ahh, what an auspicious day this is! I must prepare a banquet to celebrate!

 

*: I just saw a load of disciples racing into the High Hall. His Holiness must have summoned them.

 

*: I've never seen them so excited before. I wonder what's going on...

 

*: Welcome, Luminary. This is the High Hall of Angri-La. His Holiness awaits you within.

 

*: We found this man lying unconscious on the slopes of the mountain. He was gravely injured, but we were able to nurse him back to health.

 

*: At first, we were wary of him—for many moons now, the soldiers of Heliodor have laid siege to our temple—but it seems we had nothing to fear. He is a man of honour.

 

*: ...Hm? Your friend the knight was also suspected of being an enemy of Angri-La? Ha ha! The disciples who doubted you must be deeply ashamed!

 

*: But now is not the time to be gloating over their foolishness. It is a time for unity. The Lord of Shadows is the enemy of all humanity, and we must defeat him—together.

 

*: I was guarding the mountain gate when we were attacked by monsters. If the disciples hadn't come to my aid, I would surely have lost my life.

 

*: We had blockaded their home at Sir Jasper's orders, but despite this, they saved my life and welcomed me into their home. I can still hardly believe it...

 

*: Sir Jasper told us that this temple was a hive of villainy, but that can't be true—these people have been nothing but kind.

 

*: I had heard that they believed in all that ‘love your enemy’ stuff, but I didn't believe it until I saw it for myself.

 

*: Angri-La is home to a society of monks who spend all their time training to be extra strong and clever. Are you here to train too?  [yes/no]

 

’We two sworn companions, Erdwin and Morcant, do hereby pledge to lay low the Dark One, though it cost us our very lives. May this pact stand from now until eternity.’

 

*: (sob sniff) Ah, forgive me... It is a pleasure to meet with you at last, Luminary. I only wish that Grand Master Pang could have shared in our joy...

 

*: The Grand Master had awaited your coming more eagerly than any other. If only our beloved leader had not been taken from us...

 

*: It is my honour to serve as Chief Instructor of this temple. If Dundrasil had not fallen, I would have trained you as a child, according to the instructions of Grand Master Pang.

 

*: No doubt you are eager to undertake the training that is your birthright, but first, pray, speak with His Holiness. He awaits you by the entrance to the Field of Discipline, which stands behind the temple.

 

*: When the Lord of Shadows sent the World Tree crashing to the ground, Grand Master Pang summoned a mighty magical mandala to keep this temple safe from harm.

 

*: But the exertion was too great—the Master did not return... A life was given to save those of we disciples—we must make sure we put them to good use.

 

*: For months, Heliodor has laid siege to this temple, accusing us of harbouring the Darkspawn. All this despite our ancient alliance with Dundrasil, the nation that was once their closest ally.

 

*: No doubt their forces would have stormed the gates long ago were it not for their fear of the Grand Master. Pang's powers were enough to hold an entire army at bay.

 

*: Beyond this tunnel lies the Field of Discipline. Many would-be warriors have entered this sacred arena to train their bodies and their minds. Now, Luminary, it is your turn...

 

*: My friend was chosen to be the new High Lama. Now he's the most important person in Angri-La after the Grand Master, and everyone has to do what he says.

 

*: Amazing, isn't it? He's only the same age as me, but we couldn't be more different!

 

*: Welcome, Luminary. This is the Grand Master's chamber. It is where Grand Master Pang herself resided. Until that fateful day…

 

*: It is also where you would have awoken each morning, if you had come here when you were a child and trained with us as you were supposed to...

 

*: Welcome, Prince of Dundrasil, to the Field of Discipline, where your ancestors trained to become mighty warriors and wise rulers. The High Lama awaits you within.

 

*: Welcome, Prince of Dundrasil, to the Field of Discipline, where your ancestors strove to become mighty warriors and wise rulers. The High Lama awaits you in the centre of the training ground.

 

*: Ah, Luminary. I trust you slept well last night? His Holiness awaits you outside. It seems he is keen to wish you luck on the next stage of your journey.

 

*: He had said he intended to speak with you alone, but I hear raised voices coming from the other side of the door. What could be happening out there, I wonder?

 

*: Last night's party was such fun! After all the terrible things that have happened lately, it was wonderful to see everyone enjoying themselves for once!

 

*: Hello! How did you enjoy the party last night? Our butter tea is the best in all Erdrea, don't you think?

 

*: Good morning, Luminary. Did you enjoy last night's banquet?

 

*: With the Grand Master gone, there is little we of Angri-La can offer to you apart from our hospitality. Please, feel free to rest here as long as you like.

 

*: ...Hm? What am I doing? Nothing more than you see—running around the Field of Discipline. It is part of my training.

 

*: If I work hard enough and study long enough, perhaps one day the Master will deem me fit to face the most legendary of all our trials: the Wheel of Harma!

 

*: Urrrgh... I think I had too much fun at the party last night...but I must keep dancing. The High Lama would be furious if I were to neglect my training.

 

*: This dance may look simple, but it takes many years of training to perform it precisely and rhythmically.

 

*: Only when I can keep dancing the whole day through will I finally be ready to proceed to the next stage of my training...but my arms feel like they are going to fall off already!

 

*: This is the Field of Discipline, the most sacred place in Angri-La. Through the ages, many a would-be warrior has spilt blood, sweat and tears upon these flagstones.

 

*: Why, if it isn't the Luminary! His Holiness sent word that you would be coming. You are going to rescue the hermit who went off to the top of the mountain, correct?

 

*: Please, be careful. It would not do for one as important as yourself to go missing too.

 

*: Thank you for agreeing to help search for the hermit. I wish that I could go with you, but as Chief Instructor of Angri-La, I must stay behind to guard the temple.

 

*: It is with a heavy heart that we ask an honoured guest to take such a risk on our behalf, but since the fall of Yggdrasil, the monsters on the mountain have grown stronger than ever before.

 

*: None but the Luminary could possibly prevail against them.

 

*: You are heading to the top of the mountain, are you not? To get there, simply follow the path to the east when you leave the temple grounds.

 

*: By all accounts, there are many dangerous monsters lurking up there. If you are injured in battle, pray, return here to rest and recover.

 

*: Luminary, is it true that you are going to the peak of Pang Lai to find the missing hermit?

 

*: I want to go with you, but I would only slow you down. I will wait here instead, and pray for your safe return.

 

*: It was not by chance that the very first Grand Master of Angri-La built this temple in such an isolated, precipitous place.

 

*: Here, the disciples are far removed from all worldly temptations, and can dedicate themselves wholly to their training. Ai Yi was a wise man indeed.

 

*: Everything happens for a reason. That is what the Grand Master used to say.

 

*: The reason that you came to this temple when you did must surely have been to save the hermit. Go, Luminary, and follow your fate!

 

*: Everyone is very worried about the hermit who climbed the mountain on his own.

 

*: If the Red-Cheeked Seeker were here, he would surely run right up there, save the day and be back in time for dinner!

 

*: If you, the Luminary reborn, had trained here as a child, goodness knows what powers would now be at your command. Perhaps you would be strong enough to defeat the Lord of Shadows...

 

*: But it is bad karma to wish for that which cannot be. Now that Grand Master Pang is gone, so too are the secrets of ultimate power. We must make our peace with this.

 

*: Wasn't the food at the banquet delicious? I made it all: the steamed bread, the dumpling curry—everything!

 

*: All the other disciples are suffering too, but they still stick to their training! You must follow their example! You can't just run away when things get difficult!

 

*: My old friend Rab was such a little rascal, always making mischief. His antics drove all the instructors to distraction.

 

*: No matter how many times Grand Master Pang took the Naughty Stick to him, he never changed his ways. It was almost as if he was doing it on purpose...

 

*: Rab might have been a little troublemaker, but once he set his mind on something, he would always see it through to the end. To tell the truth, I had a bit of a soft spot for him...

 

*: I was moseyin' around down the mountain when I found myself smack dab in the middle of a gang o' monsters fixin' to eat me up. If these fellas hadn'ta come to my aid, I'd be pushin' up daisies!

 

*: They sure are the kindest folks a girl could ever hope to meet. Reckon I'll stick around awhile, make myself at home—it's a mighty dangerous world out there for a lady on her lonesome.

 

*: This cutie-pie here can't even look me in the face when he talks to me. I do declare he's the sweetest little monk I ever did see!

 

*: Tee hee! I like my fellas shy and retirin'—they're so much fun to tease! I'm fixin' to whisper a sweet nothin' or two in his ear just to watch him squirm!

 

*: The bond between Dundrasil and Angri-La was first established in the Age of Heroes when Erdwin, a native of your kingdom, came here on his quest to slay the Dark One.

 

*: Perhaps it was your honourable predecessor who led you here to us, that history could come full circle.

 

*: Why would that hermit head to the top of the mountain alone? Does he not know the place is infested with monsters that have been driven into a frenzy by the Lord of Shadows?

 

*: The Grand Master was a teacher beyond compare. It was not only the princes of Dundrasil who grew to be mighty warriors under Master Pang's tutelage, but many others too.

 

*: I came here to train under the Master myself, only to find that I was too late... Ahh, what crimes did I commit in my last life to deserve such terrible luck...?

 

*: Welcome to the High Hall of Angri-La. It was built in the Age of Heroes, and is considered to be one of the wonders of ancient Erdrea.

 

*: It was originally constructed by the first Grand Master, Ai Yi, and has been extended and renovated many times since. The great tower you see today is the work of generations.

 

*: The path to the top of the mountain lies to the east as you exit the temple. Be very wary—there are many fearsome creatures lying in wait there.

 

*: The disciples did all they could to rescue the hermit, but it seems it was an impossible task—for them, at least.

 

*: It is only by the grace of the heavens that they were not more badly injured. I will attend to their wounds. As for the hermit—his fate is in your hands.

 

*: This soldier tells me he once believed that the Luminary was no hero, but a malevolent being known as the Darkspawn. It seems everyone in Heliodor believed the same.

 

*: But do not worry—I have made him see the light. His mind is now cleared of that misconception, and he does not believe you to be evil any more.

 

*: When I heard that the monks held a banquet in the so-called Luminary's honour, I couldn't believe it. Sir Jasper was right—they were in league with the Darkspawn all along.

 

*: But how can that be? Why would such kind, noble people ally with a being of purest evil? I don't know what to believe any more...

 

*: Urrrgh... Even after years of training, I was unable to rescue a lone hermit... I have brought shame upon my masters...

 

*: Luminary, I beg you—do not fail him as I have done! Go forth, and bring the hermit back to safety!

 

*: Hello, Luminary. You're going to rescue that man who went up the mountain, aren't you? I wish my brother was as brave as you.

 

*: Ah-phew... Ah, brother... Don't give up... You can do it... Zzz...

 

*: Erdwin and Morcant are remembered as the closest of friends, but they did not get along at first.

 

*: They began as bitter rivals—one day, they had a duel in the Field of Discipline to decide, once and for all, who was the strongest.

 

*: For three days and three nights they battled against one another, but neither was able to get the upper hand. When they could fight no longer, the duel was declared a draw.

 

*: It was then that they recognised each other's true strength—and from that moment, they were inseparable. Ho ho! They certainly were a pair of hot-blooded boys!

 

*: When one possesses great strength, it is easy to become isolated from one's fellow man.

 

*: No doubt both Erdwin and Morcant were overjoyed to find a friend whose powers rivalled their own.

 

*: When I was younger, I often felt the sting of the Naughty Stick. But I mended my ways long before coming anywhere close to Lord Robert's record.

 

*: In truth, no other disciple has ever reached a thousand strokes of that painful paddle, let alone the ten thousand he achieved. Truly, your grandfather was a student beyond compare!

 

*: My friend was chosen to be the High Lama. He's only the same age as me, but he's in charge of everything around here! Isn't that amazing?

 

*: But it's not easy for him... I was passing his room recently when I heard him crying. Grand Master Pang was his hero—he must feel so sad, but everyone is relying on him to stay strong...

 

*: ...Hm? What was the Grand Master like? Pang was a kind and graceful person, who cared deeply for each and every disciple who came to train here.

 

*: And the feeling was very much mutual. If fate had been kinder and you two had been able to meet, I am sure you would have felt the same.

 

*: ...Hm? What am I doing? Nothing more than you see—running around the Field of Discipline. It is part of my training.

 

*: If I work hard enough and study long enough, perhaps one day the Master will deem me fit to face the most legendary of all our trials: the Wheel of Harma!

 

*: This young lady has recently come to stay with us. She is not a native of Angri-La, as you can see from her...minimal attire...

 

*: Oh, heavens... Never in all my years of training has my heart beaten so fast...

 

*: This dance has been passed down by the Masters of Angri-La for generations. It is an expression of thanks for the life we have been granted by mighty Yggdrasil.

 

*: How do you like it? Perhaps you think it looks foolish at first glance, but the longer you watch, the more you will want to dance along!

 

*: Dancing all day really does take it out of one.

 

*: But it is satisfying to know that one has given it one's all. Only by devoting one's mind, body and soul to the task at hand can one ever hope to gain enlightenment.

 

*: Mother, I can't dance all day... It's impossible! Even after an hour, I feel as if my arms are about to drop off...

 

*: Ah, Luminary. Forgive me—you did not come here to listen to me complain to my mother so shamefully.

 

*: But no matter how much I concentrate on my dancing, I do not seem to be improving... Perhaps I simply have two left feet...

 

Rab looks a lot thinner than the last time you saw him. He can't have eaten anything in a long, long time.

 

A copy of the Ogler's Digest lies by his side. The blurb on the cover reads ‘Artistic Pics and Erudite Articles for Today's Discerning Gentleman’.

High Lama

Well, [pc]? Are you ready to enter the void?  [yes/no]

High Lama

Well, [pc]? Are you ready to return to the void?  [yes/no]

 

The High Lama's hypnotic motions cause [pc]'s eyelids to start feeling heavy, and he gradually drifts into oblivion...

High Lama

Few who enter the world of the dead ever return. I would urge you to say your prayers at the statue before departing.

 

A strange portal is shimmering in the air. [pc] feels the frosty air of Mount Pang Lai blowing through it. Step through the portal and return to the world of the living?  [yes/no]

 

‘When bright brand bores through heaven's doors,

 

The sun shall rise o'er darkened skies,

 

And banish night with holy light.’

Rab

Glad to see ye safe and sound, laddie. I've been worrying meself silly ever since the World Tree fell, but I should've known ye'd pull through.

Rab

As for me, I've never felt better! For the last few days, I've been training away in this phony Field o' Discipline the Grand Master conjured up for me.

Rab

I just wish ye'd sent word on ahead before ye popped in—auld Pangy has a way of dealing with people who interrupt her training sessions...

Rab

So, how've the rest o' the gang been getting on since last I saw ye? Is everyone alright?

Rab

Actually, ye can fill me in later—ye'd better speak to the Grand Master before it's too late. She's got a way of dealing with those who keep her waiting...

Grand Master Pang

Well, [pc]? Are you ready to fight your grandfather? <yesno 2>

Rab

The secret technique o' the Luminary of Legend, eh? If ye can master that, there'll be no stoppin' ye!

Rab

But listen, laddie—I'm not gonnae make it easy for ye. After all, I've got my own secret power to master! Get yerself ready for a right royal rumble!

 

*: Luminary, you have finally awoken. You and your grandfather were a little worse for wear when His Holiness brought you back, but it seems that you are both well on the mend.

 

*: I thank the heavens that you have returned to us safe and sound.

 

*: So the hermit who hurried away to the top of the mountain was none other than the Red-Cheeked Seeker, the Grand Master's most infamous pupil...

 

*: To think that he would send his soul into the great beyond to learn the ancient secrets of Angri-La... Truly, his achievements continue to be the stuff of legend...

 

*: You won't believe this, Luminary! I just met the legendary Red-Cheeked Seeker! And he really does have rosy red cheeks, just like everyone says!

 

*: Good morning, Luminary. When your friend carried you in here unconscious, I was deeply concerned, but by the grace of heaven it seems that you have suffered no lasting harm.

 

*: Lord Robert and His Holiness await you outside the High Hall. I am sure they will be as relieved as I to see you well.

 

*: [pc], His Holiness tells us that you sent your soul into the void and received instruction from Grand Master Pang. My congratulations on passing her trial.

 

*: I had thought to train you myself, but it seems that will not be necessary. The powers you have mastered are far beyond anything I could teach you.

 

*: His Holiness told us that he and Lord Robert would wait for you outside the High Hall. You should go and speak with them.

 

*: ...Hm? What am I doing? Nothing more than you see—running around the Field of Discipline. It is part of my training.

 

*: If I work hard enough and study long enough, perhaps one day the Master will deem me fit to face the most legendary of all our trials: the Wheel of Harma!

 

*: Not only did you rescue Lord Robert from that monster-infested mountain, you saved his soul from the void as well. None but the Luminary could have achieved such a feat.

 

*: This dance may look simple, but it takes many years of training to perform it precisely and rhythmically.

 

*: Only when I can keep dancing the whole day through will I finally be ready to proceed to the next stage of my training. I can't do it yet, but one day, I shall prevail!

 

*: Welcome back, Luminary. A thousand thanks for saving the hermit in our stead. We are in your debt.

 

*: At long last, I have recovered from my wounds and returned to my training. As a disciple of Angri-La, it is my duty to stay strong.

 

*: Tell me, is that portly man by the gates truly the Red-Cheeked Seeker, the famous son of Angri-La? He is not at all as I imagined he would be...

 

*: It gave me rather a shock when His Holiness and Sir Hendrik burst out of this cave carrying you and your mummified grandfather on their backs.

 

*: But when I saw that you were both breathing, I knew that everything was as it should be. Praise be to the heavens.

 

‘— Message from the High Lama —

 

Disciples of Angri-La, all over Erdrea, the people suffer under the Lord of Shadows' rule. But all things are fleeting.

 

‘Let us gather in the Field of Discipline and pit ourselves against the Wheel of Harma, that we might add to our strength in preparation for the battles to come.’

 

*: Be not afraid—I shall stand guard by these steps to ensure that no monster enters the temple. So long as I am here, Angri-La is safe.

 

*: Welcome to Angri-La, where disciples from the world over come to train their bodies and their minds. Luminary, you are free to enter.

 

*: Indeed, as a prince of Dundrasil, you are like family to us. Please, make yourself at home.

 

*: The Grand Master may have spared the temple and its inhabitants from harm, but there are many all over Erdrea who were not lucky enough to be saved.

 

*: It is your duty—your destiny, in fact—to restore hope to those who remain. We are counting on you, Luminary.

 

*: The view from the balcony is breathtaking, is it not? And thanks to the Grand Master's sacrifice, we are still here to witness it. It is up to us to ensure that these lands beneath us are never lost to the darkness.

 

*: Ever since my mother first told me about the Red-Cheeked Seeker, the Grand Master's most famous disciple, he's been my hero.

 

*: I always imagined him to be a massive muscleman with bulging biceps and a bushy black beard, but he's just a doddery old man... It's come as a little bit of a shock...

 

*: It was a real shock to find out my childhood hero was just a normal old man. But he's still the Red-Cheeked Seeker, disciple of legend! He might not look it, but he must be amazing!

 

*: The High Lama has accepted me as a disciple. I won't start training properly until I'm older, but for now, I've decided to walk up and down these stairs to build up my stamina.

 

*: I'm going to train as hard as I can so that one day, I can be just as impervious to pain as the Red-Cheeked Seeker!

 

*: Lord Robert sent his soul into the void—that great space between this life and the next—to master the ancient teachings of Angri-La.

 

*: He plunged into the unknown, thinking nothing for his own safety, and emerged stronger and wiser. No wonder he was the Grand Master's favourite pupil.

 

*: I feared for the future of our world when Yggdrasil fell, but now, I see a glimmer of hope in the darkness.

 

*: You and Lord Robert have come back to us, and with the secret powers of the Grand Master at your command, no less. Surely these will be enough to lay Mordegon low.

 

*: Arboria and Angri-La sit on the same mountain range that surrounds the First Forest. The ridge between our villages was once a busy trade route.

 

*: Thanks to the Grand Master's mandala, Angri-La survived the blast that reduced much of the world to rubble. I fear Arboria may not have been so fortunate...

 

*: My son thought of abandoning his training, but after seeing how you risked your life to save your grandfather and learn the ancient secrets of our temple, he has had a change of heart.

 

*: He may never become as strong as you, Luminary, but so long as he keeps dedicating himself to his training, I am sure that he will make a fine disciple.

 

*: It was such a relief to finally see the face of my old friend Rab again. He had been missing for so long, I had started to fear the worst.

 

*: I was moseyin' around down the mountain when I found myself smack dab in the middle of a gang o' monsters fixin' to eat me up. If these fellas hadn'ta come to my aid, I'd be pushin' up daisies!

 

*: They sure are the kindliest folks a girl could ever hope to meet. Reckon I'm gonna stick around—whatever happens, I can rely on them to take care o' li'l ol' me!

 

*: Whenever I drag my boots up to this here place, the monks all start crowdin' 'round. Guess they ain't none too used to havin' a lady like li'l ol' me round these parts.

 

*: But they're awful sweet, and mighty kind too. I can't help but smile every time I clap eyes on the li'l darlin's!

 

*: I could hardly believe my eyes! Lord Robert was thin as a rake when he sat down to breakfast, but as he gulped his butter tea and golloped his tsampa, he put the pounds back on right there as I watched!

 

*: Truly, his powers are far beyond those of a normal man. It is no wonder he was the Grand Master's favourite.

 

*: ...Hm? You were still asleep when Lord Robert returned to his original size and shape?

 

*: How unfortunate! Truly, it was a miracle to behold. What a shame you were not there to witness it.

 

*: The void... I have read of this chasm between life and rebirth—some call it ‘purgatory’, others ‘bardo’... So it would seem the legends are true...

 

*: If I should leave this mortal realm, would I too awaken in that world of nothingness? I shudder to think of it...

 

*: Please, let me become a disciple and train with you! I want to become a mighty warrior and fight back against the monsters!

 

*: I hear that you trained with Grand Master Pang. I can't begin to tell you how envious I am. She was the most famous fighting tutor in all Erdrea.

 

*: Ah, Luminary. The High Lama awaits you in the Field of Discipline. His Holiness has prepared a special training regimen for you—the legendary Wheel of Harma.

 

*: It is a formidable trial indeed, but there is no better way to cultivate one's spiritual and physical strength.

 

*: This warrior wishes to become a disciple of Angri-La. Normally, we would not allow outsiders to join us, but given the grave state of the world, we cannot turn him away.

 

*: Desperate times call for desperate measures. So long as he is willing and able to train, Angri-La will welcome him with open arms.

 

*: The lands that lie farthest from Yggdrasil escaped the worst of the damage from the Fall, but it seems they have not been spared the monsters' aggression.

 

*: Curse you, Mordegon! Have our people not suffered enough?

 

*: This soldier used to believe that the Luminary was in fact an evil being called the Darkspawn, but I have finally managed to unburden him of this misconception.

 

*: Until now, I was convinced that you were the Darkspawn, a being of purest evil who would bring ruin to our realm...but now I see that I was wrong.

 

*: You were fighting to save this world with all your might. And you continue to do so even now.

 

*: Though I know that the wrongs we of Heliodor have done you cannot be excused, please allow me to offer you my sincerest apologies. Forgive me, Luminary...

 

*: We slandered your name and hunted you like a wild beast, yet still you fought to save us. Few others would have been so magnanimous.

 

*: You are a man of great honour, Luminary. I pray that you prevail in the battle against the Lord of Shadows.

 

*: Hooray, you saved the hermit! You must be a million times stronger than my brother! Can you teach him how to be tough like you?  [yes/no]

 

*: Ah-phew... Ah, brother... Don't give up... You can do it... Zzz...

 

*: I hear that Rab has been building up quite the collection of, erm...how can I put this...provocative periodicals. It seems there's life in the old dog yet!

 

*: Ahh, that takes me back... I remember when the Grand Master found us thumbing through the very first copy of the Ogler's Digest Rab ever sneaked in... She was so angry neither of us could sit down for a week...

 

*: (sob sniff) ...Forgive me. Whenever I remember that Grand Master Pang will never shout at us again, I become unable to hold back the tears.

 

*: No doubt you know this already, having spoken to the Grand Master in person, but she was a woman of infinite kindness, and cared deeply for every one of her disciples.

 

*: Yes, the more harshly she treated us, the more keenly we felt her affection...

 

*: Grand Master Pang had awaited your coming for many years. You may only have met for a short time, but I am certain it would have meant the world to her to see you at last.

 

*: Will you be joining us in our training today, [pc]?  [yes/no]

 

*: According to the legends, the friendship between Angri-La and Dundrasil began in the Age of Heroes, when the Dark One threatened to bring all Erdrea to ruin.

 

*: After the Dark One's defeat, the King of Dundrasil made a pact with Grand Master Ai Yi to train the princes of his kingdom in the ancient arts of Angri-La.

 

*: That way, they would always be ready to defend their people should crisis ever strike again.

 

*: For twenty long years have I endured the harshest trials, that I might one day gain mastery of the hidden powers of Angri-La.

 

*: My dream is to master Erdwin's signature skill: the spiritual sword that tears through time and space—Quadraslash! Would you not like to learn such an ability yourself?  [yes/no]

 

*: Ah, Luminary. Forgive me for making you bear witness to such an embarrassing scene. I was just speaking with my mother.

 

*: I know that I have no talent for dance, but that simply means that I must train all the harder. One day, I will become a fully fledged disciple—I swear it!

 

*: That fluffy, round tail... Those pretty ears that bob and bounce... That velveteen dress that clings to every curve...

 

*: Could this really be the very same bunny girl I have seen in my sleep every night since first I glimpsed her face in the Ogler's Digest? To be able to meet her in real life is truly a dream come true!

 

2.04 - Puerto Valor

 

*: When Yggdrasil came crashin' down, there was a big landslide round these parts, and the path to Puerto Valor got blocked off. And that ain't all that's changed.

 

*: I 'eard you can get through the valley over on the west side o' the Champs Sauvage now. It's like this ain't the world I remember no more...

 

*: Anyway, long story short, if you're goin' to Puerto Valor, you'll 'ave to 'ead along the coast to the east there, then up west over the 'ills. Got it?

 

*: I came here via the collapsed valley up ahead, but things are pretty messed up over to the west there—must be because it's so close to where the World Tree fell.

 

*: And I've been hearing about a crowd of young men roaming the land in outlandish costumes, making all sorts of unholy commotion as well. Be careful, whatever you do.

 

 

*: ¡Buenos días, señor! Not many people make the journey to visit us here in Puerto Valor any more. It is simply too dangerous.

 

*: But you must not be afraid! We knights shall protect the town and its people! We will continue to fight, until no monster is left standing!

 

*: I've heard that the impact of Yggdrasil falling opened up a valley to the north-west and made it passable again.

 

*: But just because you can go somewhere, it doesn't mean you should, sí? We've been hearing about a horde of mysterious young chicos roaming the area. They're with the Lord of Shadows, for sure.

 

*: I was just here on holiday, but what with everything that's happened, it's the least I can do to try and help defend the place.

 

*: I mean, I've heard Heliodor's been destroyed anyway, so I won't have anything to go back to. I might as well try and make myself useful here.

 

*: Hmm... I don't think I've seen your face before. I suppose you're another refugee, are you? [yes/no]

 

*: He was badly injured rescuing a local boy from the clutches of a monster. He's been bedridden for days...

 

*: Yes, I thought as much. I'm from Heliodor myself. I only just made it out in time... Still, at least this place seems safe—for now.

 

*: I'm not sure where all the other Heliodorians have got to, though. I suppose they must be scattered all over the place.

 

*: This man is spreading rumours about a horde of demons parading around the other side of the valley to the north-west.

 

*: Ay... Everybody is already scared of the Lord of Shadows. There's no need to make people even more worried.

 

*: I, I saw them! I promise! Over to the west of here, a whole gang of horrible, gaudy demons, all parading in a line!

 

*: They were playing music and dancing... I think they're probably people who sold their souls to the Lord of Shadows or something.

 

*: It's all over, innit? The world's gonna end... We're all gonna die... The Lord o' Shadows is gonna get 'is grubby mitts on all of Erdrea...

 

*: We came here to Puerto Valor on our holidays, and now we cannot go back home. Still, I am sure there are worse places to spend the rest of your days.

 

*: I am just glad that my wife and I got to see the southern ocean before it was too late. Before the end of the world came...

 

*: I will never forget the day that Yggdrasil fell. We were sitting here, staring out to sea... Ohhh... It's painful to think about it, even now...

 

*: What is to become of us, without the great tree's protection? What are we to believe in, now it has gone?

 

*: I got attacked by monsters out west of here, but I was rescued! Rescued by a parade of mysterious—and rather fabulous—young men!

 

*: If anyone has any hope of saving this world, it's them. But no one in this town believes me! They're trying to say that I dreamt up the whole thing!

 

 

*: Ese día... That day... It was the day the music died. And without music, I cannot dance. Everything is broken now...

 

*: The sea here in Puerto Valor was always so blue... So beautiful... But since the Fall, it is dull and dirty. I have not seen a single fish since that day, señor.

 

*: ...Hm? You are here for the casino? Sí, we are still in business. It will take more than the fall of Yggdrasil to stop people gambling!

 

*: Ay, but we are not open yet. Perhaps you would like to join the queue and wait with the other customers? [yes/no]

 

*: Sorry, señor! The casino is not open yet!

 

*: The casino is always there for you señor, even in the darkest times. And since the fall of Yggdrasil, our prizes are more impressive than ever!

 

*: So do not delay! Proceed downstairs and make your dreams come true! ¡Vamos, vamos!

 

*: Ay ay ay, you look so tired, señor. Your journey here must have been a long and difficult one...

 

*: Sí, it is true. More monsters mean that I sell more weapons...but I cannot be happy about this.

 

*: I have my little hija—my daughter—to think about. She cannot stop crying. Our son is a soldier, and we have not seen him since that day.

 

*: We may never see him again, but I cannot tell my daughter this. I do not want to believe it myself...

 

*: Now it is more important than ever to have good, strong armour. Make sure you are protected, before it is too late...

 

*: You have seen the mountain to the north, señor? Its name is Pang Lai. My son has been deployed there as a guard.

 

*: Yggdrasil came down just on the other side of it. The impact must have been much worse over there. I hope my little niñito is safe...

 

*: (sob) Waaah... My hermano—my brother... (sniff) I saw him! He was dressed up in strange clothes... (sob)

 

 

*: My grandson—this niñita's older brother—works as a guard at Mount Pang Lai. We are so proud of him...but we have not seen him since the Fall...

 

*: We had accepted that he would never return... But then my granddaughter started saying that she had seen him outside of town...

 

*: Now that Yggdrasil has fallen, there is no place for our late priest's soul to go. It must still be floating around somewhere in the world... (sigh) But life goes on...

 

*: My friend the nun puts on a brave face, but the death of the priest hit her hard. Of course, everyone in town is also in low spirits. Qué desesperación...

 

*: Even Don Rodrigo has been injured, and is unable to leave his bed. I wish there was some way to restore the people's hope...

 

*: Well hello there, young man! Now, I know that times are hard, but that's no excuse to be neglecting your wardrobe!

 

*: I mean, you mustn't forget there's armour and accessories out there that can give people a totally new look—even more so if they rock them as a set!

 

*: I'm a big believer that a sharp outfit is the key to a sharp mind—and heaven knows we could all use a bit of mental clarity. So don't forget to make sure you look fabulous!

 

*: Goo day, sir! Right now, our hotel is accommodating many, many injured guests. Fortunately, you're talking to someone ooze able to sort out just such little conundrums! We still have a room for you!

 

*: We are offering free beds and rooms to people who have been injured or have fallen ill, but we do not have enough people to nurse them.

 

*: I am a maid, not a nurse, so I do not know how to give people the care they need. But they are in so much pain, I just have to do what I can...

 

*: Hnghhh... Ayyy... It hurts so much... Curse those monsters... Ayyy...

 

*: La luz roja... The red...light...

 

 

*: Poor hombre... His ship was attacked and dragged down into the ocean. It is a miracle that he survived—truly un milagro. Sadly, all his crewmates are missing...

 

*: And he has such terrible nightmares. He keeps talking about a red light. I can't imagine what he must have seen...

 

*: Yeah, a monster got me. But it wasn't an ordinary monster. It was...completely out of control... Hnghhh... It got me bad...

 

*: Still, I'm not going to complain. I know how lucky I am to be alive. I don't want to think about how many people have died...

 

*: ...‘The pub’? Oh, you mean the taberna? Sí, it is closed. Closed forever. They killed the owner.

 

*: There is no dancing on the beach any more, either. Only mourning. But mourning will not bring back the dead, señor...

 

*: Mi hijo—my boy—he was attacked by monsters. Fortunately, Don Rodrigo saved him...but he suffered some terrible injuries in the process...

 

*: Ay, but my son blames himself, and refuses to come out of his room... I do not know what I can say to him, señor...

 

*: Our son has been terribly sad ever since Don Rodrigo got hurt saving him from the monsters... It is una tragedia. I do not know what to say to him...

 

*: Ay, it is such a shame that Don Rodrigo's son is not here. He always had a way of cheering up my boy...

 

 

*: Don Rodrigo was injured while protecting me! It is all my fault! ¡Todo es mi culpa!

 

He's fast asleep. There are tearstains all over his face.

 

*: This is the way to the villa of Don Rodrigo. Maybe you have not heard, but he is injured at the moment, and cannot receive guests.

 

*: He was attacked while protecting a local niñito—a little boy—from monsters. Ahh, Don Rodrigo... Sí, he is not young, but he is still so, so brave...

 

*: We do not know when the monsters will attack us, sí? We caballeros should be training harder than ever right now!

 

*: I intend to become strong enough to protect everyone in Puerto Valor, and I intend to do it soon! I will not rest until I am ready!

Servantes

Lo siento, señor. My apologies, but Don Rodrigo is resting at the moment, and is not receiving guests.

Servantes

I advise you to return when he has awoken.

 

There's a portrait hanging on the wall.

 

*: Don Rodrigo's injury was the final straw for many of us. Ever since he has been bedridden, Puerto Valor feels as though it is at the bottom of a deep, dark sea.

 

*: Sometimes I think the only thing that would give us hope would be if Don Rodrigo's son were to return. He would brighten Puerto Valor up once more, I am sure.

 

*: Don Rodrigo's son was nothing like his father. He was so bright, so cheerful.

 

*: I do not think I have ever known such a ray of sunshine, señor. Ay, if only he were here now...

Servantes

¿Don Hendrik? It is so good to see you alive and well! Don Rodrigo too will be delighted to see you, I am sure! ¡Ciertamente!

Servantes

I expect you wish to meet with your old teacher, sí? Unfortunately, he has been gravely injured, and is resting at the moment.

Servantes

Lo siento, Don Hendrik. I am sorry, but could you return when Don Rodrigo has awoken, por favor?

Servantes

I heard about the destruction of Heliodor. It is a great relief to see you alive and well, Don Hendrik. Don Rodrigo will also be delighted, I am sure.

Servantes

Unfortunately, he has been gravely injured, and is resting at the moment. Could you return when he has awoken, por favor?

Servantes

Lo siento, señor. Forgive me, but Don Rodrigo has been gravely injured, and is resting at the moment.

Servantes

Could you return when he has awoken, por favor?

 

*: Are you interested in playing some real poker, señor? Then you should come play with the big boys—and the big sister! Each hand costs 100 tokens.

 

*: And you really do look wise beyond your years, no? You will fit right in at my table.

 

*: So how about it, señor? Are you ready to play for a torrent of tokens? [yes/no]

 

*: ¡Ay ay ay! Señor, you do not have tokens! Perhaps you are a little bit too young for the high-stakes games, after all...

 

*: ¡Hola, señor! Welcome to the high-stakes poker table. Would you like to play? It is 100 tokens per hand. [yes/no]

 

*: ¿Cómo estás, amigo? How is it going, friend? Are you winning big? [yes/no]

 

*: We do not have many customers left. I have often thought of hiding away at home myself.

 

*: But I decided that while there are still some guests remaining, it is my duty to serve them.

 

*: Rather rum, isn't it, this whole end of the world business... Thank heavens for taverns and casinos to take our minds off it all!

 

*: I decided to gamble away everything I had in order to take my mind off all the awfulness, but I can't stop winning!

 

*: Mind you, all these tokens won't be worth much to me come the end of the world. Luck's a funny old thing, isn't it?

 

*: I really should think about running away home to safety, but I'm on a real roll here! I can't quit now!

 

*: When your luck is in, you've got to ride it, that's what they say. A big pile of tokens won't be much use if I'm not alive to spend them, though...

 

*: There are fewer customers than before, but still I must remain vigilant. There is always someone trying to cheat the house.

 

*: Fear not, señor. Nothing untoward will happen on my watch.

 

*: They ain't yer common or garden ones—these are special Slime Quest Slots! 'Ow's about that, eh?

 

*: But you wanna know wot's really special about 'em? It's up to you when to stop the reels.

 

*: 'Ere, don'tcha fink that's like a metaphor for gamblin' an that? You decide when to stop, right? Yeah. That's good, that...

 

*: Hola, cutie-pie! Why not play some poker with the youngest and cutest of the Delicious Dealer Sisters! I can help you forget all the darkness and gloomy stuff!

 

*: And it will only cost you one token, so it's perfect if you are learning how to play! Just sit down and join in!

 

*: Hey, señor! Even if it is the end of the world, you should not look at the other players' cards! It is not fair, sí?

 

*: Why not sit down and play with us? It will only cost you ten tokens a hand, and you will forget all the doom and gloom, I promise!

 

*: The world may have changed señor, but one thing never changes—if you want to win big, you have to play with the big sister! 100 tokens per hand!

 

*: If the end is coming, you have nothing to lose, sí? Just sit down whenever you're ready to play!

 

*: Zzz... The world's endin'...? But...I 'ave to finish me 'ouse o' cards first...! (snort) Zzz...

 

*: The hombre who is sleeping should have escaped somewhere to safety, but instead he insists on finishing his house of cards.

 

*: He says it will be so beautiful that even the Lord of Shadows will not want to destroy it. That is... It is wonderful! ¡Muy admirable!

 

*: These machines are very special! ¡Muy emocionante! And they cost only 100 tokens per reel! You must give them a try, señor!

 

2.05 - Phnom Nonh

 

[pc] is currently on a Draconian Quest. The mardi garb cannot be worn.

Sylvando

Alriiight, let's get moving! Phnom Nonh, here we come!

Sylvando

Oh, and if we ever get separated for some reason, we'll meet back here, okay honey?

 

You should probably make sure Da is safe and well before going exploring anywhere else.

Sylvando

Got someplace else to be, darling? Alright then. Me and my Soldiers of Smile will be waiting for you right here!

Sylvando

Ah, there you are! Alright, let's get moving, shall we?

 

*: Sylv and the others headed into the village to grill some of the locals. My job is to stay back here and hold the float! Hee hee!

 

*: You're the boss now though, remember. If you want to head off somewhere, just say the word and I'll get the boys ready!

 

*: Welcome to Phnom Nonh. Once, we were famous for our mural and our tourists, but that is all in the past now, I think so.

 

*: ...Are they your friends? They are wearing very strange clothes. They do not appear to be ordinary travellers.

 

*: The people of this village are very scared—muy, muy, muy asustada... Sí, something dark and complex has happened here...

 

*: ...Hm? Sylv? I think he has escorted Señor Da back to his home somewhere in the village.

 

*: Hello, Boss! I've been trying to find out what happened here, but no one seems to want to talk. I wonder what's going on...

 

*: Our village is full of strange men! They look like performers of some kind, but there is something...devilish about them... Could they be working for the Lord of Shadows!?

Bazza

G'day, mate! It's me, Bazza! Don't tell me you've forgotten me already, ya great galah! Ya rescued me from inside that painting thing, remember? I'd probably still be in there if it wasn't for you!

Bazza

After all that mural palaver, I decided to go straight an' get rich with good, old-fashioned hard yakker. But then that flamin' monster pinched all me money!

Bazza

I coulda given youse a coupla bits o' gold or somethin' to say ta, but now I ain't got a penny to me name! Sorry, mate!

Bazza

After all that mural palaver, I decided to go straight an' get rich with good, old-fashioned hard yakker. But then that flamin' monster pinched all me money!

Bazza

I coulda given youse a coupla bits o' gold or somethin' to say ta, but now I ain't got a penny to me name! Sorry, mate!

 

*: Listen to this, Boss! He's saying some awful monster turned up in the village, said she worked for the Lord of Shadows and then started kidnapping people without a by-your-leave! We can't have that!

 

*: It sounds like the monster who showed up here is a right sneaky brute—and nasty to boot! I hate her already!

 

*: What is it with all these filthy, horrible monsters showing up since the World Tree fell, anyway? That Lord of Shadows has got a lot to answer for, the rotter!

 

*: (sniff) The monster took them... My wife and son... (sniff) It is...unforgivable!

 

*: The owner of the item shop's been kidnapped, and now her daughter has to look after the place all on her own, poor lamb. We've got to help her!

 

*: My mother is coming back, I know it. I am only looking after the shop until she returns. Maybe you would like to buy something, sir?

 

*: You need to listen to this, Boss! I know the name of the monster who's been bothering these poor people!

 

*: She calls herself Avarith, apparently. And she claims to be a servant of Mordegon, the Lord of Shadows.

 

*: And you know what else I heard? She's not just been kidnapping people, she's cleaned out most of the shops and pinched all sorts of treasures too, the greedy blighter!

 

*: All my stock was stolen. Now I have nothing to sell. I cannot be a merchant without any merchandise, I think so...

 

*: So this monster was specifically taking people's most treasured possessions, apparently. That's just spiteful! What's her game, I wonder?

 

*: Heh heh... That awful monster very nearly cleaned me out, but I still have one little treasure left...

 

*: ...Ahem! Ignore me, please! Nothing of value remains! The monster took everything! Everything!

 

*: Please, you must ignore what I said. I really do not have anything of value left. Nothing at all!

 

*: I am very, very lucky, I think so. The monster did not steal my entire stock. I still have a few things left to sell...

 

*: The monster took my special shiny shield—the one my father and I polished every day... But he did not take all our stock, at least. You can still buy what you need, I think so...

 

*: This poor man was deceived by the monster, and his beloved wife was kidnapped! Now he sees nothing but deception wherever he turns.

 

*: Truly, this Avarith is a despicable creature to sow such fear and mistrust in the hearts of innocents.

 

*: You are a servant of Avarith, I think so! You will not deceive me with your devious ways!

 

*: All I ask is that you return my wife to me. Please... My life is worthless without her...

 

*: If you're looking for Sylv, he's taken that Da fellow back to his house.

 

*: I got the feeling there was something he wanted to get off his chest, you know...

 

*: According to my current theory, Mordegon is the one who caused the destruction of the ancient civilisation that once called this area home.

 

*: Unfortunately, that blasted Avarith creature stole my notebooks, so I'm not able to take my research any further. Don't worry, though—I'll solve the mystery of those ruins, if it's the last thing I do!

 

*: The ruins are dead as you like. Sad, really—I heard there used to be a mural there that brought the tourists running from far and wide.

 

*: ...What's that, love? Sylv? I saw him taking that Da back home. His house is just in front of the church, I think.

 

*: I would like to welcome you...but unless you want to have your precious things stolen, you should leave right away. Avarith could return at any moment...

 

*: Hic! I feel shorry for Da, I really do... When he got married, he was sho happy... Hic! I was a bit jealoush...

 

*: But then she died very, very shuddenly. He was sho shad after that...and now hish little boy is misshing too... Sho unlucky... Hic!

 

*: So many people have lost the things they value most to that dreadful creature. We must ask the heavens for deliverance...

 

*: I beg of you... Please return my daughter to me... She is all that I have... I will do anything... Please...

 

*: Avarith will slowly bleed our village dry, I think so. If we do not do something, we will be destroyed.

 

*: She has said that she will come back for more, but what can we give her? We have already given her all that we hold dear...

 

*: Avarith has taken every precious thing from our village. Everything. We have nothing left now.

 

*: What will we do if she comes back and demands more? It is very, very worrying. I cannot sleep at all...

 

*: I have known my wife since we were little children. Since long before this village became a tourist destination. We have never been apart before.

 

*: We would always be together, even in the grave, I thought so. But now she is taken, and I feel like half a person...

 

*: The monster has taken my granddaughter. She was my whole life! Watching her grow was my reason for living! What do I have left now!?

Mony

The monster Avarith came here and announced that she was a servant of Mordegon. She said that if we named our most valued possessions, she would ensure that these at least were not taken from us. It was a lie.

Mony

She waited until all had named their treasures, and then rounded them up and took them to her lair. ...Hm? Where is that? To the south of here, I think so.

 

*: I think we've heard more than enough, don't you, Boss? If you're going after this Avarith, me and the boys are coming with you!

 

*: And where d'you think you're going, hm? Everyone's waiting for you outside the village, silly!

 

*: The people of Phnom Nonh have suffered enough! We must defeat Avarith and reunite them with their treasures!

 

*: We must not tarry for even a moment! Come, let us head south at once in search of the creature's lair!

 

*: What was Da doing wandering around out in the wilds when we met him? He knew there were monsters everywhere—they'd been in the village. Bit fishy, if you ask me...

 

*: If Avarith comes back here, she will demand our second most valuable possessions, I think so.

 

*: That is why it is very, very important I make her think I have nothing of value left to give!

 

*: Everyone's saying that Da and his boy Son used to be close as anything. I wonder what happened there...

 

*: It is a little rude to say this, but Son is not like his father. Son is very, very cheerful and happy. Da is...different.

 

*: Of course, it was not easy for him, raising the boy by himself. And now I even hear that Son has disappeared...

 

*: Apparently, this Avarith just went around and took whatever the villagers said was most precious to them. Imagine if you'd said ‘my life’. Ooh, it doesn't bear thinking about.

 

*: Well, we can't let her get away with it! If she thinks she can come and have her wicked way with these poor, innocent villagers, she's got another thing coming!

 

*: You'll never guess what—Da only had his dead wife's necklace taken by this Avarith character. Apparently, it was all he had to remember her by. Poor darling...

 

*: I told her... I told Avarith I would give her all my money if she would only let my family go...but she simply laughed. And after she promised that that which was most precious to us would be safe...

 

*: If you are going to fight her, be sure not to believe anything she says. You will need to be careful, I think so.

Traveler

Son is the most selfish boy I have known. He just goes where he wants, never thinking...

Bazza

Sounds like this fella's wife died a while back. And now this flamin' Avarith character's gone and pinched one o' the only mementos he had of her.

Bazza

It gets worse, though—turns out his little nipper's gone walkabout now an' all! Poor bloke's just been left here all alone. Breaks yer heart, eh?

 

*: Everyone thinks that Avarith will make them suffer slowly. They are scared that she will come back at any time.

 

*: But they do not need to worry! The monster has met her match in us, sí? We will teach her a painful lesson! ¡Muy dolorosa!

 

*: Are we really going to go and save the kidnapped villagers, Boss? Imagine that—us, riding to the rescue! Trust Sylv to have such a hero for a friend! We're with you all the way!

 

*: I admit, I was surprised when all these gaudy men arrived in the village, but they are so very, very cheerful and friendly! They have made everyone feel better, I think so!

 

*: I've got the boys all warmed up, and we're ready to set off whenever you are, Boss!

 

*: Let's strut our stuff southward and save the day! Here we go, here we go, here we gooo!

 

*: Little Son said he didn't want to go back to his dad without his mum's necklace, right? Well, that's another good reason for us to go and take care of Avarith, rápido!

 

*: I've got the boys all warmed up, and we're ready to set off whenever you are, Boss!

Traveler

Are you going back to the village? Then I will wait here. I do not want to meet my father until I have my mother's necklace to give him.

 

*: Hooray! All the kidnapped villagers are back in Phnom Nonh, and everyone's happy as can be! Come on, Boss! Let's jig for joy!

 

 

*: Ho ho ho! I was in that dark, dark cave for so long, I would die there, I thought so. But no—you came and you rescued us!

 

*: ...Hm? You want to know how I answered the monster's question? I told her that my merchandise and my belongings and my body were ALL my most treasured possessions!

 

*: ...Not such a good answer as I thought. But I am still alive and healthy. All is well that ends well, I think so!

 

*: Sir! I heard that you defeated the Lord of Shadows' servant, and saved the kidnapped people of Phnom Nonh!

 

*: Everyone is so very, very happy now! Thank you, sir! Thank you for ridding us of Avarith!

Mony

Well sir, I admit, I did not think you were strong enough to defeat Avarith...but you did! Thank you!

Mony

You should go and tell Da about what you did, I think so. He will be in his house, in front of the church.

 

*: The hero of Phnom Nonh returns! Everyone has a smile on their face because of you! And they all want to talk to you! Felicitaciones!

 

 

*: We did it! Tee hee! We all joined the parade so that we could bring smiles back to people's faces—and that's what we've just done! The Lord of Shadows' lapdogs are no match for us!

 

*: I hear that you are the leader of the parade, sir! I am sure you look very, very adorable with all of these lovely boys following you around!

Bazza

So you dealt with that menace down in the cave, eh? First the mural, and now this? Fair play, cobber. You're a regular hero!

 

*: Ohhh, just look at me... There's nothing more contagious than tears of joy! And the sight of families being reunited... No, it's no good...! (sob)

 

*: Isn't family a wonderful thing? Honestly, the sight of all these happy people all over the place is enough to make you... (sniff) Well up a little... (snuffle)

 

*: (sob) Ohhh, I am so happy... I missed you so much... Ohhh... (sniff)

 

*: Sir, you saved our village. We would have been destroyed completely without you, I think so. I cannot thank you enough.

 

*: My husband is very, very grateful too, but he is a little...emotional at the moment. It is unusual for him. Usually he is the strong silent type.

 

*: But I admit, I like this new side of him. I hope I can see more of it in the future.

 

*: Thank you for saving me, sir! Hey, did you know? Even though the monster was very, very scary, I did not cry once! Not one tear!

 

*: Strewth, does this air ever taste good! Ya really appreciate the little things when you've been banged up in a dingy cell for a while, let me tell ya!

 

*: I won't lie to ya, I thought I was a goner. You and yer mates did me a right old favour lettin' me out—and me girl too! You're a true blue battler!

 

*: Fair play to the blokes from the parade—they got us out o' chokey and brought us back here to the village.

 

*: Yeah, we came across a few monsters on the way, but they were no match for our new mate Sylv!

 

*: Ahhh! There's nothing better than bringing a smile back to people's faces! I'm so glad I joined up with Sylv! Here's hoping for plenty more daring rescues!

 

*: I hear that my daughter looked after the shop the whole time I was kidnapped. She is growing up so fast, I think so.

 

*: Oh, it was hard for her, I am sure... (sniff) But it is such a happy thought for me...

 

*: My mother came back! I knew she would! I always believed! And now I can show her how much I learned about shopkeeping! Ahem...

 

*: Hooo-ray! Everyone made it back to the village safely! That means it's time for some extra-special party drumming! Boom-ba-doom-ba-wooo!

 

*: The boys from the parade are so bright and cheerful. They make me feel silly for worrying about the possessions I lost.

 

*: They have made me realise what is really important, I think so—money and objects can be replaced, but people cannot.

 

*: Ooh, I was worried sick about all those kidnapped villagers, you know. But all's well that ends well, eh hun?

 

*: Now it's time to forget all our cares and dance a merry dance of celebration! Come on, Boss! Hip hip...!

 

*: My dear, dear granddaughter has come home. Sir, it is impossible for me to explain how I feel, I think so...but thank you.

 

*: Yes, I was locked in a cave with a big scary monster, but I did not get scared! I always believed someone would come to rescue me!

 

*: Hmph... Everyone is so happy...too happy! No one is buying anything!

 

*: It may not happen overnight, but I am sure that Phnom Nonh will be back to its bustling old self before too long!

 

*: My wife has returned, and now she knows how important she is to me! Thank you, sir! I cannot say it enough!

 

*: I will admit it—ever since I married, I wondered if I made the right choice of husband. I had made a mistake, I thought so...

 

*: But since I was kidnapped and we were reunited, I have felt so glad that we are together. Now I know I chose the man for me.

 

 

*: Look at all these smiles! Helping people is just the best! I can't wait to take this show back on the road—we're going to have all of Erdrea beaming!

 

*: We'd better make sure Son gets back to his dad first, though. He's over there talking to Sylv.

 

*: My precious, precious daughter has returned to me safe and sound! And all is thanks to you! You are a gentleman, sir! And a true hero!

 

*: I made friends with all sorts of people while I was locked up in that cell. Now it's just me and Papa again... (sigh)

 

*: Well, well! It looks like that little episode's been resolved! Now that everyone's come back to the village, I should think about restarting my investigations!

 

*: Off somewhere, Boss? If you're looking for Sylv, he's taken Son back to his dad's. It's over in front of the church.

 

*: Avarith did one good thing—she taught everyone in the village what is most important to them. We do not know what we have until we lose it, I think so.

 

*: Phnom Nonh is shafe! Hic! We shurvived our ordeal! Everything will be alright now, I think sho! Cheersh!

 

*: It is only when darkness surrounds us that we can truly begin to see the light. This is what the holy teachings tell us...

 

 

*: I am not a very good mayor, I think so. But at least now I know what is the most important thing for any village. It is not money—it is people.

 

*: Now, there is no time to waste! We must do what we can to fill the village with people from all over our world once more!

 

*: Sometimes I feel like we have lost everything. That we have nothing left. But as the Mayor always says, we have had nothing in the past, back before they found the mural.

 

*: So all we have to do is what our ancestors did—work together to make Phnom Nonh nice and lively once again!

 

 

*: Thank you, sir. Thank you so, so much for saving my wife. I will never let her out of my sight again—not until my dying day.

 

*: My husband has finally realised how important I am to him, I think so! It has taken him long enough...

 

*: Oh, but I am not bitter! Not at all! In fact, it is a very, very nice feeling. Like we are young lovers once again!

Traveler

But the necklace is broken. My father will be so angry when he sees it...

Sylvando

Don't be silly, honey. How could he possibly be mad to see you back safe and sound, hm? Just go and talk to him. I'll be right behind you!

Traveler

...Alright. I am scared, but...I will do it.

Sylvando

[pc], Darling! There you are! Little Son here was just about to go see his papi.

Sylvando

Say, why don't you give him a pep talk to help him along? I'm sure he'd appreciate it!

Traveler

I wanted to say thank you to my friend with the feathers, but he is gone...

Traveler

Will you thank him for me, please? Me and my father are both very, very grateful, I think so!

Traveler

It is true. After my wife died, I did not think about Son's feelings as much as I should have done... But that will change now. From now on, we will be closer than ever!

Traveler

Sir, you are our hero. We will never forget what you did for us. Thank you—and remember, there will always be a welcome for you here in Phnom Nonh.

Hendrik

One moment, [pc]. Sylvando seemed a little...out of sorts. Perhaps you should speak with him before we depart.

 

Sylvando seemed upset. You should go and find him before you leave.

 

*: ...Hm? You're looking for Sylv, are you? Well, he hasn't come this way. He must still be in the village somewhere, love!

Mony

You went to see Da, I think so? Then you have heard the truth. He was so worried about little Son.

Mony

...Hm? You are looking for the man from the parade? The tall one? No, I have not seen him...but he must still be somewhere in the village, I think so. I have not seen him leave.

 

*: I was lucky, I thought so, because I managed to hide my greatest treasure from Avarith. But after all that has happened, I feel I do not need it any more.

 

*: It is yours if you want it. Go down the narrow alleyway beside Son and Da's house and climb the stairs. You will find it on the balcony above.

 

*: I'm happy that Son and his dad are friends again, of course I am...but it's got me all...(sniff)...emotional! (sob)

 

*: ...What's that? (snuffle) You're looking for Sylv? I saw him head up the stairs. I don't think he'll have gone far.

 

*: Sylv came through here just a little while ago. He looked... Well, he didn't look quite himself. I hope he's alright...

 

*: Little Shon looksh jusht like his mother, I think sho... Hic! It musht be hard for Da. Every time he looksh at his boy, he is reminded of his wife...

 

*: That'sh probably why he was a bit—Hic!—dishtant with Shon after she died.

 

*: But now everything'sh alright! Hic! After what they went through, they will be very, very closhe forever, I think sho! Cheersh!

Hendrik

Sylvando appears to have left the village, [pc]. Perhaps it would be wise to go after him.

 

It's probably best to go after Sylvando.

 

*: I saw the parade leaving the village just a little while ago. I wonder what can have happened to make them leave so suddenly...

 

*: Oh, sir! You are the parade leader, I think so? I saw all your friends leaving the village a little while ago. Will they be coming back? [yes/no]

 

*: They will? Oh, that is wonderful! They have given everyone in Phnom Nonh so much courage. I will be glad of the chance to say thank you!

Mony

It seems the big feathery parade has already left the village—and most people did not even notice! Did something happen, I wonder?

Mony

It is a shame they could not stay longer. We owe them a lot. Everyone in Phnom Nonh wanted to say thank you, I think so.

 

*: When the parade came to the village there was so much noise and colour, but when they left, there was nothing.

 

*: It seems the tall one asked them all to meet him outside the village. They are planning to go somewhere, I think so?

 

*: The parade people all passed through here and walked out of the village. They were following the tall one.

 

*: They were only here for a little while, but they brought life back to this place, I think so. I wish I could have spoken with them more before they left.

 

*: Welcome to Phnom Nonh! We are all working hard to bring back the hustle and bustle that made us famous!

 

*: Of course, there will always be an extra-special welcome for you, sir. After all, you are the one who saved this village!

Mony

Oh, hello sir! I must admit, we have all felt a little lonely since the parade left. But at least they made us determined to bring some life back to Phnom Nonh!

Mony

Please do not forget to visit Da and Son while you are here! They will be very, very happy to see you, I think so!

 

*: The boys of the parade came to our village when we needed them most, solved our problem and then left without saying a word! That is so heroic, I think so!

 

*: But I really, really hope they come back one day. I want to show them just how grateful I am for making us all feel brave again!

Bazza

First ya go an' save us from that mural, then you send old Avarith packin' too. Mate, you're a flamin' hero. I owe ya.

Bazza

Not that I've got anythin' to give ya right now. Best come back when old Bazza's made his fortune, eh? She'll be right, you'll see. Till then, mind how ya go!

 

*: I'd never've met me missus here if it wasn't for them parade blokes. True blue battlers to a man. Wish I could've said thanks before they scarpered.

 

*: They might dress like drongos, but they're a nice bunch. And tough too. Well, here's hopin' I get to meet 'em again some time.

 

*: I came here lookin' to make me fortune with the old mural thing, and wound up gettin' kidnapped by monsters instead. Still, I'd never have met me fella here if I hadn't come, so it ain't all bad.

 

*: Yep, me and this larrikin here owe a lot to this place. Which is why we decided to stick around and help it get back on its feet before we head on home.

 

*: We will have many, many visitors soon, I think so. We need to practise our shopkeeping skills again!

 

*: Don't worry, Grandpa... Zzz... I will work hard... I will make money for us... Zzz... You rest, Grandpa...

 

*: We do not have many customers yet, but this just means I have time to practise my sales technique.

 

*: You see sir, when I grow up, I want to be the best merchant in Phnom Nonh so that I can be very, very rich!

 

*: When I grow up, I will be the best merchant in Phnom Nonh, and my mother and father will never have to work again!

 

*: My daughter has grown up so fast. These days, she wants to run the shop all by herself!

 

 

*: But it feels like only yesterday that I was wiping her little nose for her... Oh, how time flies... Still, I am happy—the future of my business is in safe hands!

 

*: The valuables Avarith stole were left behind in her cave. No one who was rescued brought anything back with them.

 

*: But nobody minds. What matters is that we are alive. Our fortunes will return, and we will soon have such treasures again, I think so.

 

*: We really should be on our way. We have no reason to linger any longer, and yet...there is something about the rustic charm of this village that does so make me want to stay...

 

*: I thought my daughter would object to such an idea, but no, nothing of the sort. Seems Phnom Nonh has its attractions even without that silly old mural.

 

*: Hanging out with the parade was the most fun I've ever had! I can't believe it's over already. I hope I get to meet them again one day.

 

She's sleeping soundly.

 

*: I'm thinking that Mordegon might have been the one who reduced this ancient kingdom to ruins. That's my current theory, anyway.

 

*: The question is, why would he do such a thing? What was he hoping to achieve? That's what's bothering me right now. I have a feeling this is much deeper—and darker—than I suspected...

 

*: Returning the village to its former glory begins with returning ourselves to our former way of life. Although that is easier said than done after all that has happened...

 

*: Hm!? Oh! Y-You gave me a fright, sir!

 

*: The truth is, Avarith did not succeed in finding my secret cache of money. Now I will spend it all on my family, I think so.

 

*: The question is, what can I buy that will make them happy? That is what I am thinking about now. And it is more difficult than it may seem...

 

*: Ahh... It smells good, I think so? It is a real, real pleasure to be living a normal life once again.

 

*: Of course, it is all thanks to you, sir. We will never be able to thank you enough.

 

*: Ahh! Delicious! After what we went through, I can appreciate the simple pleasures much, much more, I think so.

 

*: Of course, it is all thanks to you, sir. We will never be able to thank you enough.

 

*: Always together... Ah-phew... Even in the grave... (snort)...

 

*: My husband has been much kinder to me since I was kidnapped. He has realised how important I am to him, I think so.

 

She's sleeping peacefully.

 

*: I have been making souvenirs here in Phnom Nonh for many, many years. I do not know how to do anything else.

 

*: Of course, no one is coming here to buy souvenirs at the moment, but when the world is at peace once more, the tourists will come back, and my creations will sell like hot cakes!

 

*: What happened with Avarith made me realise how important my wife is to me. Now I must try to never forget.

 

He's sleeping peacefully.

Traveler

Because of you and the people in the parade, everyone was rescued, and I am friends with my father again! Now we will try together to make the village lively once more!

Traveler

Will you thank the other people in the parade for me, please? My father and I are both very, very grateful to them also.

 

2.06 - Puerto Valor (2)

Sylvando

That's Papi's villa over there... You go on ahead, [pc]. I need to, umm...gather my thoughts...

Dave

Blimey! So this is Sylv's 'ometown, eh? You can see 'ow 'e got 'is sunny disposition growin' up somewhere like this, eh?

 

*: This place...Puerto Valor... It is my hometown also. Ay, but I joined the parade without telling my parents... They must have been so worried about me...

 

*: But that was a long time ago. I have changed a lot since then—perhaps they will not recognise me, eh?

 

*: I should have known that Sylv's hometown would be just as fabulous as the man himself!

 

*: Who are all these young men!? And what are they wearing!? They seem awfully jolly considering it's supposed to be the end of the world.

 

*: This gaggle of glamorous types who've just wandered into town—you don't think they might be the horde of so-called demons who were spotted over to the west, do you?

 

*: Well, they don't seem very evil to me. Quite the opposite, in fact.

 

*: Es muy impactante! It is a real shock to see all these colourful chicos suddenly appear here in Puerto Valor! I cannot decide if I should ask them to leave or not...

 

*: I do not know who these young chicos are, but they do not seem evil. No señor, they look like a lot of fun!

 

 

*: This place is just like Phnom Nonh—everyone's down in the dumps! We need to get people smiling around here, and fast!

 

 

*: Who are these chicos? Espere—wait... Did they come from over to the west!? Then the rumours are true!

 

 

*: But wait—they are certainly brightly coloured, just as we heard, but these are no demons—they are nice young men!

 

 

*: It's them! The demons I saw dancing and marching about over to the west! See—I told you I wasn't lying!

 

*: No... Por favor... Please, do not kill me...!

 

*: Well, here we are in...drumroll please...Puertooo Valooor, hometown of the Great Sylvando, our beloved leader! This calls for a BOOM-BOOM-BOOM!

 

*: ¡Mi madre! I am surrounded by beautiful young men! Am I in...heaven...? Does this mean...my time has come!? (shiver)

 

 

*: I'm so glad we came to Sylv's hometown! I just love it here! Every part of me's dancing—inside and out!

 

 

*: The Soldiers of Smile are here to smite sadness and massacre misery! Strap yourselves in—it's going to be one heck of a ride!

 

*: I heard the beautiful music and came out to see. I did not expect such a...vibrant sight to greet my eyes!

 

*: Sí, I confess... I thought that we had been attacked by monsters. Of course, these chicos are not monsters...but there is something different about them, no?

 

*: I do not know what it is, but the more I look at them, the more happy I feel inside.

 

*: I was attacked by monsters off to the west of here, but then I was rescued! And these are the people who rescued me!

 

*: That was a while ago now...but they're still just as fabulous as I remember!

 

*: Can you hear something, dear? Some distant noises? I wonder if this is death approaching. Coming for us at last...

 

*: Something is happening in the centre of town... But I am not frightened. As long as my husband is with me, everything will be fine.

 

*: Ay... I think my ears are becoming strange... I am sure I can hear cheerful music coming from the direction of the town gates...

 

*: Oya! You would like to visit the casino? Lo siento, señor. Apologies, but we are not allowing anyone inside at the moment.

 

*: We heard reports of a large gang of strange chicos entering the town, and we did not want them causing trouble in our establishment. Naturalmente, we will open again as soon as things calm down.

 

*: Yggdrasil may have fallen, but the casino prizes are better than ever! You simply must come and see for yourself!

 

*: Who are all these chicos!? They do not look like bad people, but you can never be certain...

 

*: There seems to be a lot of noise coming from near the sea gates. Caramba... I wonder what is happening...

 

*: I can hear music coming from outside. Is there a fiesta happening, señor?

 

*: Don Rodrigo woke up a while ago, and seems to be feeling better. You can meet with him now, I think.

 

*: But first, I must warn him about the strange chicos who have just arrived in town. They do not look like bad people, but it is best that he knows.

 

*: Don Rodrigo has been sleeping off his injuries, but he is awake now. We are all very relieved. Finally, some good news for Puerto Valor.

 

*: But I am hearing much noise and commotion coming from outside. Is there something untoward happening? [yes/no]

Servantes

In the meantime, I had better go and investigate the cause of all the commotion outside...

Hendrik

Prior to entering the Heliodorian army, I undertook my knightly training here in Puerto Valor under Don Rodrigo's tutelage. I owe him a great deal.

Hendrik

If you do not mind, I would like to speak with him in private. Perhaps you could search for Sylvando while we talk? He must be here in town somewhere.

Don Rodrigo

Hendrik tells me that you and he seek to defeat the Lord of Shadows together. You have done well to make it here. The journey cannot have been easy.

Don Rodrigo

You must rest here in Puerto Valor before continuing on your way. It may not be the most exciting of towns, but I can promise you a warm welcome.

 

 

*: It is such a relief! ¡Que alivio! Don Rodrigo was badly injured, and unable to leave his bed...but then suddenly, he woke up!

 

*: I have not seen him speak with such energy or passion for a long time. He must be very happy to see Don Hendrik once again, no?

Servantes

It has been a long time since I saw Don Rodrigo so enthusiastic. Seeing Don Hendrik again has brought him great joy, I am sure.

Servantes

Naturalmente, as his butler, Don Rodrigo's happiness is my ultimate priority. I pray that his fine mood will aid him in his recovery.

 

 

*: I heard that Don Rodrigo has been visited by Señor Hendrik! He is a great hero here in Puerto Valor. No one has forgotten what he did during the tragedia of Dundrasil.

 

*: I am sure that seeing his former student will aid Don Rodrigo's recovery greatly—and a healthy Don Rodrigo will be a great boost to all of us!

 

*: Not long ago, I saw a tall and brightly dressed hombre pacing up and down outside these gates. He seemed very agitated. Sí, muy agitado...

 

*: I think he might have been the leader of the parade that has come to town. ...Hm? No, señor. He did not go into the villa. He went down the stairs towards the sea.

 

You can't just leave the members of the parade wandering the streets of Puerto Valor!

Dave

Alright, [pc]? Lookin' for Sylv, are ya? I fink 'e went down that big staircase that leads to the sea.

Dave

E 'ad a proper face on 'im too. Dead serious—not like the Sylv I know at all! Reckon you should prob'ly go an' check on 'im. Make sure 'e's alright, you know?

Sylvando

And where do you think you're going, eh? We've got to go see my papi!

Dave

Ere, Sylv! I 'eard you decided to go an' see yer old man! Good on ya! I'm proud o' ya!

Dave

E lives in that massive great big mansion right over there, don't 'e? Yeah, that's the one! Good luck, yeah?

 

*: So you're finally going to go and see your dad, are you, Sylv? Well, I don't really know any of the details, but I know you're going to be just fine!

 

*: Go on, Sylv! You can do it!

 

*: Off to see your dad, eh, Sylv? Make sure you back him up in there, Boss!

 

*: Syl-van-do! Boom-boom-boom!

 

Syl-van-do! Boom-boom-boom!

 

I made a chant just for you, Sylv!

 

*: So Sylv, it's time for you to meet your dad at last... Oh my giddy aunt, the tension's killing me! Eek!

 

*: The Soldiers of Smile are behind you all the way, Sylv! Don't forget that!

 

 

*: ¡Ay! You are the brightly dressed hombre from before, no?

 

*: These gates lead to Don Rodrigo's villa. All are allowed to enter, but all guests must behave appropriately, sí?

 

*: ¡Oye! Y-You with the feathers! You must leave! ¡Ándale! Don Rodrigo's villa is no place for suspicious characters such as you!

Sylvando

Same old Gonzalez, eh? Well, sorry honey, but you don't scare me. I knew you back when the sight of a spot of blood was enough to send you crying for your mami!

Gonzalez

¡¿Cómo?! How do you know my name!?

Sylvando

And I bet you're still petrified of little squeaky mousies too, huh? I remember the time you accidentally picked one up instead of a brush! Tee hee! Oh darling, the look on your face was priceless!

Gonzalez

 

...¡No! ¡Es imposible! Surely... Surely you are not...!?

Sylvando

So the penny's finally dropped huh, lover boy?

Gonzalez

Y-You have come back! I, I thought I would never see you again! ¡Ay ay ay! ¡Es un milagro! A miracle!

Sylvando

I'm so flattered to hear it! Sorry to leave you all on your lonesome for so long, honey. Now, you don't mind if I have a little look around the old place, do you?

Gonzalez

¡Cómo no! Of course not! Please, this is your home! Look around as much as you like!

Gonzalez

Tu amigo—your friend—was always just like his father. So strong, so fierce... I am older than him, but he would always beat me black and blue in training...

Gonzalez

I thought we would never see him again, but now that we have, it has brought so many happy memories flooding back...

Gonzalez

Don Rodrigo and Servantes will be surprised and delighted too, I am sure. You must go to Don Rodrigo's room and tell them he is here, por favor.

Don Rodrigo

So it is settled, Norberto—I will take care of your curious little amigos, and you will take care of the Lord of Shadows, sí?

Sylvando

Oh Papi, of course! I'll defeat Mordegon and give the world its smile back, don't you worry!

Don Rodrigo

Still you like to make the bold claims eh, Norberto? Bien. Return to me once you have defeated Mordegon. We will see if your actions live up to your words!

Servantes

 

Señorito Norberto. I had hoped you would be able to spend more time with us, but it seems you must depart right away, sí?

Sylvando

Oh, Servantes... It must have been so hard for you looking after Papi all these years... But you're going to have to do it for just a little longer. I'll go take out the Lord of Shadows, then I'll be right back, okay honey?

Servantes

Cómo no, Señorito Norberto. Of course. We will be eagerly awaiting your return. ...I hope you will forgive my presumptuousness, but I have missed you a great deal.

 

*: Norberto is back after all these years away! And he brought a whole bunch of his friends!

 

*: I do not know the whole story, but I know that Don Rodrigo is happy, and that is the most important thing! ¡Hurra!

 

*: There's so much room in here! More than enough to swing a cat! Or strike a pose! We can do our dance practice in here! That's bound to make Sylv's dad feel better!

 

 

*: ¡Muy bien! Sylv's papi looks fabulous in his carnival costume! It is obvious where Sylv got his sense of style!

 

 

*: Sylv's dad doesn't know the first thing about us, but he welcomed us into his home with open arms! You can't get much more open-hearted—or open-minded—than that!

 

*: It didn't seem like years since Sylv and his dad had last seen each other, did it? Seemed more like five minutes! Tee hee! That's family for you!

 

*: I never knew Sylv grew up in a big, posh mansion! Lucky so-and-so! That must be why he grew up into a big, posh man! Hee hee!

 

*: Isn't Sylv's dad just fabulous? He's so manly and strong! We're so lucky we get to meet him!

 

 

*: Don-don-don! Rat-tat-tat!

 

Do you like that, Boss? I composed it especially for Sylv's dad!

 

*: This room is huge! Imagine the games you could play in here! And there's plenty of space for dancing too! I don't think I'd ever get bored if I lived here!

 

 

*: What a wonderful villa! It must have cost a pretty penny—though it is vulgar to think about such things, of course...

 

*: It's nearly time to say goodbye to Sylv... I almost don't want to...but if he's off to defeat the Lord of Shadows, then it's our job to cheer him on!

 

*: Do you know who this is in the picture, Boss? She's gooorgeous... She looks a bit like Sylv, actually...

Gonzalez

 

¡Señorito Norberto! Do you... Do you know who these people are...?

Sylvando

Don't worry Gonzalez, honey! These are just a few pals of mine! Papi's agreed to let them stay for a while. You'll play nicely with them now, won't you?

Gonzalez

S-Sí, of course... I do not know the details of the situation, but I will do anything I can to help your friends, señorito!

Dave

Sorry, Sylv. The Stallion's only gone an' sprung a bleedin' leak. I'll 'ave to spend a while patchin' 'er up before she's ready to sail again.

Dave

Ere, since we ain't gonna be able to take to the 'igh seas for a while, why don'tcha wander over to Mount Pang Lai? It's got some connection to the Luminary, apparently...

Dave

You'll need to 'ead north of 'ere, then go through these big temple gates. I should 'ave the Salty Stallion all set to sail by the time ya come back!

Dave

The Stallion's all patched up, guv! She'll weather any storm we can throw at 'er now!

Dave

Why don'tcha climb aboard, an' we can set sail in search o' some more of yer pals, eh?

 

*: Señorito Norberto and Don Hendrik! You are reunited at last! And I hear you will be taking an ocean voyage together, sí? Be careful, por favor.

 

*: I hear that the Lord of Shadows terrorises the sea also. Many ships have already been sunk by monsters... Muy aterrador... It scares me to even think of it...

 

*: Sí, I admit that I was suspicious of the chicos from the parade when they first arrived, but they have done a lot to help the people of Puerto Valor already.

 

*: In fact, they have changed this place beyond recognition. Now everybody is so bright and cheerful! I would like to say gracias to all of them!

 

*: Have you heard? They're going to start doing the dance show on the beach again! And it's going to have the same dancer as before!

 

*: ...Gosh, I can't remember the last time I actually felt excited about something. It's been doom and gloom for so long... Thank the heavens those parade boys came along and perked us all up!

 

*: Look at her go! And I thought I'd never get to watch her dance again... Woo hooo!

 

*: Hiya, Boss! Welcome to Puerto Valor, hometown of the Great Sylvando! But you already know that, of course... Tee hee!

 

*: Anyway, I hope you find the place even cheerier than you left it! We've been doing everything we can to put a smile on people's faces! Have fun!

 

*: Some of the boys from the parade said they'd help me keep an eye out for monsters. They don't look very...tough, though, do they? What if we get attacked?

 

*: Hey, Boss! Feast your eyes on this! Sylv taught me this move—the locals round here love it! It's perked them right up!

 

*: Stop making that face and come and have a dance, will you? All fighting and no fun makes Jack a dull boy!

 

*: Don Rodrigo has been so happy since his son Norberto came back to see him after so many years away!

 

*: Ay, but I still find it hard to believe that Norberto is the leader of this crazy parade! ¡Es loco!

 

*: I know I started those rumours about the people in the parade being demons and whatnot, but actually they're all really nice!

 

*: I suppose it's easy to think the worst when there's all this doom and gloom in the air... I'm glad I was wrong, though! Those boys have really brought a bit of sunshine to Puerto Valor!

 

*: Stop moping around and come and have a dance with us! We'll soon put a bit of colour back in those cheeks of yours!

 

*: Ooh, hello Boss! Fancy a little tipple? I'll give you one on the house!

 

*: ...What's that? Have I ever worked in a bar before? Oh, don't be such a spoilsport! How hard can it be!?

 

*: Ugh... Me 'ead... This new barman, 'e serves 'em strong... Too strong, if you ask me. I don't fink I can even stand up... Uggghhh...

 

*: Well, the world might be about to end, but as long as I spend every last second of me time enjoyin' meself, I won't 'ave no regrets!

 

*: So what if the sky and the sea are are all dark and dingy? We'll soon have everything brightened up! Just have a smile and dance and watch the clouds disappear!

 

*: Hiya, Boss! Have you been to see Sylv's dad yet? He'll be over the moon when he hears you're in town!

 

*: Hiya, Boss! The boys are having a big party down on the beach, you know. I bet they'd be over the moon if you went along and showed your face!

 

*: I knew from the moment they saved me that there was something special about the boys in the parade, and I wasn't wrong! They've made everyone feel so much better!

 

*: Mi hijo—my son—he spent so long locked up in the house feeling miserable that I decided to let him practise with the parade. I have never seen him so happy!

 

*: Sí, we were all surprised when these chicos first arrived here in Puerto Valor, but now I think we cannot live without them! I hope they stay forever!

 

*: It was quite a shock to see how much Norberto had changed. But then, even when he was a little niñito he did always so love to perform.

 

*: He could have been a magnífico caballero, I am sure. One of the greatest knights of all time, even... But he decided to become an entertainer instead. Sí, but it is clear that this was his true calling.

 

 

*: Those boys are ever so kind to us—and so much fun! At first we thought they were demons, but they were actually angels in disguise!

 

*: My husband seems very fond of the boys in the parade. In fact, they are all he ever talks about.

 

*: Well, the world might still be a dark, dark place, but at least they are here to bring a little bit of light into our lives!

 

*: When I saw the chicos of the parade perform, I understood something important—dark times such as these are when people most need the light of dance in their lives!

 

*: That is why I have decided to start dancing on the beach once more, just like I used to do—and the Soldiers of Smile will perform with me! Ay, I'm so excited! ¡Estoy muy emocionada!

 

*: I thought I would never dance again, but the chicos from the parade showed me how wrong I was! Now I love it more than ever!

 

*: ...Ay, but it is difficult to keep up with them. Where do they get their energy from!?

 

*: Now that Don Rodrigo is feeling better, I think Puerto Valor will slowly return to normal again.

 

*: But the world is still a dangerous place—muy peligrosa... No señor, I cannot neglect my duties...

 

*: You know, señor, watching the chicos of the parade suddenly reminded me of something—a circus that came here to Puerto Valor, many years ago.

 

*: Now that I think about it, it was just after it came here that Norberto ran away from home. I never considered it before, but maybe there is a connection, no?

 

*: I heard that the dancer from the beach is feeling better, and she will start dancing again! It must be because of the parade, sí?

 

*: Sí. We have a long way to go, but this shows that Puerto Valor is on its way back to becoming the fun place it used to be! ¡Muy bien!

 

*: The guitarist who use to play here was sadly lost to us in the Fall... It was very hard for his partner, the dancer. She said she was never going to dance again.

 

*: But then the Soldiers of Smile came along! Ay, it is so wonderful to see her on stage once more! Just magnifico!

 

*: The chico from the parade is a good bartender, sí? He knows just what I like... Hic!

 

 

*: Sí, señor, the casino is open for business as always, and our prizes are better than ever since the fall of Yggdrasil!

 

Why not head downstairs and make your dreams come true?

 

 

*: My dear, dear niñito... My boy... I thought he was dead... But now he is back! And he is one of the chicos of the parade!

 

*: Sí, he has changed a lot...but he is still my boy! ¡Ah, muy feliz!

 

*: Ah! You are with the parade, sí? Mi hijo—my son—he has told me everything about you. I hope I have something that is useful for you, señor...

 

*: Mi hijo—my son—he was a soldier, deployed as a guard on Mount Pang Lai. But then he disappeared, and no one knew where he went... But now he is back, and he is a Soldier of Smile instead!

 

*: Of course, I was surprised at first—he had changed a lot... But he is still my son, and he is alive! ¡Ah, muy feliz! So happy!

 

*: My big brother, I thought he was gone forever... (sob) But he is back! I am so happy, I cannot stop crying! (sniff)

 

*: I joined the parade because I thought it was my duty to make the world smile again. I still think this. But now I see how worried I made my family... I should have come home and told them first...

 

*: But now I know this, I will not make them worry again. I will do all I can to keep them and everybody else in Puerto Valor smiling!

 

*: La madre de Norberto—Norberto's mother—she was not from Puerto Valor. She was from a distant kingdom. And she was a big celebrity there, I think.

 

*: It was such a tragedy when she died so soon after Norberto was born. She was so young... It was a difficult time for everyone...

 

*: But she definitely had an influence on her son. Sí, señor. The fact that Norberto is such a bright and cheerful person, this is because of his madre, I am sure.

 

*: You really want to pray, Boss? Gosh! Alright then, let's give it a go...

 

*: One of the chicos from the parade offered to step in instead of our late priest. I was not sure at first, but he is a natural.

 

*: Sí, it already feels like he has been doing this for years. A higher power led him here, I am certain of it.

 

*: I like the new priest! He is bright and cheerful, and he has a sense of humour too! Hee hee!

 

*: I was slurprised when the parade came to town, but I'm very goolad they did! We'd be lost without them! Anyway...

 

*: It is wonderful that the hombres from the parade are helping us, but sinceramente... If I am honest...they are so young and energetic, they make me feel jealous...

 

*: But there is no use in complaining! ¡No señor! I will just have to try harder to keep up with them!

 

*: The fiesta on the beach looks like so much fun. It is hard to believe that the Lord of Shadows threatens the whole world when such a joyous event is happening, no?

 

*: Sí, all that we can do is keep living life to the full. There is no use in worrying!

 

*: I feel a little better—solo un poco—since the parade came here to Puerto Valor. A spot of cheer can cure all ailments, no?

 

 

*: Now listen to me, mister—you promised you'd get better so we could go dancing down on the beach, and I'm not going anywhere till that happens!

 

*: And don't go telling me you never made any such promise, because I won't hear of it! You're getting better, and that's that!

 

*: I've started seeing men with wings swarming all around me... They must be angels... This must be the end for me...

 

*: This is the way to the villa of Don Rodrigo. Don Rodrigo was injured for a while, and confined to his bed.

 

*: But then his long lost son, Señorito Norberto, came to pay him a surprise visit! ¡Qué fortuna! Thanks to this lucky event, Don Rodrigo has been feeling much better ever since!

 

*: Hiya, Boss! Sylv's dad said it was alright for me to help train some of the apprentice knights! Lucky old me!

 

*: I might not look like I've got what it takes, but Sylv really put us through our paces during our parading days! Me and the boys have got strength and style to spare!

 

*: Boom-boom-boom! Can you hear THIS, Lord of Shadows? You can't stop us smiling! You can't stop us dancing! Boom-boom-boom!

 

 

*: One of the hombres from the parade is my new trainer... I did not expect him to be so tough—or so strict! Mi madre...

 

*: The chicos from the parade are not only strong and tough, but they are fantastic dancers and musicians too. Bravo!

 

 

*: Training to be a caballero with this chico from the parade is so much fun! And he is right—a knight must fight with style! ¡Je je je!

 

 

*: Look at the Soldiers of Smile dance, señor! They are truly wonderful, sí?

Gonzalez

Señorito Norberto's amigos have filled Puerto Valor with hope once more!

Gonzalez

We knights excel at keeping people safe from harm, but we cannot light up their lives as those young hombres have!

 

*: I heard that the lady in this painting was Don Rodrigo's late wife. She is very beautiful, no? I also heard she was a famous celebrity from the kingdom of Zwaardsrust.

 

*: But she died when she was very young—soon after Norberto was born... Ay, I wish I could have met her... Sólo una vez—just once...

Servantes

Sinceramente, it has been a long time since I have seen Don Rodrigo in such high spirits. Ay, it is such a relief. Nothing makes a loyal butler happier than to see a smile on his master's face!

Servantes

It is quite clear to me that this is because of Señorito Norberto's return. I hope that this is not the last we will see of him. He is very dear to me.

Servantes

He looked and sounded different, but I knew that it was Señorito Norberto as soon as I saw him. I could feel the warmth of his heart.

Servantes

I firmly believe that Señorito Norberto and yourself—and your amigos, of course— will defeat the Lord of Shadows. But I must ask you one thing—be careful, por favor.

 

*: He's all bark and no bite, this one! He can snap at me all he likes, but it's obvious he loves having yours truly looking after him! Who wouldn't?

 

*: What's that, Boss? You want to dance? Hee hee! It's not like you to be so forward!

 

*: Hey Boss, can you believe this!? We came to see how Mr Rodrigo was doing, and now he's telling us to leave because we're too noisy! The cheek of him!

 

*: I mean, we've even been practising a special dance! We came up with it especially to make him feel better, and this is the thanks we get!

 

*: Let's sing and dance for those who can't! One, and two, and step, toe, step!

Don Rodrigo

¡Ah, el Luminario! How is your quest to defeat the Lord of Shadows, eh? I hope you know that the fate of Erdrea is in your hands.

Don Rodrigo

Oh, and tell Norberto that the moment Mordegon is defeated, he is to come back here immediately and taking these unruly chicos of his off my hands!

Don Rodrigo

¡Ah, el Luminario! How goes your quest to defeat the Lord of Shadows, eh? I am well, but...aggravated. It may seem calm here at night, but Norberto's amigos make so much noise all throughout the day.

Don Rodrigo

Which is not to say that they do not have good hearts—I hear nothing but talk of all they have done for Puerto Valor, and they have certainly done plenty to help me.

Don Rodrigo

Sí, Norberto asked me to take care of them, but sometimes it feels like they are taking care of me... If only they could learn to be just a little less noisy...

Dave

Sorry, but there ain't no way o' settin' sail from 'ere if we ain't got Lorelei's 'Arp.

Dave

Ere's 'opin' we get it back again before too long, eh?

 

2.07 - Gondolia

 

*: Prego, prego! The sea is full of monsters, no? And the sky, it is full of the storm clouds. But you no worry, signore—always I am here for you, my beloved customer!

 

*: Allora, today I have the very special item for you, all the way from Heliodor.

 

*: Is the armour of Signor Hendrik! Incredibile, sì? You cannot buy anything like this anywhere else in the whole of Gondolia!

 

*: And what is more, I offer it to you for a very special price! Molto speciale! The armour of Signor Hendrik is worth 100000 gold coins...but to you, I will sell for only 52000! You take it, sì? [yes/no]

 

*: Grazie mille! Here you are, signore!

 

[pc] receives Hendrik's armour!

 

 

*: You come back again, sì, signore? And you no go to the shop of my brother, you hear?

 

*: Grazie mille! Here you— Un minuto, signore! You are on the Draconian Quest, sì? Then you can no buy any items!

 

...But if you leave with the empty hands, everyone think I am the terrible merchant. Allora, I must give to you for free! Take it, per favore! Prego, prego!

 

*: Prego, prego! The sea is full of monsters, no? And the sky, it is full of the storm clouds. But you no worry, signore—always I am here for you, my beloved customer!

 

*: Allora, today I have the very special item for you, all the way from Heliodor...is the armour of Signor Hendrik! Incredibile, sì!? And I sell to you for a very special price!

 

*: ...Eh!? My brother, he offer you the same armour of Signor Hendrik for 50000 gold coins!? No... Is impossibile! Is a fake, certamente!

 

 

*: Ah, but I no let him beat me! Allora, I sell you the armour now for 45000 gold coins! You take it, sì? [yes/no]

 

*: ...But also I cannot lose to my brother! I do anything to beat him! Allora, I sell to you for...5000 gold coins!

 

*: The armour of Signor Hendrik for 5000 gold coins! Is the sale of the century, no? Surely you must take it? [yes/no]

Dave

Cor, I remember when this place was proper bustlin'... So the Lord of Shadows 'as gone an' drained the life out of 'ere, same as everywhere else, eh...? Anyway, less o' my mopin'...

 

*: After Yggdrasil fall, we are seeing many, many orribile creatures... And now they say an huge star falls from the sky too...

 

*: Is unbelievable. If Yggdrasil can fall, anything is possible, no? Oh mio... This is the end for the world...

 

*: I no know why, but the star that fall towards Gallopolis, it is gone now.

 

*: Santo cielo, is such an huge relief! Imagine, signore... If this star hit the ground, is finito for us all!

 

*: Ah! You are the visitatore? Then you must be very brave. Allora, Gondolia is now infested with the orribile creatures of the sea!

 

*: I hear they are in the piazza in the north of the city. Maybe is better if you stay far away from there, no?

 

*: The strange creatures, they come from the sea and make the big panic in the piazza! They must be dangerous, no?

 

*: One of the Lord of Shadows' minions has been terrorising the Gondolian merchant fleet. Goodness knows how many ships have been lost—or how many people...

 

*: I spoke to someone who survived an attack, and the thing sounds absolutely terrifying. An enormous black mountain rising up from beneath the waves, with a huge, violent storm to make matters worse...

 

*: If this giant star everyone's talking about really does crash into Gallopolis, the whole kingdom's done for.

 

*: I can't even begin to imagine how many people would lose their lives...

 

*: Talk about unexpected! Erdwin's Lantern broke into pieces right before my eyes!

 

*: I have no idea how such a thing could have happened... Still, it's a relief to know that Gallopolis isn't going to be crushed.

 

*: Is no doubt about it. The star, it was Erdwin's Lantern. And the legends, they say if the Lantern fall, then the world also will end... (gulp)

 

*: Allora, I must go to ask my fellow scholars from Gallopolis if they know what happen.

 

*: Is simply not possible for this big star to break into pieces for no reason...

 

*: Benvenuto, signore! Welcome! Even if the sky falls down on Gondolia, my shop will not close! Is a guarantee!

 

*: Allora, is your lucky day! I have the very, very special item for you. You no believe me when I tell you, I promise...

 

*: Is the armour that Signor Hendrik wear! I risk the life and the limb to find it, and now you have the chance to buy it from me!

 

 

*: Is worth at least 100000 gold coins, but for you, signore, I make the special offer—only 50000 gold coins—and I polish for you also! You must take it, sì? [yes/no]

 

*: Bene, bene! Here is your— Uffa! Signore, what you think!? You are on a Draconian Quest! You can no buy the items!

 

…This mean I must give to you for free! I rather do that than make everyone think I fail as a merchant!

 

 

*: Benvenuto signore! I have the real treasure for you today—the armour of Signor Hendrik! If you no buy now, you miss your chance. Certamente!

 

 

*: ...Eh!? My brother, he offer you Signor Hendrik's armour for 45000 gold coins!? Ahimè, he is too generous...or maybe he sell the fake, eh?

 

 

*: Allora, then I make the special deal for you—one suit of the armour, only 40000 gold coins! You want, sì? [yes/no]

Placido

Benigno, he say he want to talk with them, but maybe they are monsters! Is too dangerous, I think. We must leave this to Papà...

Placido

These fishy people, they appear from the ocean, and now everyone is in the grande panico!

Placido

Benigno, he say he want to talk with them, but maybe they are monsters! Is too dangerous, I think. We must leave this to Papà...

Benigno

...Ah! I remember you! You are the adventurer, sì? You have come all the way here in the ship, across the rough and dangerous sea? Stupefacente! Amazing!

Benigno

But now is not the time to celebrate your returning—we have the big problem! Everyone, they think these fish people are bad just because they came here from the sea!

Benigno

But, signore, they no look bad to me! They look like they need help! So I will go and help them, naturalmente!

Benigno

They no look like the bad people. They look like they need help! So, I go and help them, naturalmente!

Sartori

Doge Rotondo, he go to speak with the fishy people! Is so scary! I hope they no kill him...or eat him!

Doge Rotundo

Ah! Buon giorno! Is good to see you again, friend. Everyone in the city, they worry about you after the Fall, I think.

Doge Rotundo

Allora, I announce your safe return to the people soon. But first, I wish to have the conversation with our new visitatori.

Doge Rotundo

Sì, they look peculiare, but they no seem like bad creatures. I must try to talk with them. I speak for the whole of Gondolia, after all.

Doge Rotundo

I want to say to everyone that you are safe, but first, I must have the conversation with our new visitatori.

Doge Rotundo

Sì, they look peculiare, but they no seem like bad creatures. I must try to talk with them. I speak for the whole of Gondolia, after all.

 

*: Now here's a sight to make one's cockles warm! The Luminary's back in human form!

 

*: We fled the seabed of dear Nautica, for a horrible beast has been released, and attacked our home sweet home!

 

*: Alizarin's his name, and he is to blame, for all this chaos and disaster. The Lord of Shadows is his wicked master!

 

*: Our paths have crossed once more, so I must implore, please settle this score! Win back the sea, this is our plea! Send Alizarin a-slithering!

 

*: We fled the seabed of dear Nautica, for a horrible beast has been released, and attacked our home sweet home!

 

*: Alizarin's his name, and he is to blame, for all this chaos and disaster. The Lord of Shadows is his wicked master!

 

*: Our paths have crossed once more, so I must implore, please settle this score! Win back the sea, this is our plea! Send a Alizarin a-slithering!

 

*: Owowowowow! He came out of nowhere, we hadn't a chance! Slithering Alizarin, bringer of oblivion!

 

*: We fled in fear, we fled in fear, and lost our friends just east of here. I hope they washed ashore somewhere, I'm sure they surely did.

 

*: (shudder) Alizarin's a fearsome sight—I am sure he could eat me in a single bite!

 

*: The humans around here are smaller and thinner—but can you confirm that we won't be dinner? [yes/no]

 

*: I pray to the heavens to return life to the sea, that we may enjoy the ocean's bounty once more...

 

*: I have many friendsh, they are good shailorsh... Hic! They go out into the shea, and they no come back...

 

*: Now ish only the bad shailorsh like me who remain... Hic! Ish not right! Ughhh... Hic!

 

*: Many people, they flee from Gondolia after the sea become full of the monsters. But there is no sense in making the escape. Senza senso!

 

*: The Lord of the Shadows, he have enough power to make Yggdrasil fall down, sì? Allora—we can never hide from one such as him.

 

*: Now Yggdrasil is fallen, everyone think the world will end. And many people, they say to me they want to die while they eat cake.

 

*: Is a little strange, no? Un po 'strano? I no want to make cakes for the end of the world...but I suppose I have no choice!

 

*: Mmm... I'll never get tired of this. Ever since I was a child, I dreamt of eating cake for breakfast, lunch and dinner—and now my dream's come true!

 

*: What's more, the Lord of Shadows will probably destroy the world before I have time to get fat. There's never been a better time to stuff my face!

 

*: Eh? Why you come to this house? Ah, sì. There is a painter who live here before—if you can call him a painter, since he never paint anything...

 

*: But he is no here now. After Yggdrasil fall, he say to me he want to make paintings of ‘il mondo distrutto’. The destroyed world, sì?

 

*: He leave a while ago, and I no know when he come back...but still I must keep his house clean for him! Povero me... I no know why I bother...

 

*: There is some great agitazione out in the piazza, sì? Benigno and his papà, they go to investigate, but is no so interesting for me. Lately, I think only about the Warrior's Rest.

 

*: Allora, you are the traveller—then you must know about it? Is the famous inn in Zwaardsrust, sì? [yes/no]

 

*: They say that the strange creatures in the piazza, they come from the ocean. I wonder why they visit us here...

Hercules

Per favore, you must listen! You see the fishy people over there, sì? They come straight out of the sea! Dal mare!

Hercules

The story of them, is great tragedia! The monster Alizarin, he attack their home, and they have to swim away to here!

Luciano

They say to us they come from the kingdom on the bed of the sea! Is the first time I ever hear of such a place! Stupefacente! So incredible!

 

*: Now I hear that Alizarin, he no only attack the ships on the surface of the ocean, but he cause the chaos under the water too! Is terribile...

 

*: These people come from under the ocean, sì? This is why they have the faces of the fishes!

Placido

Ah! Signor [pc]! You are safe! Ohibò... Goodness... I have been so worried for you...

Placido

But listen, we have the big news—these fishy people, they appear from the ocean, and now everyone is in the grande panico!

Placido

We talk to them a little, and we learn about what happen... Is terribile! We must do something to help them!

Placido

These fishy people, they appear from the ocean, and now everyone is in the grande panico!

Placido

We talk to them a little, and we learn about what happen... Is terribile! We must do something to help them!

Benigno

...Ah! I remember you! You are the adventurer, sì? You have come all the way here in the ship, across the rough and dangerous sea? Stupefacente! Amazing!

Benigno

But now is not the time to celebrate your returning—we have the big problem! These fishy people, they escaped to here from the sea!

Benigno

The horrible monster Alizarin, he destroy their kingdom! Uffa... I wish I have the strength to fight against him!

Benigno

The horrible monster Alizarin, he destroy the kingdom of these people! Uffa... I wish I have the strength to fight against him!

Sartori

These people, they come from the bottom of the sea... But their kingdom, it is destroyed! Is the work of Alizarin, the servant of the Lord of Shadows...

Doge Rotundo

Ah! Buon giorno! Is good to see you again, friend. Everyone in the city, they worry about you after the Fall, I think.

Doge Rotundo

Allora, I announce your safe return to the people soon. But first, I must finish the conversation with our new visitatori.

Doge Rotundo

They say to me they worry about their friends. They all flee from the bed of the sea together, but now they no know where they are. I wish we could help, but I no know how...

Doge Rotundo

These people, they say to me they worry about their friends. They all flee from the bed of the sea together, but now they no know where they are. I wish we could help, but I no know how...

 

*: The sight of the Luminary should put a smile on one's face, but alas, this is not the time or place. We fled the seabed of dear Nautica, for a horrible beast has been released, and attacked our home sweet home!

 

*: Alizarin's his name, and he is to blame, for all this chaos and disaster. The Lord of Shadows is his wicked master!

 

*: Our paths have crossed once more, so I must implore, please settle this score! Win back the sea, this is our plea! Send Alizarin a-slithering!

 

*: The beast—Alizarin's his name—he's to blame, for all this chaos and disaster. The Lord of Shadows is his wicked master!

 

*: Our paths have crossed once more, so I must implore, please settle this score! Win back the sea, this is our plea! Send Alizarin a-slithering!

 

*: Alizarin is mighty in both weight and height—and perniciously, undeliciously vicious!

 

*: Should you seek to make right our pitiful plight, you must run at the sight of his crimson light!

 

*: (gulp) I hear it, I fear it, in the seas near the snows... Where the pillar of light stands tall and bright...

 

*: Luminary, you must suppress him! We must repossess the place we love best!

 

*: Luminary, you're alive! And you're back in human guise! I can hardly believe my eyes!

 

*: And you've fought with Alizarin, that lizardy villain!? If that's so, you'll know of the wine-coloured shine that shrouds him. It's a shield he wields to keep himself healed.

 

*: So long as that radiance remains, he's impervious to pain. If you can't find a way to lift that veil, you'll never, ever prevail...

 

*: So long as Alizarin's red radiance remains, he's impervious to pain. If you can't find a way to lift that veil, you'll never, ever prevail...

 

*: But that doesn't mean we'll surrender! There must be a way to slay that foul offender—to break through his shield, and make him yield...

 

*: Luminary, you're alive! Our hero survives! I'd lost hope of ever seeing you again, but now my hope's revived!

 

 

*: This island is where we Nauticans agreed to meet in case of emergency—we swam here with all urgency, but Queen Marina's nowhere to be seen...

 

*: Still, we of the sea are far too tough to allow Alizarin to do us in. I'm sure she's dwelling on some distant isle, relaxing with a smile!

 

*: This island is where we Nauticans agreed to meet in case of emergency—we swam here with all urgency, but Queen Marina's nowhere to be seen...

 

*: Still, we of the sea are far too tough to allow Alizarin to do us in. I'm sure she's dwelling on some distant isle, relaxing with a smile!

 

*: Now, this is just between you and me you see, but ever since Alizarin convinced himself that the Luminary had lost his power, he no longer feels the need to cower.

 

*: ‘Now the Luminary's strength deserts him,’ I heard him asserting, ‘none can shatter my shield!’!

 

*: Do you know what the fiend might mean by that? Can you cut through his wine-coloured cloak and make him croak? If that's something you can do, we're counting on you!

 

*: North of snowy Sniflheim, where hoarfrost steels the spray, there's a shining pool that leads directly to the bay.

 

*: Our mother ocean suffers, and Her light is fading fast. Please save Her from Alizarin—she hasn't long to last!

 

*: You are the only hope we have in this, our hour of need. I hope that this can help you—it's a fortifying seed.

 

[pc] acquires a seed of skill!

 

*: Luminary, only you can make this nightmare cease. I pray you have good fortune on your quest to bring back peace.

 

*: Luminary, only you can make this nightmare cease. I pray you have good fortune on your quest to bring back peace.

 

*: (shudder) I've never seen anything like it... Hey, friend—if you see a red, glowing light beneath the water, steer clear, or your ship'll be dragged beneath the waves.

 

*: I hear it's been sighted off the coast of Sniflheim, far to the north.

 

*: If you value your life, you'll stay well away from those icy waters.

 

*: Benvenuti a Gondolia! Welcome to our town! Is no as lively as before perhaps, but we work on that, signore!

 

*: Ah! And you hear, sì? The people who come here from under the sea, they like our city, and they wish to stay!

 

*: The fishy people, they come from a kingdom under the sea. They say to me is so, so beautiful there. Un paradiso!

 

*: But is an huge surprise, no? Never I know there is a kingdom on the bed of the ocean! I have an whole lot to learn about the world!

 

*: .........

 

*: Luminary! How very merry it makes me to see you! The fishing here is smashing! So many strange species I've never seen! I'm going to stay awhile and play awhile!

 

 

*: And allow me to thank you for giving Alizarin what-for—with him out of the way, the sea is teeming once more!

 

 

*: I may not have baited a hook for a bit, but I'm better than ever—I'm fishing clever!

Dave

There's a bit more life 'round these parts since you gave that Alizarin a clobberin'. Nice one...

 

*: The sea, it is calm again, and more and more ships set sail from Gondolia! Maybe soon the people who run away all come back too, no?

Placido

Signor [pc]! Listen! I make friends with the boy from the bottom of the sea!

Placido

When the fishy people first come, everyone think they are monsters and is very scared—molto spaventato! But then we see they are the same as us! Now is so much fun every day!

Placido

Signor [pc]! Listen! I make friends with the boy from the bottom of the sea! Now we teach him how to enjoy the food of Gondolia!

Placido

When the fishy people first come, everyone think they are monsters and is very scared—molto spaventato! But then we see they are the same as us! Now is so much fun every day!

Benigno

Ciao, signore! I hear about you! I hear you defeat the monster Alizarin, sì? You are an hero! Un eroe!

Benigno

And you hear about the kingdom on the bed of the sea, sì? Some people, they already return to live there, but the people who come to Gondolia, they decide to stay with us!

Benigno

This boy, he say to me he is very good at the fishing! Soon we will go to fish together! Che emozione! I am so excited!

Benigno

Ciao, signore! I hear about you! I hear you defeat the monster Alizarin, sì? You are an hero! Un eroe!

Benigno

And you hear about the kingdom on the bed of the sea, sì? Some people, they already return to live there, but the people who come to Gondolia, they decide to stay with us!

Benigno

This boy, he say to me he is very good at the fishing! Soon we will go to fish together! Che emozione! I am so excited!

 

*: I may look decidedly different to Placido and Benigno, but they don't hold it against me, oh no no no!

 

*: I was scared when a friend declared that humans feast on fishy flesh, but my new pals have put my mind at rest!

 

*: (munch gulp) Delicious! Divine! This is the first time I've tried human food, it's mind-blowingly good!

 

*: But as someone who spent so long under the sea, a little more salt would seem sweeter to me.

 

*: I hear those three people who came out of the sea are all brothers, and they're each thirty years apart in age. I suppose time and stuff works differently down there...

 

*: Sì, I confess–I think the people from the sea are strange, scary creatures when they first come here. Now I think they are kind boys...but still a little smelly, no?

 

*: Two of the contestants from the Signor Universo contest, they talk to the man from the sea and they look very emotional. What they talk about, I wonder...?

Sartori

Look! Is unbelievable! The man from the sea, he give the advice on how to win the Signor Universo competizione!

Sartori

But is a big, big mistake! He should no give the advice to others! He should enter la competizione himself and win!

Doge Rotundo

Ah! I hear about you! I hear that you defeat Alizarin, the servant of the Lord of Shadows, sì? Then I must say to you grazie mille!

Doge Rotundo

And you hear about our visitatori, sì? The people from the sea, they like Gondolia a lot, and they wish to stay here with us!

Doge Rotundo

They have an huge amount of wisdom, I think—perhaps we can use this wisdom to bring the life back to our city!

Doge Rotundo

You hear about our visitatori, sì? The people from the sea, they like Gondolia a lot, and they wish to stay here with us!

Doge Rotundo

They have an huge amount of wisdom, I think—perhaps we can use this wisdom to bring the life back to our city!

Doge Rotundo

Ah! I hear about you! I hear that you defeat Alizarin, the servant of the Lord of Shadows, sì? Then I must say to you grazie mille!

Doge Rotundo

And you hear about our visitatori, sì? The people from the sea, they like Gondolia a lot, and they wish to stay here with us!

Doge Rotundo

Allora, my Placido, he already make a new friend, and he invite him here to try the food of humans!

Doge Rotundo

You hear about our visitatori, sì? The people from the sea, they like Gondolia a lot, and they wish to stay here with us!

Doge Rotundo

Allora, my Placido, he already make a new friend, and he invite him here to try the food of humans!

Hercules

Because I win Signor Universo, always I think I know everything about how to be the man. But no! I know nothing! This man from the sea, he teach me so much!

Hercules

He teach me how big is the whole world, how deep is the sea... How can I call myself a man if no have such knowledge, eh?

Luciano

Before, I think that winning Signor Universo is molto importante, but the maestro, he show me that I was so, so wrong. Now the scales, they fall from my eyes! I see everything!

 

*: So you see, beneath the sea, that's how things have to be—he who swims beside me can be friend, philosopher or even food. To tell the difference, one must be shrewd.

 

*: ...Ah! To see you makes me merry! Very well met, Luminary! We brothers three have come to see that this place is the place to be!

 

*: These land-livers love to listen as I lecture. And I do so enjoy to deploy the wisdom of the deep!

 

*: I see that the sea is back to how it used to be—and all thanks to the thunks that you landed on the slithering sea-lizard! We owe you the ocean!

 

*: So you see, beneath the sea, that's how things have to be—he who swims beside me can be friend, philosopher or even food. To tell the difference, one must be shrewd.

 

*: My Benigno, he make friends with the boy from the bottom of the ocean. Is good for him to have more amici, I think. Allora...

 

*: All Benigno speaks of is his new friend from the bed of the sea. He say to me they go fishing together.

 

*: Is a good sign, no? If the little bambini can go out to play, then is an happy, peaceful world again. Grazie mille to you.

 

*: I prayed to the heavens to return life to the sea, and lo—my prayers were answered! Praise be to the powers on high!

 

*: The people who run away after the Fall, they no come back yet... But is okay. The people who stay, they can live the normal life now. This is molto importante.

 

*: Is also important that I do my job and give the people the refreshments they desire! Back to work!

 

*: The other sailors, they still no come back... But now I believe... I believe they return home one day...

 

*: And I make sure there is the big welcome for them when they do! I make the banner: ‘Bentornato! Welcome Home!’

 

*: The boy who come from the sea, he try one of my cakes, but he say to me is no salty enough!

 

*: So now I practise to make a special cake for him and his brothers. Is a new challenge for me to bake for the non-humans!

 

*: The baker here said he was trying out something new, so I agreed to give it a taste. It's a bit odd, to be honest. I never tasted cake quite so...salty before...

 

*: Hm? Who you are, please? ...Ah! You wish to know about my travels, sì? Then I tell you! After Yggdrasil fall down, I go everywhere in Erdrea to see the destruction.

 

*: I witness so much sadness... Così triste... But is okay! I learn something—I learn that I have the duty to use my talents to paint this sadness on the canvas!

 

*: So my work, it is very important, capisce? And you are disturbing it! Go now! Andare!

 

*: Buon giorno, signore! My master, he has returned from his travels, and I am an happy, happy person in this moment!

 

*: Is not because he return, of course—is because he can pay me all the money he owe!

 

*: Povero me... I no know what to do! My Placido, he say to me tonight he bring his new friend from the sea to dinner!

 

*: But I no have any idea what to cook! Maybe his friend, he like the salty food, sì...?

 

*: I give Placido's friend from the sea the same food we usually eat. I no know if he like it...

 

*: Luminary, you're alive! ...And you say you laid Alizarin low? I can barely believe my ears! We haven't had such good news in years!

 

*: Thank you, thank you! You're a hero through and through!

 

*: The waters around Nautica resound with life and laughter once more! That villain Alizarin was made of strong stuff—we can't thank you enough for duffing him up!

 

*: ...Pardon? Will I be going back down to the seabed town? For now, I thought I'd stick around on this isle for a while. It's become something of a home from home.

 

*: All hail the Luminary, the hero who laid Alizarin low! Thank you so much for kicking that stinking skink into touch!

 

*: I knew only you could cut through Alizarin's shining shield! Everything unfolded just like I foretold it!

 

 

*: I hear another murmur echoing beneath the waters—the happy celebrations of the ocean's sons and daughters!

 

*: Thank you, thank you, oh so much for saving Mother Ocean! You don't know what this means to me—I'm bursting with emotion!

 

2.08 - Lonalulu

 

*: The World Tree's fallen, the sky's gone dark, our nets are empty and our hearts are filled with fear...

 

*: Our village couldn't be further from Yggdrasil, but everything's changed all the same. What's happened to our world?

 

*: You've come a long way to see us again, friend. Did you want to talk to my boy, Kainui? He's probably over on Saikiki Beach.

 

*: I don't know why, but ever since the night of the luau, he's been spending an awful lot of time there.

 

*: He was never much of a talker in the first place, but lately he's been saying even less. Guess he must have something on his mind...

 

*: When the World Tree fell, my honeybunch lost the will to carry on. She fell into a deep despair and... Well, in the end she passed away...

 

*: I come here to listen to the lapping of the waves. It reminds me of her happy laughter...

 

*: (shudder) I've never seen anything like it...

 

*: And whatever you do, steer clear of the inland sea. You'd need more lives than a popoki to escape that place alive...

 

*: They say the souls of the departed swim across the ocean from Saikiki Beach to return to Yggdrasil. But with the World Tree gone, where will they go now?

 

*: Will they just drift down into the cold, dark water, lost and alone...?

 

*: I was sailing back home after a day's fishing when a bright red light appeared in the water and a monster the size of a mountain burst from the waves...

 

*: I don't know how I did it, but I managed to sail away somehow just in the nick of time. It's a miracle I'm still alive.

Kai

Hey, [pc]. Long time no see. I hear you've been travelling all around the world, huh?

Kai

Since Yggdrasil fell, the sea's been swarming with monsters. ...Say, have you heard anything from that mermaid you gave the veil to? Is she doing okay?

Kai

Guess I must seem kinda pupule worrying about her after what she put my family through...but my tutu loved her. I don't want anything bad to happen to her.

Kai

The world's falling apart all around us, but when I'm alone, the only thing I can think about is that mermaid...

Kai

My tutu must have had the same problem—that's why he spent all that time painting pictures of her—he just wanted to see her again...

Kai

I know how he felt now. He wasn't cursed, he... He was in love...

 

*: The seas are swarming with the Lord of Shadows' servants. Better make sure you're all kitted out before you set sail, huh? Let me see what I can do...

 

*: My husband was out at sea when Yggdrasil fell, and I haven't heard from him since...

 

*: I told my boy his pa would come back, just like he did after he went off to fight the tentacular, but the more time that passes, the less I believe it... (sigh)

 

*: Hey there, friend. It's been a while. You must've had a tough journey coming all the way out here. You should rest up awhile—speaking of which...

 

*: I've lived in this village all my life, but I've never seen the sea look so angry as it does right now.

 

*: What's going to become of our village...? Of our ocean...?

 

*: Did Yggdrasil fall down or dry out or something? Whatever happened, it's got nothing to do with me.

 

*: All I know is this bar was my ma's life, and now it's mine. I'll do whatever it takes to keep it up and running till the world's back to normal again.

 

*: Oh, hi, uncle. My family all went to see the World Tree, so they're not here right now.

 

*: The priestess told me that one day, when I'm older, I'll go to see Yggdrasil too, and we'll all be together there.

 

*: I wanna grow up as fast as I can! I can't wait to see my mama and papa again!

Kai

Hey, [pc]. Long time no see. I hear you've been travelling all around the world, huh?

Kai

You wanna watch yourself out there. Seems like the giant monster who's been sinking all our ships is on the move again. He was last seen heading round the cape into the seas north of Sniflheim.

 

...By the way, have you heard anything from that mermaid you gave the veil to? Is she doing okay?

Kai

Guess I must seem kinda pupule worrying about her after what she put my family through...but my tutu loved her. I don't want anything bad to happen to her.

Kai

The world's falling apart all around us, but when I'm alone, the only thing I can think about is that mermaid...

Kai

My tutu must have had the same problem—that's why he spent all that time painting pictures of her—he just wanted to see her again...

Kai

I know how he felt now. He wasn't cursed, he... He was in love...

 

*: Welcome to Lonalulu, the seaside paradise of crystal waters and perfect pearls! Except, uh...now the sea's all messed up, and the pearls have disappeared...

 

*: At least that stinking sea monster's not around any more. It sure is a weight off my mind to know we're not gonna lose any more boats to that thing.

 

*: A little bird told me somebody took down that sea monster. Tell me, friend—that ‘somebody’ wouldn't happen to be you, would it?  [yes/no]

 

2.09 - Nautica (2)

Dave

Cor, you dunno 'ow much I've been lookin' forward to welcomin' you an' yer mates on board again! Heh, just listen to me gettin' all emotional!

Dave

By the way, 'ave you 'eard the rumour wot's been goin' around about that inn in Zwaardsrust? The Warrior's Rest, they call it. Seems everyone who stays the night there ends up 'avin' the same dream...

Rab

The same dream, ye say? Now that is interesting... I reckon we should go and pay this inn a wee visit.

Rab

After all, it's not far off—just down the coast to the east, if I recall. Come on, laddie—let's head over to Zwaardsrust and see if there's any truth to this tale.

 

The entrance to the harbour is blocked by a glittering golden glacier. There's no way around it.

Rab

Well, we won't be getting through here any time soon. Let's keep sailing, eh? See if we can't track down some of our auld pals.

Rab

So long as we keep our eyes open, we're sure to find a way to get past it sooner or later.

Rab

Well, that's not much help to us, eh? If we cannae get through to Arboria, we cannae find out how to give auld Mordegon what-for.

Rab

Wait—there's that pillar of light in the sea north of Sniflheim, eh?

Rab

Well, it's just a thought, but maybe that's worth a wee look. It's not too far off, after all.

 

There are some fishing rods standing here.

 

There are some fishing rods standing here. Pick one up? [yes/no]

 

*: Well, well, well. So it's you.

 

*: Don't look so worried. This place isn't heaven, but it's certainly not hell either.

 

 

*: Well, don't just stand there—grab yourself a rod. There's one over there.

 

 

*: Well, don't just stand there—grab yourself a rod. There's one over there.

 

There are some fishing rods standing here, but now's not the time for fishing.

 

 

*: Oh, you're awake at last! I hear you were attacked by the sea monster everyone has been talking about. I can't believe you survived—it must be your lucky day!

 

*: Now, I hope you're not thinking of venturing out to sea again. The beast may have swum off into the open ocean, but I doubt he'll stay away for long.

 

*: Perhaps a trip to the Warrior's Rest would be a wiser move? The inn has been the source of many a mysterious rumour of late...

 

*: I hope you're not thinking of venturing out to sea again. The beast may have swum off into the open ocean, but I doubt he'll stay away for long.

 

*: Perhaps a trip to the Warrior's Rest would be a wiser move? The inn has been the source of many a mysterious rumour of late...

 

*: People from all over Erdrea are claiming to have seen a number of strange, fish-like creatures rising from the ocean and onto the land.

 

*: Once, I would have laughed at such fanciful tales, but since the fall of Yggdrasil, nothing seems impossible. What will become of this world...?

Dave

Cor blimey, that was a close one! I really thought that Alizarin was gonna drag us under! Still, we made it to Zwaardsrust. Now, where's this Warrior's Rest place, eh?

Dave

...Wossat? The Salty Stallion? Not a scratch on 'er, shipmate! She's ready to set sail whenever you are!

Dave

There ain't much goin' on 'round 'ere, is there? Reckon we should sail off an' 'ave a gander round some o' the towns we ain't been back to yet...

 

[pc] strums briefly on Lorelei's harp.

 

...But nothing happens. The mermaid who summoned the bubble to take [pc] down to Nautica doesn't seem to be there any more.

 

The entrance to the harbour is blocked by a glittering golden glacier. There's no way around it.

 

*: Y-You are the one who defeated the sea monster!? Goodness me! You must be the mightiest fellow in all Erdrea! The Lord of Shadows will be no match for you, I am sure!

 

*: It really does feel as though life has returned to the ocean. Perhaps some creatures came out of their hiding places once they saw that that great beast was gone...

Dave

The sea seems an 'ole lot livelier since you gave that Alizarin a wallopin', [pc]. I wonder if old Nautica's 'ad a new lease of life, an' all...

 

*: If you should miss the air above, just tell me and I'll send you. I have the power to summon bubbles, one of which I'll lend you.

 

*: Well, my friend? What say you? Shall I put my plans in motion, and send you and your ship back to the surface of the ocean?  [yes/no]

 

*: You're staying, then? In that case, Nautica is through that cave. I hope you have a fine time in the land beneath the waves!

 

*: We meet again, dear Luminary, good to see you well. You have our thanks—you saved us from that lizard spawned from hell.

 

*: If you should miss the air above, just tell me and I'll send you. I have the power to summon bubbles, one of which I'll lend you.

 

*: Your fishy form will vanish when you rise from 'neath the sea, so have no fear, you will not end up flailing breathlessly.

 

*: Well, my friend? What say you? Shall I put my plans in motion, and send you and your ship back to the surface of the ocean?  [yes/no]

 

*: You're staying, then? In that case, Nautica is through that cave. I hope you have a fine time in the land beneath the waves!

 

*: Welcome, all, to Nautica, the realm beneath the foam. You're Queen Marina's honoured guests—so make yourselves at home!

 

*: If not for you, we would have had to stay away forever. We thank you, Luminary, for your tireless endeavour.

 

*: Racing around the open ocean for mile after mile being chased by a vile reptile all the while really is a trial.

 

*: If I hadn't replenished my energies ready for judgement day, I'd have been ripped into itty-bitty bits. It just goes to show—rest is the best!

 

*: The building up above us is the Royal Terrarium. It's where scaly scholars gather to research human beings.

 

*: It houses an eely impressive collection of artefacts from the world above, and breams and breams of useful information about the lives of landlubbers. We Nauticans are very proud of it.

 

*: You're welcome to take a look, but mind where you put your fins—there is one item in the collection that has ushered many an unwary fish to its doom!

 

*: The monsters took my home and friends, they tore my life apart... A darkness like the blackest chasm filled my aching heart...

 

*: But when you slew Alizarin, my soul was filled with light. I thank you, Luminary—you have saved me from the night.

 

*: Hello, there! I'm the treasurer of Her Majesty's Honourable School of Illuminators—the Illuminateys for short.

 

*: We light the city streets with a gentle blue glow, and it's all done with clean, green, one hundred percent natural energy!

 

*: Your human guise is certainly a sight for sore eyes, but don't you find it difficult to navigate the waters of Nautica by walking?

 

*: Perhaps if you petitioned the Queen, she might magic those long limbs of yours into something more suited for swimming...

 

*: When I first saw you in your fishy form, bruised and battered after the Lord of Shadows tore the World Tree to tatters, I never imagined you would one day lay Alizarin low!

 

*: There isn't a single soul in these seas who'd think of eating you now. You're an honest-to-goodness hero!

 

*: I'm cowardly now, but when I'm older, I want to be bolder! No longer a yellow-bellied craven, but a barrel-chested brave 'un, just like you!

 

*: First things first, I need to stop bursting into tears every time a shark-like shadow appears.

 

*: Waaah! Don't eat me! I'm not a sweet treat! I'm nothing but rubbery blubber!

 

*: ...Hey! Don't be so scary, Luminary! When I saw your shark-like shadow sneak up behind my back, I nearly had a heart attack!

 

*: After Alizarin... Yes... Drove us from our home, my... Mmm... Husband tried to... (yawn) Protect me, but... Mmm... He was lost in the southern seas...

 

*: Now I know how the... Yes... How the humans feel... Mmm... They have lost so many friends... (yawn) The sea in which we swim is... Mmm... Salty with all our tears...

 

*: Their sadness has... Mmm... Touched my heart... (yawn) Yes... I feel them welling up... It is time for me to add... Mmm... Yet more tears of my own...

 

*: I once got caught by a fisherman, but I managed to escape. The experience stood me in good stead for fleeing from Alizarin's clutches.

 

*: When his claws closed around me, I screamed at the top of my gills and wiggled and waggled like my life depended on it. Somehow I managed to squeeze my way free!

 

*: It just goes to show—when you're stuck between a rock and a hard plaice, so long as you keep struggling, there's always a chance you'll break free!

 

*: Oi oi! Wot've we got 'ere, then? It ain't every day I get a fish swimmin' into me shop! You've got a bit more about ya than yer lily-livered mates, ain'tcha?  [yes/no]

 

*: I'm talkin' about you, ain't I? You knocked Alizarin's block off an' saved the 'ole bleedin' sea! You're the true king o' the ocean...even if you are just a little tiddler...

 

There's no reply. It doesn't seem to understand what [pc] is saying.

 

*: I only recently realised it, but we fishfolk are fortunate to be able to live on land, as well as dwell in the deep.

 

*: One day, I hope to open a branch of my bank in a city above the sea...

 

*: It doesn't matter what you are: fish, squid, mermaid or man—all I care is that you buy as much stuff as you can!

 

*: If I had to choose, I'd say your fish form's more disarming. That big, blue, shiny head of yours is absolutely charming!

 

*: Would you care to try our famous cocktail—the Salty Martini? It consists of a single pearl steeped in mermaids' tears, topped off with foaming seawater.

 

*: Since Alizarin attacked, the mermaids have been shedding more tears than ever before. You might find it a little saltier than usual...

 

*: I ushed to hate my job, but after everything that'sh happened, I've realished maybe being a shtreetlight's not sho bad.

 

*: I don't mind being cooped up in a tiny cage any more, sho long ash I know I'm bringing a little bit of light back into people'sh livesh...

 

*: Michelle was right, you human beings aren't our enemies. Just look at you—you're pretty much the saviour of the seas!

 

*: You stopped that horrid fiend from tearing Nautica apart. Thank you, Luminary, from the bottom of my heart.

 

*: How wonderful it is to see you here beneath the sea! The Queen has been awaiting your arrival anxiously!

 

*: Her Majesty's above us, but we have no stairs to climb. I can take you up there, though—if now is a good time.

 

*: Just take my hand, I'll take you up—as simple as can be. So tell me: are you all prepared to meet Her Majesty?  [yes/no]

 

*: You look so very pretty in that form, in fact, I wish you'd come to stay in Nautica and live life as a fish!

 

*: Her Majesty awaits in the throne room, keen for an audience with you. Shall I go ahead and take you up, so you can tell her what is new?  [yes/no]

 

*: It must be holy providence that we're alive today. Although we worship different gods, come, human—let us pray...

Queen Marina

How wonderful to see you back here on the seabed sand. But are those legs not better built for walking on the land?

Queen Marina

Not only that—I'd love to see that big, blue face once more. Shall I change you back into the fish you were before?  [yes/no]

 

*: Very well, just say the word when you would like to go back to where our trip began—the entrance hall below.

 

*: You're pretty as a fish, but as a man, you're far more fair—I've never seen a fellow with such soft and silky hair!

Queen Marina

Let me thank you on behalf of all the ocean's daughters, for seeing to Alizarin's removal from our waters.

Queen Marina

I feared the flame of hope was quenched by misery and pain, but thanks to you, it blazes in my subjects' hearts again.

Queen Marina

Though Yggdrasil has sunk to earth, Her will lives on in you. Heed the counsel of your heart, and see your mission through.

Queen Marina

Remember, though the paths we walk are filled with twists and turns, all roads lead from the Tree of Life, and to the Tree return.

 

*: I've been Marina's personal protector ever since she was a tiny tot. And what a lot of headaches that girl gave me!

 

*: To think that the late queen's naughty little daughter would one day safely steer Nautica through the stormiest of waters...

 

*: It's enough to bring a tear to my weary, bleary eyes.

 

*: This humble institution houses relics from the shore. I think they're mostly treasures, but I'm not sure any more.

 

*: Just take this piece—I've studied it for more than sixty years. Until I fled this kingdom, I was sure it was a spear...

 

*: But now I know it's just what humans call a ‘candlestick’. They use these things for lighting... Goodness me, I feel so thick!

 

*: When you first came here as a fish, it was my house you stayed in. Now I know just who you are, I'll never take a trade-in!

 

*: In fact, I've turned my home into a hostelry instead—they're queueing up to slumber in the Luminary's bed!

 

*: I saw the oddest thing when I was away from Nautica. I couldn't take my eyes off it—I was absolutely hooked.

 

*: It was an iceberg, but it wasn't white like the usual ones, it was...a kind of shiny bright yellow, like Queen Marina's hair...

 

*: Alizarin is done with, and the sea's once more at peace, but having lost so many souls, Her pain will not soon cease.

 

*: Until the Lord of Shadows falls and goodness reigns again, I'll listen to the ocean's moans and try to ease Her pain.

 

*: That purple body! That sleek, shiny forehead! Why, you're quite the keeper! You'd make a fine catch for my granddaughter!

 

*: She's an angler fish too, of course, just like her dear old grandad—but she's a reel beauty! Some say she's the shining light of her generation!

 

2.10 - Gallopolis

 

*: By the sands! Are you intending to travel to Gallopolis? [yes/no]

 

*: You are not? That is a relief. I worried you were the kind of reckless adventurer who would seek to venture directly into the path of a falling star!

 

*: Gallopolis was lucky enough to escape unscathed from the fall of Yggdrasil. But now there is a star falling directly toward the kingdom.

 

*: This must be the work of the Lord of Shadows. If he was able to bring down the great World Tree, this would surely not be beyond him...

 

*: When people started to say that Gallopolis was in danger, I fled out here with some performers from the circus.

 

*: But the moment we left town, we were assaulted by packs of vicious monsters. No matter where we turn, our destruction appears to be assured.

 

*: Have you seen that big star? It's called Erdwin's Lantern. It started coming down towards Gallopolis just after Yggdrasil fell.

 

*: That's why we decided to get out of the city and head for Gondolia. I'd give Gallopolis a wide berth as well if I were you.

 

*: If that star continues on its current course, it will be the end of Gallopolis. I have decided to flee the city with my family—and I would advise you to do the same.

 

*: His Most Exalted Majesty the Sultan will no doubt do his best to save the kingdom, but I doubt there is anything anyone can do in the face of such a dire state of affairs.

 

*: Yes, leaving my home and abandoning my kingdom is a great wrench, but I must ensure my family's survival. Escape was our only option.

 

*: Our family has decided to flee the city and head for Gondolia. It would appear that there is no hope for Gallopolis now...

 

‘DANGER!’

 

‘Erdwin's Lantern is descending toward the Celestial Sands!

 

Evacuate to a safe place immediately!’

 

*: Stop! You must not pass through here! It is too dangerous! Can you not see the star that is descending toward the Sands? Retreat to a safe distance immediately, please!

 

*: The Celestial Sands lie beyond this checkpoint, but they are off-limits to civilians. Erdwin's Lantern is descending toward the desert. You must leave immediately, please.

 

*: If you insist on entering the Sands, you will need to ask His Most Exalted Majesty the Sultan for permission.

 

*: Ever since the great star commenced its descent, I have suffered terrible nightmares every night.

 

*: It is almost making me nostalgic for the days of the Slayer. Even a monster as foul as he is nothing compared to a falling star...

 

*: This scholar has been muttering to himself ever since Erdwin's Lantern started descending toward Gallopolis. I fear for his state of mind.

 

*: It has long been held that Yggdrasil is the source of all life, and that Erdwin's Lantern is the guardian of Erdrea.

 

*: But first we lost one, and now it seems we are about to lose the other. We are surely doomed...

 

*: Visitors are not permitted to enter the palace after dark. Return in the morning should you wish to visit His Most Exalted Majesty the Sultan, please.

 

‘Erdwin's Lantern descends ever closer, and Gallopolis's very existence is under threat! Join the desert knights today and help to save your kingdom!’

 

‘The racing calendar has not been affected by recent events! Our brave steeds have no fear of the Lantern! Come and be inspired by their courage!’

 

‘Don't let Erdwin's Lantern get you down! Come along to the circus—entry is free!

 

‘We won't let a falling star get in the way of you having a good time! Guaranteed laughter and smiles for all! - The Ringmaster’

 

*: There are no races held at night. Even horses must sleep, you know!

 

*: Hm? Are you lost? These gates lead back into the city. Shall I open them for you? [yes/no]

 

*: There. Try not to become lost again, please.

 

*: If you wish to enter the palace, proceed to the walkway above, then make your way around the perimeter.

 

*: Very well. But let me know if you should ever wish me to.

 

*: If you wish to enter the palace, proceed to the walkway above, then make your way around the perimeter.

 

*: Many visitors find themselves lost on the streets of Gallopolis. I would advise you to keep your wits about you from now on.

Faiz

Ah! I know you! You are the one who entered the Sand National in place of Prince Faris!

Faiz

You are perhaps surprised that races are still being held here in Gallopolis despite our current troubles, yes?

Faiz

But you see, people are in greater need of diversion than ever. Indeed, you should consider racing yourself! I would be honoured to share the track with you!

Faiz

Look. Do you see how calm and unperturbed my dear Sharukh remains, even at a time like this?

Faiz

Most of the horses in Gallopolis have been greatly agitated by the falling star, but this is no ordinary steed.

 

*: The legends of Gallopolis tell that Erdwin's Lantern was placed in the sky to watch over Erdrea.

 

*: But I fear that the sight of the sinister star descending upon us has caused many to doubt those legends. It is hard to feel that such an ominous presence could be benign...

 

*: Of course, I cannot pretend to know the truth of the situation. Perhaps His Most Exalted Majesty the Sultan might be able to provide you with more information.

 

*: By the sands... I cannot believe that people still visit us here! I hope you do not think that these city walls will keep you safe? I advise you to leave Gallopolis immediately!

 

*: Have you not seen the giant star that descends toward us? Once it strikes, this place will be no more. Truly, we are doomed...

 

*: Of course, everyone in Gallopolis became frightened when Erdwin's Lantern began to fall, but there is no need for us to lose hope.

 

*: Prince Faris is sure to come to our rescue! He will know what to do!

 

*: The brighter the light of Erdwin's Lantern grows, the more uneasy I feel.

 

*: But how can this be? The Lantern is supposed to be our guardian. It is supposed to protect us...

 

*: This is the end for us. Even Prince Faris cannot do anything to prevent that star from falling upon our heads.

 

*: And even if we were to flee Gallopolis, we would be sure only to encounter monsters far more terrifying than any we have seen before.

 

*: No, running will not save us. Nothing will...

 

*: Erdwin's Lantern is truly enormous. What hope does one puny human have when faced with such an object?

 

*: All we can do is fear it, and prepare for the worst. And to think, we had lived in such peace for so long...

 

*: I simply do not understand what is going on. First Yggdrasil falls and the world becomes infested with monsters, then this enormous star descends toward us.

 

*: It is all too much for me. It leaves me with no desire to do anything. I will remain here and await my fate.

 

*: ...What's that? You've come to see the circus? Oh, I'm sorry—we've decided to take a little break, what with everything that's going on, you know...

 

*: Ha ha ha! Don't worry, I'm only joking! It'll take more than a falling star to get us to down tools!

 

*: In fact, we've decided that Gallopolis needs us more than ever right now, so we're letting everyone in for free! Be sure to pop along and enjoy the show!

 

*: It'll take more than a falling star to get the circus to down tools!

 

*: In fact, we've decided that Gallopolis needs us more than ever right now, so we're letting everyone in for free! Be sure to pop along and enjoy the show!

 

*: ...Hm? You've come to see the circus? Oh dear! You're too late—we're done for the day! You'll have to come back tomorrow!

 

*: Did you hear? Erdwin's Lantern is falling down, which means the Luminary of Legend is coming back!

 

*: Just when the world needs him most, he will come and save everyone!

 

*: Erdwin's Lantern is falling, yes? Does this mean that the Luminary is coming back? [yes/no]

 

*: Oh! I think I know! He is coming to chase away the Lord of Shadows, yes? He is coming to save the world!

 

*: You are correct, I am sure. No one will come out of the Lantern. The Luminary will not return...

 

*: His Most Exalted Majesty the Sultan has been gathering every scrap of information he can find on Erdwin's Lantern ever since it started to descend.

 

*: Should you happen to know anything about it—anything at all—I am certain he would wish to hear it from you.

 

*: Visitors are not permitted to enter the palace after dark. Return in the morning, please, should you wish to speak with the Sultan.

 

*: Our exalted Sultan seeks heroes to help save Gallopolis, but I fear that no one can hope to save us now... We are beyond salvation...

 

*: Look at these empty streets, señor. Ever since the Lantern started falling, people have left Gallopolis in droves.

 

*: Even the circus does not attract many people these days. Ay, it is all so sad...

 

*: Ahh, the drinks in this taberna! ¡Muy deliciosa! The world could end at any moment, sí? So it is wise to enjoy life while I can.

 

*: What are everyday folks like us supposed to do about a massive star falling from the sky?

 

*: Hey, I'm not looking forward to getting crushed to bits either, but we might as well face facts here—putting up a fight's not going to change anything!

 

*: I've heard that monsters everywhere have been getting tougher and more vicious ever since the Lord of Shadows turned up.

 

*: I mean, they say it's a lot worse even than it was back when Zwaardsrust got destroyed however many years ago.

 

*: I don't want to be a downer, but you've got to say the future's looking pretty bleak for Erdrea...

 

*: I am not yet greatly experienced in matters of wizardry, and yet it is clear even to me that Erdwin's Lantern possesses great magical power.

 

*: There is something special about it, that much is certain. Do not ask me what that something is, however. I am afraid I have no idea.

 

*: Most of the merchants who once traded here have already turned tail and fled the city. I simply cannot condone such cowardice!

 

*: The merchants may have abandoned their stalls, but that does not mean that you may help yourself to your wares, young man. Do not forget that a higher power is always watching...

 

*: If the falling star crashes into our kingdom, then the glorious history of Gallopolis will be at an end.

 

*: I do not wish to be forced to witness the destruction of our ancient city, but surely there is nothing that can be done...

 

*: It is a truly vast object. I dare not imagine what would happen if it were to crash into our kingdom...

 

*: I always thought that if the end were nigh, I would head down to the racetrack and gamble away every last penny I had. But now that this situation has become a reality, I cannot seem to bring myself to do it.

 

*: Even now, I cannot help but think of the future. I suppose I was never cut out to be a gambler...

 

*: Races are still being held, but the falling star means we have far fewer spectators. Times are hard.

 

*: If things do not change, I doubt that horse-racing will have much of a future here in Gallopolis...

 

*: There are no races held at night. Even horses must sleep, you know! Return in the morning, please, should you wish to enter.

 

*: Everyone refers to it as ‘Erdwin's Lantern’, but all I see when I look upon it is an enormous orb of pure evil...

 

*: The Lantern is falling! The very symbol of the man who defeated the Dark One comes crashing down from the sky!

 

*: The end times are here at last! Prepare yourselves! Prepare yourselves for the end of your foolish world!

 

*: Is the descent of Erdwin's Lantern perhaps connected to the Lord of Shadows' destruction of Yggdrasil?

 

*: Surely it is unthinkable that two such phenomena could occur so soon after one another by sheer coincidence...

 

*: This is the entrance to the spectator stands. Take the path from the central paddock, please, should you wish to take part in a race.

 

*: Is that star truly Erdwin's Lantern? I am afraid I cannot see it as anything other than ominous...

 

*: Visitors are not permitted to enter the palace after dark. Return in the morning should you wish to meet the Sultan, please.

 

*: Many more monsters roam the land as a result of the Lord of Shadows' influence. Knights have been dispatched to counter this threat, and several mounts have lost their lives in the process.

 

*: I did not expect my beloved darlings ever to have to go to war. I should have treated them better when I had the opportunity...

 

*: Hello there, young man! How about a visit to the circus? It's just the ticket when you need to shake off those end-of-the-world blues!

 

*: Entry's free during the daytime! Come along and get yourself cheered up!

 

*: This is my special VIP seat! No one has a better view of Erdwin's Lantern than me!

 

It's a horse with a beautifully brushed coat.

 

*: This is the entrance to the spectator stands. Seats would once sell out in a matter of minutes, but since the star started falling, sales have greatly decreased...

 

*: Ever since the Lantern commenced its descent, we have had very few visitors from other kingdoms. There is very little for an innkeeper to do...

 

*: Many people wish to spend all their money before the world is destroyed, but others prefer a different approach.

 

*: Perhaps it is better to hold something in reserve, in case things turn out to be not quite so bad as they seem...

 

*: I am sorry, sir. We are not open yet. Return in the evening, please.

 

*: Truly, I am busier than ever. The girl I employed to help me has fled the city, leaving me to cope with everything by myself.

 

*: I thought perhaps that I would have fewer customers, but in fact, I have many more than before. Dark times tend to drive people to drink, I suppose...

 

*: Our priest was killed by monsters. He was walking outside the city, and went to a child's aid. The beasts turned on him instead, and took his life...

 

*: I am by no means capable, but nevertheless, I have decided to spend the rest of my days continuing his good work...

 

*: My husband is a desert knight. He and his unit have ventured beyond the city walls in search of a means of dealing with the Lantern.

 

*: I am sure that he will have to face many monsters, and naturally I am concerned...but I must remain strong until his return.

 

*: My boy was once absolutely obsessed with the circus, but now he speaks of nothing but Erdwin's Lantern.

 

*: My husband is a horseman—trained only to ride around a racetrack—but now he has been drafted into the army, and is expected to spend his days fighting monsters.

 

*: His hunger when he returns home is frightening! Every day I struggle to prepare enough food!

 

*: My husband is a horseman—trained only to ride around a racetrack—but now he has been drafted into the army, and is expected to spend his days fighting monsters.

 

*: My daughter so loves her father. I wish he were able to return to her with the joy with which he used to return from the races. But...I know times are hard...

 

*: My family have been loyal Gallopolitan subjects for generations. Indeed, this house was given to us by a former Sultan in recognition of the contribution we have made to the kingdom.

 

*: That is why I would never consider fleeing. Even against a falling star, I will fight to protect the house of my ancestors.

 

*: 'Ooever lived in this 'ouse before got scared and decided to 'ightail it out o' Gallopolis. I thought I might as well move in, since they won't be needin' it no more.

 

*: 'Ere, don't look at me like that! I ain't done nuffink wrong! 'Oo cares about a bit of 'ousesittin' when the world's about to end!?

 

*: I'll tell ya wot, this is a proper nice gaff. Plenty o' space, lovely furniture... Yeah, I reckon I could live 'ere long-term...

 

*: The horses have been deeply troubled of late. ...Hm? How do I know? Oh, it is very simple. One can learn a lot from examining their manure.

 

*: Recently, the colour has been very troubling indeed... It is a sure sign that the horses are just as frightened as everyone else in Gallopolis...

 

*: There, there... That big star is nothing to be frightened of...

 

*: The horses have not been the same since Erdwin's Lantern started falling. It is as though they can sense that all is not right with the world...

 

*: It is most curious—I know the danger that Erdwin's Lantern poses, and yet I cannot help but be charmed by it.

 

*: This is no doubt an indication of its great power...

 

*: Hup! Hip-hip! Phew... A few of my performers ran away in the night, so I've had to take the stage instead! I wish I had a few more tricks up my sleeve...

 

*: Still, the show must go on! No one comes to the circus to hear me grumbling—especially not at a time like this!

 

*: ...What's that? Aren't I a performer myself? Ha! Not a chance. I'm better suited to a...leadership role.

 

*: I can still work up a crowd if need be, though! Hip-hip...!

 

*: Did you see that Lantern thing floating in the sky? Pretty creepy, eh?

 

*: We're all trying our best to cheer everyone up, but I can see why a bit of clowning won't cut it when people have something like that hanging over them...

 

*: I'm pulling out all the stops to try and get people's attention, but no one's the least bit interested. All they want to look at is Erdwin's Lantern.

 

*: Let's face it, I don't have any tricks up my sleeve that can compete with that thing...

 

*: Personally, I think we circus performers have a duty to try and cheer people up at times like these, but clearly not everyone agrees—quite a few have run off already.

 

*: I can't judge them too harshly, though. I mean, it's not like I haven't seen Erdwin's Lantern for myself—I know how scary it is.

 

*: The racetrack has struggled to do business ever since the Lantern commenced its descent. As such, I have decided to gamble more than ever to try and support its continued operations!

 

*: I would gladly spend every penny I had if it helped to keep the racetrack open. After all, there is simply nothing more joyous than a horse race well run!

 

*: This is the racetrack of Gallopolis. Though our kingdom faces unprecedented danger, the racing calendar is unaffected.

 

*: If you wish to take part in a race yourself, please enquire at the reception desk within.

 

*: A giant star is about to descend upon us. Surely I should be preparing to flee the city...and yet here I am, at the racetrack yet again!

 

*: The truth is, racing is a part of my life. It is too deeply ingrained within me. To abandon it is simply not an option!

 

‘The Knight's Pledge’

 

‘A knight's word is his bond, his kingdom his master.

 

‘He serves the weak untiringly, challenges the strong unflinchingly and never retreats in the face of adversity.’

 

Something else has been scrawled on the poster in an untidy hand...

 

‘Will your precious pledge stop the star from squashing us all? No! We must flee the city, all of us!’

 

‘Persons possessing information pertaining to Erdwin's Lantern are requested to report to His Exalted Majesty the Sultan immediately.’

 

*: Welcome to the Sultan's Palace! You look rather tired. Your journey here was a long and arduous one, I suspect?

 

*: ...Though not as arduous as the journeys of others, of course. I have heard reports of many who have been killed while attempting to cross the desert.

 

*: Ah! You are the adventurer who visited us here some time ago, are you not? Perhaps you have learned something of Erdwin's Lantern on your travels?

 

*: If so, you must share it with His Exalted Majesty the Sultan immediately, please. He is currently asking scholars from all over Erdrea to bring him information concerning the star.

 

*: You must not tell anyone else about this, but the truth is, I have made plans to leave Gallopolis.

 

*: I have a family to think about. My loyalty to them is greater than my loyalty to my kingdom—especially as that kingdom is about to be destroyed...

 

*: Do not falter, men! Do not whimper! A falling star is no match for the immovable resolve of a desert knight!

 

*: We will defend Gallopolis at all costs, just as the pledge dictates!

 

*: Erdwin's Lantern is simply another form of the adversity that we knights pledge to overcome.

 

*: We must do as the captain says. We must defend Gallopolis at all costs. Even if it... (shudder) Even if it costs us our lives... (gulp)

 

*: (pant gasp) This is...too much...

 

*: I understand the importance of knightly training, and I do not deny that it is necessary...but to claim that we can prevent a star from falling star is simply foolish!

 

*: You wish to speak to Prince Faris? A thousand pardons. He is not present at the moment.

 

*: These are the chambers of our exalted Sultan and beloved Sultana. It has been deemed necessary for me to stand guard here.

 

*: For in these troubled times, it is quite possible that some desperate soul will enter the palace seeking shelter.

 

*: These are difficult times for Gallopolis, and naturally I am most concerned, but I will never abandon His Exalted Majesty or the palace!

 

*: As long as the Sultan and Sultana remain in the city, I will be here to protect them!

 

*: My betrothed serves in the Gallopolitan army. He was dispatched to a foreign land, and has since gone missing.

 

*: But he will return, of that I am certain. He said he would come home to me, and I believe him.

 

*: Ah, it is you—Prince Faris's friend! His Highness is talking to His Most Exalted Majesty the Sultan at the moment. He appears to be in a rather...determined mood.

 

*: He has set his mind on something, I am sure of it. I have known that expression since he was but a child.

 

*: This man has entered the palace unbidden, and though I have asked him to leave, he simply ignores me.

 

*: It seems he has come to the balcony in order to get a better view of Erdwin's Lantern. But one does not simply roam the Sultan's home without permission...

 

*: If you are looking for His Majesty, you will find him in the throne room. But please, try not to bother him too much, and be sure to show due respect.

 

*: Sleep, lost souls, be peaceful at last,

 

Thy suff'ring's ended, misery's passed,

 

*: Go, drift among the dunes, farewell friends,

 

Be free, be still, sleep now till time's end.

 

*: The rise of the Lord of Shadows has caused countless lives to be lost. But with Yggdrasil gone, there is nowhere for their souls to rest.

 

*: It is to those souls that I now sing. I pray that my song may offer them at least some respite in their wanderings.

 

*: I know not what Prince Faris speaks with His Majesty concerning, but it is clear that the topic excites him greatly.

 

*: The morning Erdwin's Lantern commenced its descent, all the cats of the palace fled. I have not seen them since.

 

*: They do say that the feline spirit is more sensitive to changes in the world than that of the human...

 

*: Cor blimey! Fancy us gettin' to see a massive great big star up close like this! Talk about lucky, eh?

 

*: 'Ere, 'ave you seen 'ow big that fing is? It's bleedin' massive! Oi, Starface! I'm pretty big meself, but you take the bleedin' biscuit, you do!

 

*: Ah, [pc]. I hear that you are to watch over Prince Faris on his expedition into the Celestial Sands.

 

*: To access the Sands, leave the city and proceed west, then take the northern path when you reach the fork in the road.

 

*: I have heard reports of fearsome monsters lurking beyond the city walls. I cannot help but worry for His Highness's safety. Be sure to keep a close watch on him, please.

 

*: Prince Faris ran from the castle a short while ago looking very determined indeed. I wonder what could be afoot...

Sultan of Gallopolis

As you saw, Faris has ventured north into the Celestial Sands. He hopes to decipher the runes that cover Erdwin's Lantern.

Sultan of Gallopolis

I hate to impose upon you, but should you travel to the Sands yourself, please check on my boy. I cannot help but worry about him.

Sultan of Gallopolis

To reach the Sands, you will need to pass through the checkpoint west of the city.

 

*: I am a little worried about Faris, of course, but he is an adult. He is capable of making his own choices, and of taking responsibility for them.

 

*: He must fulfil his own destiny in his own way. My role as his mother is simply to watch over him as he does so.

 

*: I must say, it makes me proud indeed to see that my Faris has decided to put his life on the line in order to investigate the Lantern on behalf of his people.

 

*: (sniff) Indeed, the thought of his selfless heroism is enough to bring one to... (sniff) To tears...

 

*: Oh, Faris... You are truly all that a mother could wish for...

 

*: Did you see it? Did you see Prince Faris's expression? Such determination to serve his people, even in the face of impossible danger!

 

*: We Gallopolitans are truly blessed to have such a hero for a future ruler!

 

*: Prince Faris appears to be filled with a fresh enthusiasm. To think that he used to be so lazy and dissolute—it is almost unimaginable now.

 

*: Perhaps you have served to inspire him in some way. After all, to see one of his own age set such an example cannot help but make an impression.

 

*: A thousand pardons. I wish I could accompany you, but the fear is too much. Truly, I cannot move an inch...

 

*: I believe Prince Faris has made his way towards the ruins in the middle of the Celestial Sands. Do not allow any harm to come to him, please...

 

*: I must confess, when I look at Prince Faris, I still see the spoilt little boy he once was.

 

*: But this is most unfair, of course, for the courage he has shown in volunteering to approach the Lantern is truly worthy of a desert knight.

 

*: Indeed, he puts me in mind of His Exalted Majesty the Sultan back when he was the Prince's age. Yes, there is no need to doubt him, that much is certain.

 

*: I must confess, I lost a little faith in Prince Faris following the incident with the Slayer of the Sands, but this latest act of heroism proves that he is truly a great leader in waiting.

 

*: There is no doubt that you have taught him a great deal. We Gallopolitans certainly owe you a debt of gratitude.

Prince Faris

Where are you going, [pc]? We have yet to complete our investigation of the Lantern!

Rab

Just give me a wee bit longer, laddie. I need to take a closer look at these runes...

Prince Faris

Is it not a truly awe-inspiring sight? I doubt many have had an opportunity to gaze upon Erdwin's Lantern from such close proximity.

Prince Faris

After all, most are not blessed with the courage required to venture out to these ruins at the best of times…

 

*: When I saw Erdwin's Lantern splitting open, I readied myself for the end...but I was saved!

 

*: I have been given a reprieve. A new lease of life. I must not squander this opportunity!

 

*: The star broke into pieces, did it not? Before it struck the kingdom? I did not expect that to happen...and yet I feel no surprise.

 

*: Perhaps my senses have simply been dulled by the barrage of unexpected events that have followed the fall of the World Tree...

 

*: Now that the star has broken into little pieces, I have decided to return to Gallopolis.

 

*: We cannot be sure that the danger has passed, of course, but one cannot run forever.

 

*: Well, now all that's over, I suppose it's time to go back to Gallopolis. I'm not sure if the ringmaster will let me back into the circus, though...

 

*: I mean, everyone there's really nice, so I don't think it'll be a problem, but I can't help but worry—I did run away, after all.

 

*: What a stroke of luck! Erdwin's Lantern broke apart of its own accord—and without causing a single casualty! This is truly an auspicious day!

 

*: Now that the danger has passed, I can look forward to returning home with my family!

 

*: It is good that we no longer have to flee to Gondolia with the children, of course.

 

*: Yet I cannot feel completely at my ease—even if Erdwin's Lantern is no longer a threat, countless monsters remain at large...

 

*: Mother, Father, please! I want to go home! I am hungry! I am almost too hungry to stand!

 

*: I thought the star was going to fall on top of us and squish us all, but that did not happen!

 

*: And now my mother and father have said that we are going home! Hooray! I will be able to play with my friends again soon!

 

*: Prince Faris hurried off toward the palace in high spirits. He must be eager to inform his father of what came to pass upon the Sands.

 

*: Erdwin's Lantern began to glow, and the speed of its descent increased most dramatically... I was sure that we were doomed...

 

*: If I am honest, I still cannot believe that we are all still alive...

 

*: I am certain that when the curious star split open, it divided perfectly in half... But what could this signify? Hm. Perhaps it was just my imagination.

 

*: It was a stroke of almost unbelievable fortune that Erdwin's Lantern was destroyed just at the moment it seemed certain finally to fall upon us.

 

*: You were in the Celestial Sands when it occurred, were you not? Near the ancient ruins? Then tell me, please—did you see anything of note? [yes/no]

 

*: The bright light that burst out of the Lantern when it was destroyed—I will never forget that sight. Never.

 

*: Erdwin's Lantern or no Erdwin's Lantern, the show must go on!

 

*: And what's more, entry is still free—ringmaster's orders! Why don't you come along and have the best night of your life?

 

*: If Erdwin's Lantern is no more, this must mean that the Luminary of Legend is not coming back.

 

*: But if he is not coming back, who will defeat the Lord of Shadows? I do not think that an ordinary person can do it...

 

*: Zzz... Please, Mister Luminary... Please defeat the Lord of Shadows... Make us happy once more... Zzz...

 

*: Erdwin's Lantern shattered into one thousand pieces! But can a star truly break apart in such a way? [yes/no]

 

*: It cannot? Then why did it happen to Erdwin's Lantern? Was it not a star?

 

*: My mother said that my father is coming home soon! I hope it is true! I cannot wait to see him again!

 

*: Prince Faris came running back to the city filled with energy and vigour. Surely this cannot mean... Was he the one who destroyed the falling star!? [yes/no]

 

*: ...Of course not. Not even the mightiest prince in all Erdrea could do such a thing. But then...how did the star come to be destroyed?

 

*: Visitors are not permitted to enter the palace after dark. Return in the morning, please, should you wish to speak to the Sultan.

 

*: It seems I have missed one of the greatest moments in Gallopolitan history... I was so absorbed in the reading of this poster that I did not notice Erdwin's Lantern breaking into pieces above me!

 

*: Many people left Gallopolis when the star began to fall, but now I think that they will all come back, sí?

 

*: Gallopolis has been saved, and I have decided to celebrate with the most expensive bottle in the taberna! Ahhh... ¡Muy deliciosa!

 

*: The legends say that in ancient times, the Luminary ascended to the sky above, and became a star so that he could keep watch over Erdrea.

 

*: But now the star's gone, does that mean he's gone too? If that's the case, I'm not sure we should all be so happy about it...

 

*: It sounds like the one they were calling the Darkspawn is actually fighting against the Lord of Shadows. Maybe everything they've been saying about him is just nonsense...

 

*: The Lantern is no more, and yet the threat posed by the monsters remains. Unless the Lord of Shadows is defeated, peace will never return to this world.

 

*: But the rumours say that his lair is located high among the clouds. How can our forces hope to find him, let alone defeat him?

 

*: As difficult as it is to accept, it seems clear to me that we have no choice but to await our destruction.

 

*: I felt a great surge of magical power in the moments before Erdwin's Lantern broke into pieces. It was no ordinary star, that much is certain.

 

*: But I doubt we will ever know its true nature. For who could possibly possess such information?

 

*: Erdwin's Lantern is no more, and yet the merchants have still not returned. How are people supposed to purchase the essentials, please?

 

*: ...Hm? What am I doing? Why, I am offering up a prayer of gratitude for the sparing of Gallopolis, of course!

 

*: I do not much enjoy praying, it is true, but I do enjoy the benefits of divine intervention from time to time!

 

*: I cannot believe that the falling star shattered into pieces. Ever since Yggdrasil fell, the world has been full of things I do not understand.

 

*: As soon as the star began to fall, I felt certain that both Gallopolis and all who dwell here would perish. And yet we survived.

 

*: I suppose this means my life has been spared for now. I must do all that I can to enjoy what remains of it!

 

*: More and more spectators are returning to watch the races now that Erdwin's Lantern is no more. Perhaps there is a future for horse-racing in Gallopolis after all!

 

*: Be sure to catch a race or two while you are here, won't you?

 

*: We may have seen the falling star shatter into pieces, but still we do not know anything about how or why this happened.

 

*: And now that it is no more, perhaps we never will. Perhaps the mysteries of the Lantern are destined to remain unsolved...

 

*: I felt certain that Erdwin's Lantern would crash into Gallopolis, destroying the kingdom and plunging the world into terror...but alas, it did not.

 

*: The end times are coming, but they are not upon us quite yet, it seems. We must wait just a little longer.

 

*: When I was a boy, my parents told me that Erdwin's Lantern was a holy star that watched over and protected Erdrea.

 

*: But when I think of the terror we all felt as it descended toward us, I find it hard to believe that its presence was truly benign...

 

*: Many catastrophes have occurred since the fall of Yggdrasil, and yet somehow I remain alive.

 

*: That in itself is a blessing at a time such as this, when so many are dying all over Erdrea. I must offer up a prayer of thanks.

 

*: The world is overrun with monsters, and many of my beloved horses have been killed as a result. But I must not become downhearted.

 

*: We desert knights have a duty to defeat the beasts who threaten us, and to restore peace to the kingdom. We must avenge our fallen steeds!

 

*: Planning a visit to the circus, young man? You should be! We need to celebrate the fact that Gallopolis has been saved!

 

*: Erdwin's Lantern has gone! But...if I am honest, it makes me a little sad. I did so enjoy gazing up at it...

 

*: This is the entrance to the spectator stands. There have been many empty seats at recent races, but people should begin to return now that the Lantern is no more.

 

*: Erdwin's Lantern threatens us no longer, but it will take a while for visitors to begin to return to the city.

 

*: My inn will be quiet for a while yet, I fear...

 

*: My ears continue to ring with the noise the star made when it shattered. By the sands, it was terrible!

 

*: I heard a most terrible noise, but I do not know what caused it. I was serving customers at the time, and could not go out to investigate.

 

*: My husband left the city in search of a means to deal with the Lantern. Now that it is gone, he should be returning before long.

 

*: We have been without him for so long. It will be truly wonderful to be a family once more.

 

*: My son was obsessed with Erdwin's Lantern. Its disappearance has left him rather despondent.

 

*: Hee hee! He must be the only person in Gallopolis who is not feeling jubilant at this moment!

 

*: There was a moment when I wondered what would become of us. But now the Lantern is gone, and all is well.

 

*: My husband will return soon, and our family will be reunited at last. For that, we are truly blessed.

 

*: My family have been loyal Gallopolitan subjects for generations. Indeed, this house was given to us by a former Sultan in recognition of the contribution we have made to the kingdom.

 

*: I cannot tell you how relieved I was when I realised it would not be crushed by a falling star after all!

 

*: 'Ooever lived in this 'ouse before got scared and decided to 'ightail it out o' Gallopolis. I thought I might as well move in, since they won't be needin' it no more.

 

*: Now that star ain't fallin' out o' the sky no more, they might be finkin' o' comin' back, though. That'd be a bit of a pain.

 

*: The horses are all feeling much better now that the star is not hanging ominously above them. ...Hm? How do I know this?

 

*: Why, by the colour of their manure, of course! At the moment I am seeing some very healthy hues indeed!

 

*: You must rest now, my dears. It has been a long day. Sleep well.

 

*: The descent of Erdwin's Lantern disturbed the horses greatly, but now they are calm once more. Now they should be able to focus on racing again.

 

*: I am glad, of course, that Erdwin's Lantern does not threaten us any longer, but I doubt I will ever see a more beautiful star. For that reason alone, I will miss its presence.

 

*: Hooray! Erdwin's Lantern is gone for good, and everyone in Gallopolis is smiling again!

 

*: And I'll tell you what, nothing makes a circus man happier than a tent full of beaming faces! Oh, this is just wonderful!

 

*: Gallopolis is saved! Now it's our job to make it the funnest city in all Erdrea!

 

*: If we do, the rumours will soon spread, and who knows—we might even bring a bit of light and laughter back into this dark and gloomy world.

 

*: That's the kind of thing we entertainers live for! And we don't give up easily!

 

*: I heard this noise that made me jump out of my skin, and then the next thing I knew, Erdwin's Lantern was gone!

 

*: I really can't believe such an enormous object just disappeared like that!

 

*: The ciiircus of life!

 

...Oh. You've decided to just walk up mid-performance and say hello, have you? That's, umm... I'm flattered.

 

*: Well, Erdwin's Lantern may have shone pretty brightly, but I'm nothing if not up for a challenge—let's see what I can do to top it!

 

*: Now that the Lantern is no more, people are returning to the races. The future of the track is secure!

 

*: Thank the heavens! Horse races are what make life worth living!

 

*: If you wish to take part in a race yourself, please enquire at the reception desk within.

 

*: I still cannot believe it! The Lantern broke into pieces while a race was taking place, and it sent the horses into a terrible panic!

 

*: It was a frightening sight, but in all the confusion, the horse I had backed came from the rear of the pack to win by a nose!

 

*: Welcome to the Sultan's Palace! You look rather tired. Your journey here was a long and arduous one, I suspect?

 

*: ...Hm? You are looking for Prince Faris? A short while ago he ran into the throne room, ignoring us guards completely. It would seem he has something important to report.

 

*: Ah! You are Prince Faris's friend, yes? You investigated the Lantern with him. Then you surely know the details of its destruction?

 

*: You must report to the Sultan immediately. You will find him in the throne room. I am sure he will be eager to hear all that you have to tell him.

 

*: I cannot believe the Lantern simply...broke into pieces. Some were calling its descent the greatest crisis Gallopolis had faced since its founding, and yet we had nothing to fear after all.

 

*: I cannot help but feel foolish. After all, the star was named for the ancient hero. How could we possibly have feared it?

 

*: Do not falter, men! The falling star may be no more, but Gallopolis will face a new crisis soon enough!

 

*: That is why we desert knights must never rest! Our kingdom requires our protection at all times!

 

*: Erdwin's Lantern is gone, yet our training continues apace. We knights must be prepared to march into whatever crises may await us without flinching.

 

*: That is what the captain says, anyway. But I fear that another crisis might send me running for the hills... M-Must...try...harder... Hnnngh...

 

*: (pant) Training... (pant) Training, every day...

 

*: The captain assures us that one day we will reap the rewards of all this hard work, but right now, I find it difficult to believe him... (pant)

 

*: Now that the threat of the Lantern has receded, I am perusing the castle's ancient tomes for further insights.

 

*: After all, no star has been known to fall from the sky before, let alone to shatter into a thousand pieces mere moments before landing.

 

*: There must be some significance in what occurred—and I have made it my mission to discover just what that significance might be...

 

*: A thousand thank-yous for keeping a watchful eye on Prince Faris, [pc].

 

*: We Gallopolitans will always be grateful for all you have done for us.

 

*: These are the chambers of our exalted Sultan and beloved Sultana. It is my duty to ensure that no suspicious characters are allowed to enter.

 

*: The Sultan and Sultana took me in as an orphan, and I have lived with them ever since. I owe them everything.

 

*: As long as they remain in Gallopolis, I will be here by their side.

 

*: My betrothed serves in the Gallopolitan army. He was dispatched to a foreign land, and has since gone missing.

 

*: But now our cat, whom we had also thought lost, has returned to us. Surely this is a sign. Surely my beloved will be home soon.

 

*: I must not give up. I must have faith.

Prince Faris

[pc], my dear friend! I was just telling my father of all that came to pass out there upon the Sands!

Prince Faris

You should tell him what you saw too! He will be eager to hear your version of events, I am sure!

 

*: It is such a relief to see that my Faris has returned unharmed. I had made my peace with the idea that he must be allowed to do as he sees fit, but still...a mother cannot help but worry.

 

*: A thousand thank-yous for agreeing to watch over him out there on the Sands.

 

*: It is truly a relief to see that you have returned unharmed! If you are looking for Prince Faris, he is presently in the throne room talking to the Sultan.

 

*: He appeared to be rather agitated, and was shouting repeatedly about ‘our saviour’... I wonder what he witnessed out there upon the Sands...

 

*: Seeing Erdwin's Lantern break apart was a terrifying moment for everyone in the castle—except for this man, it would seem.

 

*: Indeed, he appeared to take great delight in it. I simply cannot understand such a reaction.

 

*: Now that Erdwin's Lantern is no more, Gallopolis can return to being the peaceful kingdom it always was. This is a great relief, I must say.

 

*: Erdwin's Lantern has been destroyed, and threatens Gallopolis no longer. But what of those we have lost? They will never be returned to us...

 

*: That is why I continue to sing—to bring comfort to their eternal souls.

 

*: Erdwin's Lantern no longer hangs heavy over Gallopolis, but is this truly cause for celebration?

 

*: For if the Lantern is the symbol of the Luminary of Legend, how can its destruction possibly bode well for us?

 

*: All the cats returned to the palace as soon as Erdwin's Lantern disappeared. I think they must have known somehow that the danger had passed.

 

*: Whatever the reason for their homecoming, it is a joy indeed to have their company once more!

 

*: 'Ere, did you see it? Did you see that massive star break into all them little pieces?

 

*: I weren't half scared at first, but crikey, what a sight! You don't get to watch somefink like that every day!

 

‘Notice from the Sultan:

 

Erdwin's Lantern is no more.

 

There is no longer any need to flee the city.’

 

*: Now that Erdwin's Lantern has gone, the Celestial Sands are back to normal. Feel free to go on through, if you so wish.

 

*: Upon closer investigation, it would seem that some of the stone pillars located in the Celestial Sands have been engraved with ancient runes and other curious designs.

 

*: Might these have some connection to Erdwin's Lantern and its descent? I must investigate further...

 

‘Erdwin's Lantern has been destroyed! The kingdom is no longer in danger! All hail our saviour, who delivered us from a terrifying fate!’

 

‘Now that the Lantern is gone, only one great Gallopolitan spectacle remains: the racetrack! Come and see the horses compete in front of a roaring crowd!’

 

‘To celebrate the destruction of Erdwin's Lantern, we've decided to keep entry to the circus free for everybody!

 

‘We'll soon teach the people of Gallopolis how to smile again! Come on down and have the time of your life!

 

 The Ringmaster’

Faiz

I hear that you are on a quest to defeat the Lord of Shadows. I did not expect even one so brave as you to go after such a formidable foe.

Faiz

There is little that I can offer you by way of advice, but I will say this—a hard-run race or two will do wonders for your confidence!

 

*: I understand that you came to Prince Faris's assistance once more. A thousand thank-yous to you.

 

*: Be sure to visit His Most Exalted Majesty the Sultan if you have the time. I am certain he will wish to express his gratitude also.

 

*: ...Hm? You have come in search of a giant hammer from the Age of Heroes? A hammer said to be kept here in Gallopolis?

 

*: I myself have never heard of such an item, but if there is something to know, His Majesty will know it. You should go to the palace and enquire with him.

 

*: It was not Prince Faris who destroyed the falling star, it was our saviour! ...Hm? How do I know this?

 

*: Why, I heard it from Prince Faris himself! He has been telling everyone of how this mysterious and heroic figure came to the aid of Gallopolis!

 

*: Apparently, the saviour—with no regard at all for his personal safety—was able to cleave Erdwin's Lantern clean in two! A truly incredible feat!

 

*: Though of course, a single act of courage is nothing when compared to Prince Faris's lifetime of heroism and derring-do!

 

*: I had thought it was Prince Faris who destroyed Erdwin's Lantern, but it seems I was mistaken.

 

*: Of course, this does not change the way I feel—my love for His Highness remains as strong as ever!

 

*: Come! Let us offer up a prayer of thanks to our saviour, who came to the aid of Gallopolis in its hour of need!

 

*: For if he is capable of destroying Erdwin's Lantern, he must surely be capable also of defeating the Lord of Shadows! Prince Faris certainly believes so!

 

*: I was sent out of the city to seek a means of dealing with the fall of the Lantern, but I returned immediately when I heard that the star had been destroyed.

 

*: My journey may have been unnecessary, but that is of no consequence—Gallopolis escaped unscathed, and for that we can only be grateful.

 

*: You must have been so terribly worried... I have caused you so much trouble, my love... But fear not—I am home for good now. We are a family once more!

 

*: My father went out to fight monsters, but now he has come home—and his horsie too! This is a most happy day for me!

 

*: I owe my life to my trusty steed. Were it not for his sharp wits, I would surely have perished out there in the desert.

 

*: I was accustomed to witnessing his talents on the racetrack, but to see him come to my aid in battle...this was moving indeed.

 

*: I was gone a long time, off fighting monsters. It is such a joy to be at home once more! Finally, a place where my heart can be still!

 

*: I hear that some form of saviour destroyed Erdwin's Lantern. But surely such an act is beyond any normal man. Is this saviour even human?

 

*: People are saying that a saviour came to our aid, and destroyed Erdwin's Lantern before it could reduce Gallopolis to ruins.

 

*: But who could this person be? Surely no ordinary man could have accomplished such a feat. I hope I have the opportunity to meet him one day.

 

*: 'Ooever lived in this 'ouse before got scared and decided to 'ightail it out o' Gallopolis. I thought I might as well move in, since they wouldn't be needin' it no more.

 

*: But as soon as that star went pop, they came 'ome an' kicked me out on me ear! And there I was finkin' I'd finally found a place to call 'ome...

 

*: Everyone's well chirpy now that Erdwin's Lantern fingy ain't around no more.

 

*: But they need to wind their necks in a bit, I reckon—it ain't like the Lord o' Shadows is gone. We've still got plenty to worry about.

 

*: CRASH! BANG! Yaaay! I am the saviour! I am the one who smashed the Lantern! Hee hee!

 

*: I am pretending to be the saviour! You know who he is, yes? He is the one who smashed the falling star and saved Gallopolis!

 

*: I am never leaving Gallopolis again! My mother makes the best food in all of Erdrea!

 

*: Falling stars are not scary at all! The saviour will always keep us safe!

 

*: We ran away from Gallopolis because of that star, but then it disappeared, and we were able to come home.

 

*: Now we can all live here together forever! I never need to say goodbye to anyone ever again!

 

*: Everyone in Gallopolis is having a drink or two to celebrate the destruction of the Lantern! Sales have gone through the roof!

 

*: The young lady who works here fled the city in fear, but now she has returned. The atmosphere is far livelier when she is present, I must say.

 

*: My husband left the city in search of a means to deal with the Lantern, but at last he has returned!

 

*: I was so very worried about him... But I must forget that now. I must take pride in the manner in which he has served his kingdom!

 

*: And you are well, yes? You are not hurt? Oh, I have been so worried about you...

 

*: My husband's mission is complete, and he has come home at last! His appetite upon his return was most extraordinary—even by his standards!

 

*: Ahh, but it is truly wonderful to have him back at my table, eating everything I have made with such wild enthusiasm!

 

*: His mission in the desert appears to have changed my husband. Before, he was rather cold toward me, but now, he displays moments of great kindness.

 

*: My family and I fled the city like so many others, and upon our return, we found a most disagreeable man in our house.

 

*: He appeared to have taken up residence here. Naturally, I chased him away at once, but it was still a most disturbing experience.

 

*: Many of us fled to the western checkpoint, but now that the threat of the Lantern looms no longer, we have returned home to the city.

 

*: By the sands, it is good to be home! We saw so many monsters on our journey, I truly did fear the worst at times...

 

*: I heard you were on a quest to take down the Lord of Shadows—he's the one who destroyed Yggdrasil, right?

 

*: Well that's just wonderful! Most people in Gallopolis have got smiles back on their faces now, but there's still a whole lot of glumness out there in the world.

 

*: If you manage to get rid of him, maybe all of Erdrea will be able to start beaming again! Good luck to you! We're behind you all the way!

 

*: Our special offer's been extended to celebrate the destruction of Erdwin's Lantern! Entry to the circus is still free for all!

 

*: That's right—it won't cost you a penny! And that's the same whether you come in the daytime or at night! You won't want to miss this once in a lifetime opportunity!

 

*: Amazing! How wonderful!

 

*: One of the circus performers took great care of me after I fled to the western checkpoint.

 

*: I knew somehow that I could trust him... And then I realised that what I felt was...something more...

 

*: Welcome to the Aloe Beera, sir! Would you care for a drink to celebrate the destruction of the Lantern? Everyone else is having one!

 

*: That's right! That's what I want to see! Nice smiles from all of you! They'll keep the evil away—and that's a promise!

 

*: I'm back here performing now, but you should have seen how quickly I scarpered when that star started falling out of the sky.

 

*: I thought I'd catch pelters for abandoning the circus, but the ringmaster welcomed me back with open arms! (sniff) It was... He's so kind...

 

‘The Knight's Pledge’

 

‘A knight's word is his bond, his kingdom his master.

 

‘He serves the weak untiringly, challenges the strong unflinchingly and never retreats in the face of adversity.’

 

‘Erdwin's Lantern has been destroyed! The kingdom is no longer in danger! All hail our saviour, who delivered us from a terrifying fate!’

 

*: Welcome to the Sultan's Palace! You look rather tired. Your journey here was a long and arduous one, I suspect?

 

*: Still, at least now you need not concern yourself with the threat of impending death from above. Go ahead and enjoy the celebratory mood that has taken over Gallopolis!

 

*: Erdwin's Lantern has now been dealt with, in no small part due to your intervention, I understand. It seems some grave matter or other is resolved every time you visit us here in Gallopolis.

 

*: Be sure to return here the next time our kingdom is in trouble, please! Ho ho!

Prince Faris

Can you imagine the strength this saviour must possess to be able to destroy such an enormous star with a single blow? I for one have never before witnessed such a feat!

Prince Faris

 

[pc], it has just occurred to me—surely the saviour would be the ideal ally in your quest to defeat the Lord of Shadows!

Prince Faris

With a hero like that by your side, even that wicked fiend would not stand a chance! I really do not know why you did not think of this yourself, old friend. Thank the sands I am here to help you!

Prince Faris

My fellow Gallopolitans, pray listen! Erdwin's Lantern was destroyed by a great saviour! He appeared as though from thin air, and sliced the enormous star clean in two!

Prince Faris

We owe him our very existence! We must let him know that we are grateful! Come! Let us thank him together!

Sultan of Gallopolis

Calasmos... No, it is not a word that means anything to me. But I shall ask my scholars to investigate. I suspect it must have some deep significance.

 

*: My husband told me that you are [pc], the Prince of Dundrasil, and that you are on a quest to defeat the Lord of Shadows.

 

*: That is truly admirable—and truly heroic. You are a credit to your mother. Lady Eleanor would be proud. I can still remember her smile as she held you in her arms...

 

*: You have grown a great deal since then, of course, but you must remember: no matter how difficult things become, do not waver from your course. All Erdrea is with you, I am certain of that.

 

*: Faris has informed me of your quest to defeat the Lord of Shadows.

 

*: Perhaps you are not aware of it, but my boy is very fond of you. I hope your friendship will be a long one. You would both benefit from such an association, I am sure.

 

*: Calasmos is not a word with which I am familiar—and I take pride in the depth and breadth of my knowledge.

 

*: Is it a word from ancient times, perhaps? Or some form of incantation? Even without knowing its meaning, it is possible to detect a certain...significance in its sound.

 

*: This man barged into the castle uninvited, though I doubt he will remain here long now that the star is no more. He seems absolutely delighted at having been able to witness its destruction...

 

*: It was a strange reaction, I thought. Most people felt perhaps a certain thrill of excitement, but most felt only fear. But there are many different types of people in the world, I suppose...

 

*: Did ya see it? Did ya see that massive star smash into little bits? It was bleedin' amazin'!

 

*: An' I 'ad the best seats in Gallopolis an' all—right on the Sultan's balcony! I ain't got no regrets about bargin' in uninvited! That was a once in a lifetime experience!

Prince Faris

Well, old friend? Has the Forging Hammer proved useful to you?

Prince Faris

It is said that the power of the Spirit of the Land resides within it, and that it can beat even the hardest of metals into shape. It sounds rather ideal for an intrepid adventurer such as yourself!

Prince Faris

Tell me, old friend—as a fellow witness to the event—do you too believe that the one who destroyed Erdwin's Lantern was our saviour? [yes/no]

 

2.11 Dundrasil

 

*: I'm no expert in this kind of thing, but I've heard some guests say that he's wearing armour from Dundrasil. You know, that kingdom that got destroyed by monsters.

 

*: If you're curious about the place, you can get there by heading west from the ruins of Zwaardsrust. I think that's the quickest way, actually.

 

*: Well, what did you think? Rather mysterious, eh? Feel free to spend another night if you want to have the dream again.

Rab

Wait a minute there, laddie. Are ye not curious about that knightly-looking fellow? The one from the dream we all had at the Warrior's Rest?

Rab

He was wearing Drasilian armour, I can tell ye that for certain. Why don't we head over to the auld kingdom and see if we can't find a few clues there, eh?

Rab

If we head back the way we came, we'll be there in no time.

Rab

Wait a minute, laddie. Ye're not thinking of leaving your auld man in that state, are ye?

Rab

Yer father's going through hell in the ruins of Dundrasil, laddie. This isnae the time to go off gallivanting!

Rab

Let's head back to the auld kingdom and see what we can do for him. The quickest way is to head west from the ruins of Zwaardsrust.

Rab

Wait a minute, laddie. Ye're not thinking of leaving your auld man in that state, are ye?

Rab

Yer father's going through hell in the ruins of Dundrasil, laddie. This isnae the time to go off gallivanting!

Rab

Let's go back the way we came and head to the auld kingdom. We need to see if there's anything we can do for him.

 

The door won't budge.

Irwin

Such pain... Such...despair... You took my Eleanor... My [pc]... You destroyed everything...! I will never forgive you...!

 

King Irwin continues to mutter pitifully. Move in closer to listen? [yes/no]

Rab

I cannae believe this is what's become of poor Irwin... We have to do something about this, laddie.

Rab

Ye're his son, eh. Why not go a wee bit closer and listen to what he has to say for himself?

Hendrik

I too was party to the tragedy that befell this place all those years ago... I was sent to save King Carnelian from the monsters...

Hendrik

Your father was a fine warrior, [pc]. You must never forget that.

Sylvando

‘Free him from his nightmare’... That's what that voice said, right?

Sylvando

So what are you waiting for, honey? Your papi deserves to rest in peace—and you're the only one who can make that happen!

Erik

So that's your dad, huh?

Erik

You know, all this stuff about family's really making me think about my own. I mean, I must have had a dad too, right? But I guess I'll never know who he was...

Sultan of Gallopolis

By the sands, what a feast! And as if that were not cause enough for joy, the rulers of the great kingdoms are gathered at last! The birth of the Luminary is an auspicious event indeed!

Sultan of Gallopolis

My own son and heir is also soon to be born. I must endeavour to celebrate his arrival with equal pomp and splendour!

King Gustaf

The rulers of all four kingdoms, brought together for a great summit. There will be fireworks, I am sure.

King Gustaf

...And luckily for me, I have a front row seat! Keh heh heh!

 

*: The knights of Dundrasil share the same chivalric values as the desert knights of Gallopolis.

 

*: But this is no surprise, of course—King Irwin is a knight himself. I am sure he urges his men to honour the Pledge, just as His Most Exalted Majesty the Sultan does.

 

*: ......

 

The soldier doesn't move a muscle. He doesn't seem to be aware of [pc]'s presence.

 

*: I cannae believe King Irwin makes the time tae talk tae ordinary guards like me.

 

*: Aye, I'm lucky tae be working for a man like him, and that's a fact.

 

*: I wonder when Prince [pc] will be presented to us all. I can't wait to see if he has his mother's face!

 

*: Doesn't it feel strange, though? Pinning the hopes of our kingdom on a wee baby... Ahh, but I've no doubt he'll be able to handle it. I just hope we get to see him soon!

 

*: Hee hee! There's no need to be so impatient! We'll get to see the baby just as soon as the Colloquy of Kings is done!

 

*: I think they might be getting started with that any minute now, actually. I saw King Irwin head into the courtyard with King Carnelian...

 

*: The birth of the Luminary brings the promise of peace for all Erdrea. Let all be as Yggdrasil wills it!

 

*: Crivens... The birth of a wee prince has brought the poshest folk from all four kingdoms tae the castle. I've tae be on my best behaviour today...

 

*: Aye! What can I do for ye?

 

*: Eh? I couldae sworn there was somebody talking tae me... Must be my imagination...

 

*: How in heavens is one expected to bring a child up to be a hero and saviour? The mere thought of that kind of pressure is simply terrifying!

 

*: King Irwin has proven himself to be a wise and benevolent ruler as well as a mighty warrior.

 

*: And now his son turns out to be the Luminary. He's certainly not wanting for plaudits, that one.

 

*: I really don't know why everyone makes such a fuss about the Luminary. He's just a character from an ancient fairy tale. He isn't even real!

 

*: Not like Sir Hendrik of Heliodor—now there's someone you really can believe in. A true hero!

 

*: Every day brings new reports of monsters terrorising some village or other. The world's become rather a dangerous place.

 

*: Thank goodness the Luminary is here at last to keep us safe from all the unpleasantness!

 

*: The Luminary of Legend—the one who once saved Erdrea from the ancient evil—he bore a mark upon his hand: the Mark of Light.

 

*: And now Prince [pc] is here, and he bears the same mark. Not that we've seen it yet, of course...

 

*: Well, there they go. King Irwin, King Carnelian and Lord Robert, all off upstairs...

 

*: I suppose the Colloquy of Kings will be getting started soon, then.

 

*: That wee scamp's gone off somewhere again! Ach, I don't blame her—banquets like this must be dull as dishwater when you're her age.

 

*: I just wish it wasnae me who had tae keep an eye on her. I mean, Princess Jade of Heliodor is famous for getting intae all sorts of scrapes...

 

*: The Luminary, eh? I do wonder what life's got in store for wee Prince [pc]...

 

*: Still, I don't suppose it really matters all that much. His mother and father are gonnae love him no matter what, and that's the most important thing.

 

*: Why do they have tae have the Colloquy of Kings on the same day as the banquet tae celebrate Prince [pc]'s birth?

 

*: What have they got tae discuss that's so important? Something tae do with the Prince, maybe?

 

*: Queen Eleanor must be delighted tae have given birth tae the Luminary.

 

*: I'm sure he'll be a feisty wee fellow—after all, his mother was more than a handful in her day! Ahh, but ye could always tell there was something special about her...

 

*: Ach, listen tae me, talking tae myself! Come on you, back tae work...

 

The door won't budge.

 

The door won't budge.

 

*: I wannae have a wee look at the Luminary too. Maybe I'll just sneak off for five minutes. No one'll notice...

 

*: Ach, no! I cannae do that! The castle's chock full of dignitaries from all over the world, and it's my job tae keep them safe!

 

*: The Mark of Light, eh? Same one as the Luminary of Legend... Aye, he's a special wee fellow, alright...

 

*: All's well!

 

*: I'm friends with all the royal families, you know. I could introduce you to a prince or two if you're interested...

 

*: A prince...? Crivens...! Hee hee!

 

*: King Irwin wasnae born intae royalty. He was an ordinary man who became a knight—the best in the kingdom.

 

*: Then, one day, he rescued Princess Eleanor from some monsters, and the rest is history. If that's not an inspirational story, I don't know what is! Maybe one day, I'll get tae—

 

*: Ach, what am I saying? I didnae become a knight so I could meet some pretty lassie! I believe in the Pledge! And that's why I've got tae keep training my hardest!

 

*: We've been getting sent out tae fight monsters all over the place recently. I hope this isnae a sign of evil brewing...

 

*: Sir Hendrik of Heliodor—he's the one everyone's talking about. The finest young knight in all Erdrea, or so they say.

 

*: And I can see why. I just walked past him down in the dungeon, and he's every inch a hero. That man's gonnae change the world, I'm sure of it.

 

The door won't budge.

 

*: There it is... Erdwin's Lantern... It's still giving off that strange light... I don't like it one bit...

 

*: Ach, but this isnae the time for my doom and gloom. We're supposed tae be happy that the Luminary's been born.

 

*: I do feel honoured to have been asked to say a few words when Prince [pc] is presented to his future subjects...but when I look at all these people, I can't help but feel nervous...

 

*: It's probably best if I don't think about it too much, and just focus on my ordinary priestly duties instead. Now then...

 

*: How many times do I have tae tell ye, ye big galoot!?

 

*: Queen Eleanor's chambers are through that door and on the left! Hurry up, before King Irwin gets here!

 

*: I, I'm sorry, I'm n-new here...

 

*: How many times do I have tae tell ye, ye big galoot!?

 

*: Queen Eleanor's chambers are through that door and on the left! Hurry up, before King Irwin gets here!

 

*: I, I'm sorry, I'm n-new here...

 

*: Wee Princess Jade really does look like her mother. Poor hen. She was so young when she passed...

 

*: Ach, I wish Lord Robert had never told me about the Book of Erdwin. Now I can't stop thinking about what it says about—

 

*: No! I mustn't think about that! Today we celebrate the birth of Prince [pc], and to heck with everything else!

 

*: Ahh, it's so sweet... I love hearing the sound of happy laughter coming from the King and Queen's chambers!

 

*: Aye, Queen Eleanor's been in fine spirits ever since wee Prince [pc] was born. And isn't he just the spit of his mammy!

 

It appears to be Rab's diary.

 

‘I made the right decision letting Irwin take over. Ever since he became King, he's done everything possible to make Dundrasil a better place.

 

‘Of course, there were those who weren't happy that he was allowed anywhere near the throne, him not having any royal blood and all.

 

‘But I'd be surprised if he's not won them all round by now. After all, they're lucky to have such an honest, loyal young king who works so tirelessly for the good of the kingdom.

 

‘Though I suppose it's Eleanor who should get all the credit, really. She's the one who chose him, after all. Aye, she's always been a canny one—and thanks to her wisdom, I can start enjoying my retirement!’

 

*: Ach, I cannae believe it! Lord Robert's been hiding his magazines under the bed again!

 

*: It's only been a few days since Queen Eleanor confiscated the last lot!

 

*: Och, the sight of Queen Eleanor always sets my heart aflutter. Such a regal beauty...

 

*: I simply can't imagine anyone wanting to do her any harm. One look at her face would put the most vicious monster on the path to righteousness!

 

*: Wake up, ye daft gowk! Ye're here tae stand guard, not tae catch up on yer kip! There's more tae bein' a soldier than just puttin' on a swanky uniform, ye know!

 

*: Aye, sir! Don't worry, sir! Ye can count on me!

 

*: The Colloquy of Kings will be starting any minute, so we'd best all be extra vigilant. That means you too, alright? Less of yer messing about!

 

 

*: It's gonnae start soon... The biggest day of my career—no, my life... This day's gonnae go down in history!

 

*: One can only wonder what manner of momentous decisions will be made in such a meeting... It quite boggles the mind...

 

*: ......

 

He looks a little nervous, possibly because the Colloquy of Kings is about to begin.

 

*: I suppose the Colloquy of Kings'll be starting soon, eh? Hey, d'ye remember which room they said it'd be in?

 

*: What!? Didn't ye listen tae a word of the briefing!? It's in the room straight across from the throne room, ye daft galoot!

 

*: Ha ha! Ach, don't be such a grump! I was just asking in case it all kicks off in there and we need tae dash in tae save the King. As if that's gonnae happen!

 

*: I suppose the Colloquy of Kings'll be starting soon, eh? Hey, d'ye remember which room they said it'd be in?

 

*: What!? Didn't ye listen tae a word of the briefing!? It's in the room straight across from the throne room, ye daft galoot!

 

*: Ha ha! Ach, don't be such a grump! I was just asking in case it all kicks off in there and we need tae dash in tae save the King. As if that's gonnae happen!

Eleanor

I-Is someone there...?

Jade

Who are you talking to, Lady Eleanor? There's nobody there.

Eleanor

No... No, of course not. Sorry, dear. It's just... Well, it was the strangest thing...

Eleanor

I know that Irwin's taken little [pc] to the Colloquy, but...it's as though I can still sense him here in the room... I felt his...warmth...

Eleanor

Ach, but this isn't the time for that kind of nonsense. It's my wee one's big day. I mustn't let myself get distracted!

Eleanor

 

I mustn't let myself get distracted—it's [pc]'s big day!

Jade

I'm going to be your big sister, [pc]! Let's play together all the time when you get bigger!

 

There's no response. He's dead.

 

*: Moohaha! Foolish human worms! You will die trying to protect your precious Luminary!

 

The monster doesn't seem to be aware of [pc]'s presence. Try to fight it? [yes/no]

 

The monster doesn't seem to be aware of [pc]'s presence. Try to fight it? [yes/no]

King of Heliodor

They just keep coming, wave after wave of them... I don't know how long I'll be able to hold them off...

Rab

(pant) I...just hope... (pant) Irwin made it to the...throne room...

Sultan of Gallopolis

Who was it who claimed that the Luminary would be our saviour!? So far he appears to be anything but!

 

*: Fear not, Your Majesty! I will give my life to protect you if I must! In the name of Gallopolis!

King Gustaf

Can this truly be happening? Are the monsters willing to destroy an entire kingdom to get their hands on a mere child!?

King Gustaf

Mighty Yggdrasil, lend us your protection! May your blessed boughs hold back these foul creatures!

 

*: ......!

 

He's watching the door with silent resolve, determined to protect King Gustaf at all costs.

 

*: I'll show the sergeant what I'm made of! He won't be shouting at me any more when he sees this! Hiyyya!

 

*: E-Eh...? But I was just about tae finish the blighter off... Crivens! I must be tougher than I thought!

 

*: Ye won't get the better of us, ye horrible things, ye! If ye think ye're gettin' past sworn soldiers of Dundrasil, ye've another thing coming!

 

*: How d'ye like that, eh? That's what ye get when ye mess with Dundrasil!

 

*: Pathetic little humans! I will slice you open and tear your insides out!

 

The monster doesn't seem to be aware of [pc]'s presence. Try to fight it? [yes/no]

 

The monster doesn't seem to be aware of [pc]'s presence. Try to fight it? [yes/no]

 

*: I, I did it! I got the wee blighter!

 

*: Eek! Hurry up now! Over there! Teach those horrible monsters a lesson!

 

*: Seems the guard made short work of that monster. Good job he had me cheering him on, eh?

 

*: Mustn't...move... Mustn't...breathe... Must...pretend...to...be...dead...

 

*: I... I can sense something! Or someone... Yes... I sense the presence of one who will save our fair kingdom!

 

*: I pray for ye, whoever ye may be! Please, accept this blessing, and deliver us from evil!

 

[pc]'s wounds are healed, and his MP are restored!

 

*: Yer presence is faint, but I feel it. The people of Dundrasil are at yer service, whoever ye are...

 

*: Hold fast, men! Until Yggdrasil wills otherwise, we must do our duty and defend the castle!

 

*: The monsters are sure to find us if we hide in here. But they've got the place surrounded, haven't they? There's nowhere else for us to go!

 

*: Ohhh... I don't want to die!

 

*: The monsters aren't even interested in us! It's the Luminary they're after!

 

*: The wee menace has got nothing to do with me, and now I'm going to die because of him! Ohhh...

 

*: I don't know how long we'll be able tae hold out against these monsters...

 

*: Someone, please, help me! (sob) I, I don't wannae be here any more! I wannae go home!

 

*: W-We were all having such a nice time, and then... And then this happens... I think I'm ready to go home now... P-Please, l-let me go home...!

 

*: Pull yourself together! We all want to go home, there's no use bleating about it!

 

*: Th-Thank goodness the guards are here tae protect us! Aye, I'd be dead if it weren't for this one, that's for sure!

 

*: J-Jings... I, I did it... I killed the wee horror...

 

The monster appears to have been defeated by a Drasilian soldier.

 

There's no response. He's dead.

 

There's no response. He's dead.

 

There's no response. He's dead.

 

*: Mordegon ordered me to make a bonfire of humans and burn this castle to the ground, and that's exactly what I'm going to do!

 

The monster doesn't seem to be aware of [pc]'s presence. Try to fight it? [yes/no]

 

The monster doesn't seem to be aware of [pc]'s presence. Try to fight it? [yes/no]

 

*: I, I did it! I got him! I knew all that training would pay off in the end! Ha ha haaa!

 

*: Get outtae here, ye devils, ye!

 

*: I, I beat the cursed thing...? How did that...? Ach, I'm not complaining!

 

*: Eeek! P-Please, help me! I, I'm being attacked! Someone, p-please!

 

*: I cannae believe these monsters would attack a defenceless maid like me! Have they no shame!?

 

*: Dash it all! How did the monsters get in here!?

 

*: Ha! That's one monster that willnae be troubling us any longer!

 

*: We'll show ye what Dundrasil's made of!

 

*: If these monsters are expecting Dundrasil tae go down without a fight, they've another thing coming!

 

There's no response. He's dead.

 

*: W-We're done for! We're doomed! There's no way we can fend all these monsters off!

Rab

Dundrasil will prevail! Even if the castle falls, as long as our people remain, our kingdom will never die!

 

*: The Luminary! Give him to me! He belongs not to you! He belongs to the Lord of Shadows!

 

The monster doesn't seem to be aware of [pc]'s presence. Try and fight it? [yes/no]

 

*: (pant) Phew... Did I...kill it...? Or did it just...die...? (pant)

 

*: Ye think ye're a tough one, eh? I'll show you who's tough!

 

*: That's one down... But there's so many more...

 

*: P-Please, sir! P-Please find somewhere else tae hide! The monsters are gonnae find us both if we hide together!

 

*: I d-d-don't believe it... Monsters, here in the castle... Wh-What is King Irwin going to do...!?

 

*: I wonder why King Irwin took wee Prince [pc] downstairs with him...

 

*: I just hope they're all right... Both of them...

 

*: You will die slowly. And I will enjoy every second. Your pain. Your suffering.

 

The monster doesn't seem to be aware of [pc]'s presence. Try and fight it? [yes/no]

 

*: There... He's done. But there's plenty more where that came from, I'll wager...

 

*: Ach, it's no good! The monsters are storming the gates! There's no way out through here!

 

*: Ye think I'm gonnae let you past me!? Then ye don't know much about Dundrasil!

 

*: There wasn't much Drasilian spirit about that man who was chatting me up before. Turned tail and ran as soon as the monsters showed up! He's getting the cold shoulder if I ever see him again!

 

*: Th-Thank goodness... That monster's gone... Now, I'm away tae look for that prize feartie who left me in the lurch and give him a piece of my mind! Hmph! Men!

 

*: Hngh... I... I hope King Irwin and the wee one made it out okay... And... Ouch! And Lady Eleanor as well...

 

*: The door they went through leads tae... Agh... Tae the underground passageway... If they... (pant) If they can get through there and out of the castle, there's... Ngh! There's hope for Dundrasil yet...

 

*: I hope King Irwin and Prince [pc] are alright...

 

The monster doesn't seem to be aware of [pc]'s presence. Try and fight it? [yes/no]

 

Fight the Gloomnivore? [yes/no]

 

*: Welcome to the Warrior's Rest! I suppose you've come because you heard the rumours? [yes/no]

 

*: Thank goodness for that. Until recently, every guest who stayed here was having the same dream, you see. People were coming from all over just to see it.

 

*: But then it stopped happening all of a sudden. You can still stay here, of course. Dream or no dream, it's still a lovely little inn!

 

*: I've got to be honest, ever since people stopped having that dream, my profits have suffered—and my mood. But never mind that now...

 

*: Are you staying here? You do know our guests aren't having that dream any more, don't you?

 

*: Heaven knows how we're going to get people to come all the way out here now... Still, I suppose it was good while it lasted...

 

*: The Warrior's Rest was famous for a while, as every guest who stayed here had exactly the same dream, but that's stopped happening now.

 

*: It's really put the couple who own the place in a bad mood. Just now the woman asked me when I was planning on leaving—and I'm just about the only guest they've got left!

 

2.12 - Octagonia

Rab

Right, we mustn't tarry here for too long, laddie. We've places to be. Let's pull ourselves together and push on.

Rab

It might be an idea to head north to Octagonia, ye know. If it's anything like it used to be, there'll be so many people there, someone'll be bound to have something useful to tell us.

Sylvando

There's something...funny in the air... Mark my words, honey—something's not right around here!

Hendrik

I do not recall such a place being here when last we visited. Could it really have been built since then?

Hendrik

But now is not the time to ponder such matters. We must make haste. Onward!

 

*: Now, go on! Trot on up to the casino and have the time of your lives!

 

*: Arrrrrrourgh? Who do we have here, eh? Another human? Well, well... Welcome to the new-look Octagonia!

 

*: If you want to make the most of your time here, trot on up to the casino! There's a whole world of pleasure waiting for you up there. Go on—get mooving!

 

*: ‘Come to Octagonia’, they said. ‘You'll forget about all the bad stuff’, they said. No one told me the bleedin' place was chock-full o' monsters!

 

*: An' they're bein' all friendly and that, askin' us to come to the casino... I don't like it. I don't like it one bit...

 

*: Well, hello there! Welcome to Octagonia, where it doesn't matter if you're human, devil or...whatever—we all dance together and do as we please!

 

*: If someone annoys you, tell them to shove off! Want to boogie? Just grab a partner and get down! The only rule is that there aren't any rules!

 

*: How's about that for freedom, eh? Yes, with Booga in charge we can do anything we like—you're going to have a devilishly good time, I just know it!

 

*: The all-new casino is hyper-exciting! People are already saying it's the best in Erdrea!

 

*: I bet you want to go and see for yourself, don't you? It's just up these stairs. Don't get too hyper though, eh? Hy hy hy...

 

*: (slobber) You shee that shtatue? That'sh Booga. He ownsh the whole cashino. (slurp) He'sh one of the good guysh.

 

*: But I have to shay, I think the real Booga's a little—(slobber)—heavier than that. Mushta been wearing shomething sherioushly flattering when he modelled for the shtatue...

 

*: Arrroooh hoo hoo! It's hard to believe what Booga's done with this place! It used to be a real dump, then he came along and BOOM! Suddenly people are stampeding here from all over!

 

*: And I'll tell you something else—working for him is just a hoot! He doesn't care if you spend the whole day horsing around!

 

*: Ever since Yggdrasil fell out of the sky, hope's been at hyper-low levels for humans all over Erdrea. It's finally time for the era of evil to begin! Hy hy hy!

 

*: I mean, Lord Mordegon's even gone and killed the Luminary! Monsters will be running the whole world before hyper-long, there's no doubt about it!

 

*: I'm getting ssseriousssly worried about you. You keep sssaying she's lit a fire in your heart like sssome lovesssick ssschoolkid. Have you gone completely batty!?

 

*: She went upssstairs to the casssino, didn't she? I've got a good mind to go after her and tell her to ssstay away! I won't ssstand for it!

 

*: ...Hm? Oh, great. Jussst as I'm trying to forget one human, another ssstrolls along.

 

*: But who am I kidding? The sssecond I sssaw her jet black hair and sssensssuousss eyes, I knew I was never going to get that sssweet, sssweet martial artissst out of my mind...

 

*: Booga might think he's got her all to himssself, but he doesn't love her like I do! No one does!

 

*: (gulp) I, I, I can't t-t-take it...

 

*: This place is just the w-w-worst! It's got some kind of horrible holy aura... All p-p-pure and clean... How's a devil supposed to d-d-dance in a place like that!?

 

*: And d-d-don't go thinking I'm some kind of wimp. Just you watch—any m-m-monster who comes near the place will end up a quivering wreck, j-j-just like m-m-me...!

 

*: I remember the days when we had to hang around looking for the Luminary from morning till night. My joints were stiff as anything after a few weeks of that.

 

*: But now he's out of the picture, it's time to cut loose and have some no-strings fun! Magic!

 

*: Magic! I won big again! I can't believe it! Time to hit the dance floor and pop it like a puppet!

 

*: I've always been interested in humans—and not just as bags of blood—I'm interested in how they do business.

 

*: Which is why I've set myself up here. I'm winging it, I know, but please—I take this gravely seriously. Ahem...

 

*: (slobber) A cushtomer! And a human one at that! Now lishten, I know what you're thinking, but jusht because I'm a monshter, that doesn't mean I don't know how money worksh. (slurp)

 

*: Grrrahahaharrr! I can't believe you humans have to go through so much rigmarole just to get the stuff you want. It must wear you out... Isn't it easier to just grrrab it?

 

*: Not that I'm complaining, of course. This is a grrreat way of getting some gold together for the casino. Shall we?

 

*: Booga put me in charge of this shop. (slobber) I'm going to make a shuccesh of it if it kills me!

 

*: Of courshe, it'sh kind of a bit late for that, but shtill...let'sh do thish!

 

*: Meooow? [yes/no]

 

*: What, really? Well alright, then. I suppose I'd better show you my...wears...

 

*: The monsters came to town right after Yggdrasil fell, and they've been running things ever since.

 

*: The orphanage is just about the only place they won't come. There's something...holy about it. They hate it.

 

*: But they'll come for us eventually...either that or we'll run out of food. I guess we've all kind of accepted that this is the end...

Whambelina

Oh, hello there! It's me, Whambelina! Don't you remember? We fought against each other at the MMA tournament!

Whambelina

I suppose you've seen the monsters wandering around town? I bet that gave you a shock. They all just turned up here right after Yggdrasil fell.

Whambelina

We put up as much of a fight as we could, but we were always on the back foot. Until Jade turned up, that is. You remember her, right? You beat her in the MMA final?

Whambelina

Well, with her help, we were able to drive them out of here, and they've not come back since. I should really go and see what's going on, but I'm too scared. I'm just going to hole up here and pray for everyone...

Whambelina

I suppose you've seen the monsters wandering around town? I bet that gave you a shock. They all just turned up here right after Yggdrasil fell.

Whambelina

We put up as much of a fight as we could, but we were always on the back foot. Until Jade turned up, that is. You remember her, right? You beat her in the MMA final?

Whambelina

Well, with her help, we were able to drive them out of here, and they've not come back since. I should really go and see what's going on, but I'm too scared. I'm just going to hole up here and pray for everyone...

 

*: Sure, I'm kinda scared of the monsters, but I'm not gonna let them put me off of my priesting practice. Ahem...

 

*: I'm rushed off of my feet here! The orphanage is full of people who are hiding from the monsters, and they all need feeding!

 

*: I'm glad they're here, though. I mean, if I was all by myself I'd probably just spend all day crying. Anyway, that's enough chatting—time to get cooking!

 

*: After Yggdrasil fell out of the sky, most of my pals disappeared.

 

*: The older kids all told me they've gone someplace far away, so I can't meet up with them for a while.

 

*: But why didn't they tell me they were going? I wish I'd have had a chance to say goodbye...

 

*: Hnnngh...? Oh. H-Hey there... You're the kid who won the MMA tournament, right? Do you remember me? I was in the tournament too. Owww...

 

*: Sorry, I'm not up to talking much right now. I tried to fight off the monsters when they came to town. Guess you can see how that turned out...

 

*: They made short work of me and the other fighters... But you're different. I think you've got what it takes to save this place, man!

 

*: You'll do it, right? You'll drive the monsters out of Octagonia? And you'll give 'em one from me while you're at it?

 

*: The monsters made short work of me and the other fighters... But you're different. I think you've got what it takes to save this place, man!

 

*: You'll do it, right? You'll drive the monsters out of Octagonia? And you'll give 'em one from me while you're at it?

 

*: When the monsters attacked the city, I thought I was done for. If it hadn't been for Liu Za here, I'd have been killed for sure. He saved my life!

 

*: I'll never forget what he did for me—or how heroic he looked while he was doing it... That's why I've decided to look after him until he feels better. It's the least I can do!

 

*: This is bad, [pc]. Real bad...

 

*: L-Look at that...thing in Uncle Vince's room! P-Please... You gotta do something...

The Abominable Showman

Shlurrrp... Hey! How many timesh do I have to shay it? I'm human, jusht like you!

The Abominable Showman

That kid keepsh shtaring at me like I'm shome kind of monshter, but I'm not, I shwear! I don't want to shcare her, though. Better shtay in here for now. Shlurrrp...

 

*: Hey, I'll admit it—I used to be a real rip-off merchant back in the day. But then Yggdrasil fell and all this other stuff went down, and I... Well, I guess I changed my ways.

 

*: I've decided to give away all the lucky charms I used to charge crazy money for. I mean, it ain't gonna make much difference, but it might bring a smile to somebody's face, right?

 

*: 'Cause that's what I'm all about now, see—makin' people smile. Yep, I'm a regular good guy these days. Heh heh...

 

*: I was really rather down in the dumps when I realised I'd dropped my purse while fleeing from the monsters. So imagine how pleased I was when I found this chap giving away free lucky charms!

 

*: Such selfless charity! Honestly, it's at times like these that a man truly comes to learn what's important in life, what?

 

*: Hey, man. Listen, don't tell the other guys in here, but the truth is I went upstairs to sneak a look at the casino. Everybody in there looked super happy.

 

*: I mean sure, monsters are scary and stuff, but I can deal with that. I kinda wanna go check the place out...

 

*: Vince took a bunch of MMA fighters and went to fight the monsters. They didn't come back yet.

 

*: It's been a while now... I hope he isn't... Aww, man... What am I supposed to tell these kids? They all wanna know where he is!

 

*: I, I ain't hidin' nothin'! Th-There ain't nothin' to see here!

 

*: Nothin' at all, okay? If you're lookin' for a friendly little dracky, you're lookin' in the wrong place!

 

*: Eeek! (flap flap) P-P-Please don't sssquish me! I'm not a bad dracky, honessst! Lisssten, I'll tell you sssomething interesssting, okay?

 

*: There are sssome extra-ssspecial roulette tables in the casssino! They're up at the top, where they usssed to do all the fighting!

 

*: I tried to flap up there ssso I could sssee them, but they told me to ssstay away! ‘Curiosssity killed the bat’, that'sss what they sssaid!

 

*: Hey, don't worry. Jade and Uncle Vince are going to be okay, I promise!

 

Sounds of life are coming from inside, but the door is shut tight.

 

Sounds of life are coming from inside, but the door is shut tight.

 

Sounds of life are coming from inside, but the door is shut tight.

 

Sounds of life are coming from inside, but the door is shut tight.

 

Sounds of life are coming from inside, but the door is shut tight.

 

The lift doesn't seem to be working.

 

*: Hey there! I guess you know about the all-new casino we've got here in Octagonia? [yes/no]

 

*: So if you're in the mood to gamble, just head out of here, turn left and go right up the stairs!

 

*: I would say to use the elevator, but it's out of order right now.

 

*: Oh! I'm sorry sir, but the casino isn't open yet. That sucks!

 

*: But if you're dead set on getting a slot machine with good odds, you can just wing your way to the back of the queue. Would you like to join the line? [yes/no]

 

*: Lovely! I'm dead excited to see how you do! Just wait right here and I'll let you know when we're ready!

 

Well, hello there! Welcome to the casino, where all your sweetest dreams can come true!

 

*: Just head on up the stairs and you'll find yourself in a world of wonder! Have fuuun!

 

*: Hm? Who are you? Curiousss about what'sss through thisss door, are you? Kee hee! I bet you are! Well, I'll tell you—it'sss where the ssspecial roulette tables are!

 

*: But it'sss for VIPs only. Sssorry, but I can't let jussst any old riff-raff in there.

 

*: Of courssse, if you really wanted to go in, and you had, sssay...a love potion, I might consssider it. Well? What do you sssay? [yes/no]

 

*: Ssstill, if you're the kind of perssson who's happy to misss out on life'sss big chances, it'sss no ssskin off my wings.

 

*: Kee hee! Sssounds like we underssstand each other! Then the deal's sssealed—bring me a love potion, and I'll sssend you ssstraight on through!

 

*: ...What'sss that? Where can you get hold of one? Oh, you won't have to go far. You can exchange tokens for love potions right here in the casssino!

 

*: You remember our deal, right? Bring me a love potion, and I'll sssend you ssstraight on through to the ssspecial roulette tables!

 

*: ...What'sss that? Where can you get hold of one? Oh, you won't have to go far. You can exchange tokens for love potions right here in the casssino!

 

*: Kee hee... I'd know that sssweet, sssweet sssmell anywhere! You've brought me a love potion, haven't you? Haven't you!? [yes/no]

 

[pc] hands a love potion to the monster.

 

*: Kee hee heee! Sssplendid! I can't believe it! Kee hee! A love potion of my very own, at long lassst!

 

*: Ah, that earthy, tangy sssmell... I'd know it anywhere! It's the bittersssweet ssscent of love itssself! At lassst the object of my affections is within my grasssp!

 

*: ...Ahem. Congratulations! You are now a VIP, the mossst sssuperlative and ssselect of cussstomers! Enjoy the ssspecial roulette tables, and I hope you win big—you deserve it!

 

*: Hey, you... Yeah, you. Wanna hear a tip on how to win big on the Slime Quest Slots? [yes/no]

 

*: Sure you do! Okay, here it comes. It's a good one okay, so don't forget it.

 

*: Winning at the Slime Quest Slots is all about picking the right machine at the right time. Machines have moods, ya know? Just like you and me.

 

*: I bet you wanna know how to pick a machine that's in a good mood now, right? Well, that's easy—just ask me!

 

*: Humans, eh? Well, well... Welcome to Erdrea's first—and only—casino staffed entirely by monsters! DO believe the hype—it's incredible!

 

*: Now, we want to make sure that all our customers have a hyper-good time, so we're giving away free tokens to get you started!

 

*: Oh, and don't forget about the special roulette area on the top floor—there's a whole new world of hyper-high-stakes fun waiting for you up there!

 

*: There's only one rule here at the casino—don't be taking any tokens home! If you haven't spent them all, you're doing it wrong! Hy hy hy!

 

*: Hey there, handsome! This here's the token exchange counter.

 

*: Now, maybe you ain't heard, but this here casino ain't like no other. Most places're only interested in takin' your tokens. We actually GIVE you the darned things—that's how much we want you to have fun!

 

*: And shucks, it sure looks like you're in need of a token or two, honey! Here you go. On the house!

 

[pc] receives 2000 casino tokens!

 

*: And remember, darlin'—this ain't just a one-time thing. You come back an' see me any time you need a top up now, y'hear?

 

*: But you don't need our help just now, honey—seems you got plenty to be workin' with!

 

*: Why don'tcha go play a game or two, see if you can't win you some more? Good luck, now!

 

*: These stairs here lead to the bleachers. You can watch the action at the special roulette tables from there.

 

*: But they're not open to the public just now, I'm afraid...

 

*: I heard that the Lord of Shadows took the orbs he stole from the Luminary and filled them with darkness. That's how he created the six Spectral Sentinels who he's made his puppets.

 

*: Our boss Booga's one of the Sentinels, but he doesn't seem to do much except hang around having fun. Seems like a waste of an orb if you ask me...

 

*: Nope, if I had to choose a Sentinel to serve, it wouldn't be Booga—I'd much rather have Sir Jasper pulling my strings!

 

*: You puny humans pinned all your hopes on the Luminary, eh? I heard he tried to take on the Lord of Shadows and got hoofed out of existence for his troubles.

 

*: Arrroooh hooh hooh! What a blunder! Why would any human think they could lock horns with Lord Mordegon!?

 

*: I fall asleep for five minutes, and the next thing I know some drunken idiot's trying to stick coins in my mouth and pulling at my lever!

 

*: I'd move if I could, but he's so far gone, I'd probably give him the fright of his life!

 

*: What'sh wrong with this pecking shlot machine! Shquawk! I put my tokensh in, but nothing'sh happening!

 

*: Hello there, human friends! I hope the sight of all these monsters isn't stopping you from having fun! (wink)

 

*: ...Sorry? Why am I winking? Oh, it's something Booga told us all to do. He thinks men like it or something. Err... (wink)

 

*: Ohhh... It's all too much... Every time I think of her, I go weak at the knees—yes, even weaker than usual... How can she leave me dangling like this?

 

*: You remember her, right? That girl Jade? The one who was in here a while ago asking about Booga? Gosh, did she ever pull on my heartstrings!

 

*: She was so beautiful...and so classy... A workaday stiff like me's got no chance with a girl like that... Oi, are you even listening?

 

*: Arrroooh hooh hooh! What's wrong with you, eh!? Stop feeling sorry for yourself! You could have any girl you want!

 

*: In fact, why don't you trot off after her and show her what you've got right now? I heard she went to talk to Booga up at the special roulette tables.

 

*: Go on, before you lose your nerve! If you don't, you'll be getting a hoof up your behind—and then you'll really have something to moan about!

 

*: Used to be there was a fighting arena right here in Octagonia. Guys would put these masks on and beat the living daylights outta each other. Folks came from miles around to watch.

 

*: Kinda pathetic, huh? Living out your fantasies through other people? That's the kinda thing humans like though, I guess...

 

*: This place is the best! The slots always pay out, and the drinks taste great! I've never been happier!

 

*: You know what? I think tonight's gonna be a good one—love potions all round!

 

*: Okay guys, this is it! Love potions all round! Ohhh yeah! Let's raise our glasses to a monstrously good time! Huh huh!

 

*: Alright now, down in one! Aaand... Drink, drink, drink, drink, drink, drink! Woo yeeeah!

 

*: Dancing on stage is just the best! I was born to perform, you know?

 

*: I can't believe it's taken me so long, but I've finally found my calling! I've finally found a way to be free! Look, everyone! Look at meee!

 

*: Hey man, you wanna hear a hot tip? If you're kinda through with the regular casino games, you should go check out the special roulette tables.

 

*: ...Huh? What's so special about 'em? I ain't gonna tell you that, man! I can't spoil the surprise! But you'll have fun, I guarantee it!

 

*: ...What's that, honey? You wanna know about the special roulette tables? [yes/no]

 

*: Of course you do! Hee hee! Well alright, I'll tell you a thing or two—but only 'cause you're so handsome!

 

*: The thing about the special roulette tables is that they're, well, special. Your average Joe isn't allowed to play—you gotta be a VIP.

 

*: So if the monster on the door doesn't think you're a big enough deal, you're not getting in! And how do you become a big deal? Win big, of course! Everybody loves a high roller!

 

*: There I am just mindin' me own business, an' this nutter jumps me! I was all set to give 'im a poundin', but it turns out he's way tougher than I am!

 

*: Come to fink of it, 'e reminds me o' someone I 'ad a scrap or two wiv back in the day... Not that it matters—you can't just go round wallopin' strangers out o' nowhere!

 

*: ¡Ay! You are here for the casino? Lo siento—sorry—we are not open at the moment!

 

*: The staff are busy polishing all the tokens, you see. We do it once every year. Come back when we are finished, por favor—they will be good as new!

 

*: The ssspecial roulette tables are right thisss way. They're for VIPs only...

 

*: And that means you, sssir! Kee hee! Go right on through—a world of wonder awaitsss!

 

All tokens acquired in the monster casino have vanished from [pc]'s pocket!

 

It turns out they weren't real!

 

*: Welcome to Octagonia, where gamblers from all over the world come to try their luck!

 

*: Folks got together after Booga got beat, and they decided we might as well keep the place going. Seems an awful waste not to, right?

 

*: I mean, sure, we kinda miss the days when Octagonia was all about fightin', but you gotta move with the times! Why not go play a game or two, champ?

 

*: Ahh! It sure is good to get some good ol' fresh air in my lungs!

 

*: When the monsters showed up in town, I holed myself up at home. Now they're gone, I'm free to go outside again—ain't that just peachy!

 

*: Now, I haven't been to Octagonia for a while, but...is it just me, or has this place completely changed?

 

*: There's a casino where the arena used to be, for one thing. And the statue of Sir Hendrik's been replaced with that absolute eyesore! What in the world happened here!?

 

*: I paid a visit to Dundrasil on my way here.

 

*: I wanted to see if it had suffered much damage in the Fall, but I couldn't really tell, to be honest. It was pile of rubble long before all that happened.

 

*: Well, the arena's gone for good... I gotta say, that was a blow. Watchin' Whambelina and Sinderella and all them gals duke it out always made me happy...

 

*: Still, at least the casino's full of bunny girls for me to daydream about instead. Heh heh!

 

*: There's so many games here at the casino, it's kinda hard to pick a favourite.

 

*: Same with the bunny girls too! Heh heh!

 

*: Just about every adult in town's here playing in the casino. They've been lining up since first thing this morning.

 

*: They were all saying if they don't get to play the right machine, they'll never stand a chance of winning big. What are they, kids?

 

*: Zzz... I wanna go to the casino too... Zzz... I wanna win big...!

 

*: Oh, thank goodness! Thank goodness! I was petrified that the monsters would have done something awful to Sir Hendrik's statue, but thankfully he's looking as wonderful as ever!

 

*: ...What's that? My eyes? Hmph! They're perfectly fine, thank you very much! Cheeky young rogue!

 

*: I can see that every ripple of muscle is exactly as exquisite as it always was! You might think about putting on a little brawn yourself!

 

*: Guess that's the end of the MMA tournament—can't fight in a casino. How are fighters like me meant to express ourselves now, huh?

 

*: It really gets my back up, man. I mean, what? Has everybody forgotten how much they loved fighting? Nah, this just ain't right... It ain't right at all...

 

*: I jusht... Hic! Jusht came to check out the cashino... Shee what all the fush was about... Turnsh out it'sh—Hic!—kinda fun!

 

*: I didn't think there was anything more exciting than fighting...but I was—Hic!—wrong! Gambling'sh great!

 

*: Back when the monsters took over town, I was tryin' to give folks something to smile about, so I gave out a few of my good-luck charms for free.

 

*: Boy, was that ever a smart move! When things started to go good again, they all thought it was thanks to the charms. They're sellin' faster than I can buy 'em in!

 

*: Maybe this is my reward for tryin' to do the right thing. Well, I'll be doin' more of that from now on, you betcha! Heh heh!

 

*: I really was rather down in the dumps after losing my purse, but this chap's lucky charms soon put a spring back in my step!

 

*: I thought I'd better try and return the favour somehow, so I'm doing a spot of promotion on his behalf. Trying to drum up sales, you know.

 

*: Dude, can you believe it!? These lucky charms have really taken off! Now everybody's rocking one!

 

*: Guess that makes me a trendsetter, right? I can't wait to tell all the folks back on the island!

 

*: Hey, kid. You wanna hear a juicy little rumour? Well, you know Sniflheim, that place up north of here? Well, a huge iceberg just turned up in the sea there. And not just any old iceberg—it's made of gold.

 

*: Thing is though, it's blocked the place off completely, so nobody can get in or out. Kinda freaky, huh?

 

*: Hey, wait—you got a ship, right? You should sail up there and check it out!

 

*: I know this is gonna sound crazy, but I coulda sworn I won big at the casino back when the monsters were running the place.

 

*: But now I don't got a single token to show for it. Musta been dreaming, huh? Man, but what a sweet dream...

 

*: There's this rumour I've been hearing about people getting sick and dying all over Erdrea. Seems it started happening after Yggdrasil fell.

 

*: Now, I can't be sure it's connected, but a few people have died right here in Octagonia too. Some of 'em were just little kids...

 

*: No wonder everybody's spending all their time at the casino. If we didn't have that to distract us from all this stuff, we'd go crazy.

 

*: This here inn of ours used to be favoured by the world's finest fighters, but that's all in the past. Now we're the casino's official accommodation partner. Welcome!

 

*: Hey, I owe you one, man. You're the one who kicked the monsters out so I could start trading again. Now I just gotta make up for lost time...

 

*: The arena mighta been turned into a casino, but folks'll always need good armour! Speaking of which...

 

*: When that monster forced me out of my store, I thought I'd have to kiss goodbye to my business.

 

*: But I gotta say, he took good care of it! The register's full of cash, and the shelves are fully stocked. Guess I'm kinda...grateful? Anyhow...

 

*: You can't run a bank without customers' trust—and you can trust us to never hand your money over to monsters! Alright...

 

*: Now the monsters have gone, I can focus on my priesting practice again. Let's see now...

 

*: Oh, man! I've made way too much again! What am I gonna do with all this food!?

 

*: Guess I got used to cooking for all the people who were hiding out here when the monsters were in town. I kinda miss them, actually. Wish they'd come visit once in a while...

 

*: There used to be way more children living here. But then Yggdrasil fell, and kids started getting sick...

 

*: That's why I try to get everybody to pray every night before they go to bed—just in case, you know? Most of them just ignore me, of course...

 

*: But they're not bad kids. They don't deserve this.

 

*: Hey, [pc]! Are you looking for the adults who were here before? They all left when the monsters got kicked outta town.

 

*: Oh, or maybe you're looking for Uncle Vince? Sorry, I don't know where he is. I hope he comes back soon, though...

 

*: The older kids told me my pals went far away, and I can't meet up with them for a while.

 

*: But I know that's not true. I know they got sick and died. They live up in heaven now...

 

*: We'll never play together again... But it's okay. I'll always have my memories.

 

*: Don't worry, guys! I'll never forget you! Never ever!

 

*: So you did it again, huh? Hnngh... I hear you're the one who took down that—Agh!—Spectral Sentinel guy...

 

*: ...Hm? My injuries? Oh, yeah. They're all healed. Problem is—Nnngh!—I've got this darned stomach ache now. Sometimes I worry I'll never get outta here.

 

*: You wanna know how I got back on my feet so quick? It's this lady who's been looking after me, man. Her food's just the best!

 

*: I think it's, like, cleansing me from the inside, you know? I have more energy than ever! She's a miracle-worker!

 

*: Life's an awful lot easier for everyone now that we're able to leave the orphanage—and that's all thanks to you, of course!

 

*: Not that I'm going anywhere, of course. I'm not abandoning my dear Liu Za here to fend for himself! No, we're not leaving until we can both leave together!

 

*: Liu Za's counting on me to cook him the food he needs to help him recover! I can't let him down!

 

*: Now, let's see... A little sprinkling of fighting spirit...a few drops of courage...and a dash of love potion to round it off! They do say the way to a man's heart is through his stomach, after all!

 

*: You think you can mess with Octagonia!? Well you thought wrong! Uncle Vince is gonna give you a pounding!

 

*: Zzz... Guys...! Where've you been, guys...? Zzz... Let's play...!

The Abominable Showman

Shlurrrp! N-N-Not Vinshe Vanquish! H-H-He'll shmash me into shmithereensh! Heeelp!

The Abominable Showman

Shlurrrp... It'sh really shad... Thish kid pretendsh to be happy, but she really misshesh her friendsh...

The Abominable Showman

That'sh why I deshided to be her new friend. Shlurrrp! We'll play together and eat together and shoon she'll forget her shorrowsh!

 

*: This little dracky doesn't have a mommy or a daddy, so I said it could come here and live with us! Wah ha! I love my new friend!

 

*: Ah-phew... Come on... Let's play... Ah-phew...

 

*: Kee hee! I mussst be the luckiessst little dracky in all Erdrea! I told thisss human I didn't have a mummy or daddy, and she sssaid I could come here and live with her right off the bat! Hooraaay!

 

*: I've always wanted to live in a big houssse with all my friends! I'm ssso happy! (flap flap flap)

 

*: Zzz... P-P-Please don't sssquish me! Zzz... I'm not a bad dracky...!

 

*: Octagonia's bustling once again, and it's all because of you! I really don't know how to thank you, kid.

 

*: Say, I don't suppose you've seen my husband around? I thought he'd be here to welcome me home... Guess he's been held up someplace...

 

*: My wife headed off to the casino a while back, and I haven't seen her since.

 

*: I'm starting to feel kinda bad about all the times I stayed out for days on end when the tournaments were on. It's kinda lonely being the one left behind...

 

*: I wonder if she felt the same... I just hope she comes home soon, is all...

 

*: It's getting kinda late, and my wife still isn't back from the casino.

 

*: Th-This... (sniff) This is all my fault! (sob) I shoulda never left her here on her own all those times! (sob) Well, I ain't never doing it again! I ain't never leaving her alone again!

 

*: I shut myself up at home the whole time the monsters were in town. I'm kinda outta shape now...

 

*: If only they were still holding the tournaments—a few days of grinding guys into the dust woulda soon had me back on form! ...Ha ha haaa! Ahh, don't look so shocked! I'm only kidding!

 

Zzz... Zzz...

 

*: There's some kinda pitter-patter coming from upstairs lately. I wonder what could be making all that noise...

 

*: No! (snort) D-Don't you come any closer...! Zzz... You go back upstairs and pitter-patter, you monster...! Zzz...

 

*: Say, do you know why everybody keeps asking me about monsters? Did something...happen here? My memory's kinda hazy right now...

 

*: I mean, my desk sure does smell like a monster slept underneath it... And the elevator behind me's broken too... Why can't I remember anything...?

 

*: Sorry, pal. The elevator's broken. We don't got the money to repair it neither, so it'll have to stay broken for a while.

 

*: Guess I should look for another job. Maybe something in the casino... But I don't really want to. I like bein' the elevator guy.

 

*: Oh! I'm sorry sir, but the casino isn't open yet.

 

*: But if you've got your heart set on getting a slot machine with good odds, you can just head to the back of the queue and wait. Would you like to join the line? [yes/no]

 

*: Lovely! I'll be excited to see how you do! Just wait right here and I'll let you know when we're ready!

 

*: Welcome to the casino! There's no more fighting in Octagonia—this town's all about gambling now!

 

*: We've got games for everybody, so you're guaranteed to find something to your liking! Head on upstairs and have yourself some fun!

 

*: Hey, you... Yeah, you. Wanna hear a tip on how to win big on the Slime Quest Slots? [yes/no]

 

*: Sure you do! Okay, here it comes. It's a good one okay, so don't forget it.

 

*: Winning at the Slime Quest Slots is all about picking the right machine at the right time. Machines have moods, you know? Just like you and me.

 

*: Now, I bet you wanna know how to pick a machine that's in a good mood, right? Well, that's easy—just ask me!

 

*: The spectator seats for the special roulette tables are right this way, folks. ...Huh?

 

*: Well what do you know? Looks like you still ain't allowed through here. Some things never change, huh?

 

*: Hey there! Welcome to the casino, where gamblers from all over the world come to play!

 

*: ...Well, we sure hope they do, anyhow. We'll never make enough money to repair the damage the monsters did otherwise!

 

*: Nope, it's the casino or bust for us now. Now come on, sir! Do your part for the rebuilding effort by spending a token or two!

 

*: There ain't no use in cryin' over spilt milk—or lost money, for that matter...

 

*: But I KNEW I'd chosen the wrong slot machine! I knew it from the start! If only I'd gone for the one next to it instead...

 

*: Can you believe this chump!? He just snuck in front of me and started feeding tokens into my machine!

 

*: This jerk keeps takin' my tokens! What a piece o' work!

Janice

Don'tcha think it's time for you to mosey on home now? Your husband must be gettin' awful worried about you. (wink)

Janice

Gosh darn it! Why do I keep winkin' at everybody!? It's embarrassing, is what it is! I can't even remember when I started doin' it...

Janice

Gosh, darlin'! You must really be a fan of my dancin' to join me on stage!

Janice

I don't usually let guys come up here...but I guess I can make an exception for one as handsome as you!

 

*: I spent so long back at home doing chores, I'd almost forgotten how much fun there was to be had out here in the world!

 

*: I don't feel like ever going home again! Hee hee! Nope, I think I'll just stay right here instead!

 

*: Might I have achieved enlightenment? Certainly, I doubt that life can get any better than this...

 

*: Casino tokens and other such earthly trifles do not interest me...and yet, I am certain that my state of advanced enlightenment would grant me a highly beneficial...insight into these machines...

 

*: Yes, I feel that I can see which of them are more likely to shower me with their gifts... I feel that I can...guide them to the jackpot...

 

*: No! I must not look! These young rabbit women are threatening to undo my many years of self-denial and restraint!

 

*: Ahh, how I envy my master. Once again he appears to retain his focus, even in the face of great...distraction...

 

*: I do hope that my master can guide the machine with his enlightened mind as he believes. The bill from the tavern is still in need of payment...

 

*: This gentleman here keeps ordering our most expensive bottles. Now, I don't mean to sound cruel, but he sure doesn't look like he can pay for them...

 

*: Sure, I've got a long way to go until I'm as popular as Janice, but I'm gonna get there one day, and that's a fact!

 

*: Hey there, kid. You know about the jackpot tower, right? [yes/no]

 

*: Go talk to the bunny girl standing right beside it. She'll fill you in.

 

*: (snort) Wait! Zzz... I... I've got a winnin' 'and...! Zzz...

Sinderella

Oh, hey there, sweetie! I haven't seen you in a while! Don't tell me you've forgotten me!? It's me! Sinderella! From the MMA tournament?

Sinderella

Well, I can hardly talk. I don't remember a thing about what went on lately. I went out to fight some monsters that were raiding the town, and the next thing I know, I'm drinking in here!

Sinderella

Hey, but it's great to see you again. You know what, I think this calls for a celebration! Let's get us some Fighting Juice for old time's sake!

Whambelina

Look! Can you believe it!? Sinderella's alive and well!

Whambelina

Last I heard, that Spectral Sentinel—you know, Booga—he'd turned her into a monster. I thought our partnership was over for good!

Whambelina

Oh, by the way, I haven't told her about what happened to her yet. I think it'd be too much of a shock right now. I'd appreciate it if you kept it to yourself too, alright?

 

*: Hold on a sec... What am I doing!? How come I'm standing here pouring Sinderella a drink!?

 

*: Man... I really don't remember anything... But hey, I'm not complaining! I've always wanted to get up close and personal with her...and now here I am!

Golden Boy

Oh, hey there! What, don't you recognise me? It's Golden Boy! I was Sylvando's partner in the MMA tournament!

Golden Boy

I suppose it's no surprise. I mean, I've really changed a lot. I feel much freer, you know? Like I've finally found a place where I can express myself.

Golden Boy

No more masks, no more hiding—just one hundred percent pure Golden Boy, on stage for all to see!

Golden Boy

I spent so long hiding behind that mask, unwilling to show my true self... I dread to think of all the excitement I must have missed out on...

Golden Boy

Well, those days are behind me now! Golden Boy isn't lying to anyone any more! I am what I am!

 

*: The monsters came to our little city,

 

Set up shop here, oh, it wasn't pretty, oh no!

 

But then we...saw an opportunity...

 

*: We've got a casino, we're all winnin'!

 

If your luck is in, you'll go home grinnin', oh yeah!

 

Octagonia-ey! Woo! Alright!

 

*: I had, like, a total blackout, man. When I finally came round, I was dancin' on stage with these guys.

 

*: But it was kinda amazing! I had this moment of clarity, and I just knew that with my riffs and these guys' moves, we could be the hottest act in Erdrea!

 

*: ‘Come watch us play, we'll leave you beggin' for mooore,

 

We got the moves to get you on the dance flooor, oh yeah!’

 

Whaddya think, man? Pretty cool, huh?

 

*: Well, if it isn't the MMA champion himself! You remember me, right? I'm the mayor of this beautiful town!

 

*: Folks have been telling me that I was dancing on stage till just a little while ago. Busting out some pretty good moves too, so I hear!

 

*: I really don't know what came over me. I haven't danced in years! But you know what? I kinda liked it. I'm gonna make it a regular thing from now on!

 

*: I used to be Golden Boy's biggest fan, but I am sooo over him right now. He really let me down in the MMA tournament. As soon as I saw that, I was through.

 

*: But he sure can dance... Maybe I'll give him another chance!

 

*: You've come all the way to Octagonia, right? Might as well play a few games at the new casino while you're here!

 

*: I read in the brochure that the roulette tables on the top floor are totally unique. There's nothing like them anywhere else in Erdrea, apparently.

 

*: This is the first time I've been downtown since they kicked out all the monsters. It sure is good to be back!

 

*: I can't wait to hit the new casino! I'll probably wind up spending all my money there, but I could care less about that right now! It's time to have some fun!

 

*: Now them 'orrible monsters 'ave all gone, we can finally 'ead to the casino an' gamble in peace! Blindin'!

 

*: Look bruv, we ain't cashin' in our chips just yet. You know the plan—we're gonna win big 'ere at the casino, an' then buy ourselves a nice villa over Costa Valor way.

 

*: So let's not 'ang around out 'ere, eh? There's money to be won, bruv! Big money!

 

*: You know old Booga? That Spectral Sentinel feller 'oo took over this town? I 'eard 'e took a real fancy to one of 'is monster minions.

 

*: Cor, can you imagine wot she must've looked like to make an 'orrible fing like that fall for 'er? I bet she 'ad three 'eads or somefink!

 

*: 'Ere, wot's yer mate starin' at me like that for? I ain't done nuffink to 'er!

 

*: I 'ear ya, bruv! Let's rake it in at the casino an' build our dream 'ome over Costa Valor way!

Vince

Hey, partner! It sure feels like a long time since we were bashin' heads together over at the arena, huh? I gotta say, I don't much remember what's happened since...

Vince

I just kinda came to, and there I was standin' over ol' Underdigger and feelin' all...good about life, ya know...?

The Underdigger

Wot am I doin' 'ere on the floor? An' don't tell me Vince knocked me out, 'cos I know that ain't possible!

The Underdigger

I mean, 'e ain't even fightin' no more! 'E's retired! And there ain't no way the Underdigger got knocked down by some doddery old 'as-been!

 

*: Hey there, handsome! Say, you look like you're curious about this tower right here. Well, this is what we call the jackpot tower. And I'm the jackpot bunny!

 

*: Hee hee! Look at those little eyes of yours light up! You really are a charmer, aren't you? Now, shall I tell you all about how jackpots work? [yes/no]

 

*: You sure, honey? It won't cost you anything. You know what? I think I'm going to go ahead and tell you anyway. Now listen up...

 

*: Now, you know what a jackpot is, don'tcha, hon? It's when you win a mighty big pile o' tokens, all in one go.

 

*: So, say if you're playing the slots and you land a row of sevens—77777—on a Silver Spin? That's a jackpot.

 

*: Or let's say you're playing roulette, and the little ball falls into the slot you've bet on AND it stops at the jackpot mark? That's a jackpot too!

 

*: Now, you see this tower next to me? This right here is the jackpot tower. The more tokens that are in here, the more tokens you win when you hit the jackpot!

 

*: And the good news is, the number of tokens in the tower goes up every single day!

 

*: But of course, it empties out just as soon as somebody wins it, so don't just stand around expecting it to build up forever!

 

*: Now, there's a reason why they call me the jackpot bunny. It's 'cause I've got kind of a sixth sense for knowin' when the jackpot's about to pay out! And what's more, I'm always happy to share!

 

*: So don't be a stranger, okay? And have yourself a great time, now!

 

*: Hey there, handsome! What can I do for you this time, huh? You want to hear my spiel about jackpots again? [yes/no]

 

*: Right now, there are tokens waiting to be won. Of course, the number of those you actually get if you strike it lucky depends on how big your stake was.

 

*: But I got a feeling someone'll be winning the whole pile before long!

 

*: And you know what? I got a real strong feeling someone'll be winning the whole pile before too long! Yep, I'm dang near sure of it!

 

*: Welcome to the special roulette tables, sir! This is the place where all gamblers dream of playing!

 

*: The games we have in here are one hundred percent exclusive to Octagonia—and you're gonna just love them, I know it!

 

*: Hey! If you don't feel like playing for high stakes, why don't you sit yourself down here? You can spin the roulette wheel for just ten tokens a time!

 

*: Just pick one that catches your eye, and pray that luck is with you!

 

*: Hey, sir! Why not live a little? Come spin the wheel—it's only a hundred tokens a turn!

 

*: I mean, the world's in all sorts of trouble, ain't it? You gotta try and have some fun while you can!

 

*: You wanna play with the big boys, huh? Well, it's two hundred tokens per spin. You down with that? [yes/no]

 

*: Well, well... I gotta say, I wasn't expectin' you to say that! Still, I like a risk-taker! Hee hee!

 

*: A humble travelling merchant like me can't afford any of this high-stakes nonsense.

 

*: But still, I like a flutter every now and again when I've a bit of change to spare. Adds a bit of spice to life, doesn't it?

 

*: Listen kid, I guess it's kinda obvious, but a lot of folks don't realise it—the bigger the jackpot gets, the more people will be trying to win it.

 

*: So if you hang around waiting for the tower to fill to the top, some other guy's gonna strike it lucky before you win a thing. Trust me, I learned that the hard way.

 

*: I didn't come all the way to Octagonia to mess around with single-token stakes! It's just not in my nature!

 

*: Nope, I'm putting it all on red—I mean, it's my favourite colour, so what could possibly go wrong? Let's do this! Red all the way!

 

*: Wow... I never realised how much more exciting this game is when you go all in! Ha ha!

 

2.13 - Hotto

 

The curious energy that once emanated from the root can no longer be felt.

 

The curious energy that once emanated from the root can no longer be felt.

 

‘ Weary traveller,

 

Does the road not tire you?

 

Do your bones not ache?

 

‘ Well, do not despair—

 

Let the sauna cure your ills!

 

Sweaty oasis!’

 

*: The village of Hotto can be found to the north-east of here, while Gallopolis lies westward.

 

*: But be warned—ferocious monsters have appeared outside Hotto and in the desert to the west.

 

*: Whichever way you head, I fear that you will be running the gauntlet, but there are at least inns in both directions should you need to rest.

 

The gate is firmly shut.

 

The door is shut tight.

 

*: Welcome to Hotto.

 

Alas, your timing is poor—

 

A beast is abroad.

 

*: You wish to know more?

 

Seek Miko in the temple.

 

Learn there of our plight.

 

*: Your words perplex me.

 

A forge within the mountain?

 

Now is not the time.

 

*: A beast is abroad.

 

Seek Miko in the temple.

 

Learn there of our plight.

 

*: A priest was attacked.

 

A pilgrim on a steep path,

 

Beast without mercy.

 

*: The man cannot speak,

 

But his eyes speak of horrors

 

Hitherto unseen...

 

*: Can our path be right...?

 

No, Mistress Miko is wise—

 

Who am I to doubt?

 

*: And who can this be?

 

An outsider eavesdropping!

 

...I will speak no more.

 

*: The dragon has gone,

 

But danger still haunts this place—

 

A beast roams the land.

 

*: Could I slay the fiend?

 

...No, my courage falls far short.

 

Pitiful. Shameful.

 

*: Miko takes our food

 

For some secret rite of hers.

 

My belly rumbles.

 

*: I dream of fresh fish...

 

Big bowls of steaming hot rice...

 

Nothing but a dream.

 

*: My belly rumbles,

 

The sound like a volcano,

 

Chasing sleep away.

 

*: I came to spread the word of a higher power, but round here, what the High Priestess says goes. She's the highest power there is in Hotto. But enough about that...

 

*: We made offerings

 

To placate the volcano.

 

What more can we give?

 

*: ...An outsider comes.

 

Do not seek salvation here.

 

Our fate is our own.

 

*: Fair Mistress Miko,

 

Our most gracious High Priestess,

 

Wisdom without end.

 

*: The volcano broods.

 

No thanks for the offerings

 

Consumed by its fire...

 

*: Nothing left for us...

 

I yearn for my mother's stew.

 

Comfort now long gone...

 

*: Here in the village,

 

A smoky Seeing Glass sleeps.

 

Revealer of truth.

 

*: But where, exactly?

 

No one knows. Its location

 

Is a mystery...

 

*: This place is sacred—

 

The shrine of our High Priestess.

 

Treat it with respect.

 

*: First the mother went,

 

Then her children disappeared.

 

The nest lies empty...

 

*: ...Why do you eavesdrop?

 

You are as unwelcome here

 

As fish in a bath!

 

*: Whatever ails you,

 

The sauna is the answer!

 

Nothing can compare!

 

*: Now no tourists come,

 

The sauna is ours to use.

 

You should try it too!

 

*: The rite is fearsome...

 

The guilt shall weigh upon us

 

As snow weighs on trees...

 

*: ...You were listening?

 

You wish to know of the rite?

 

Not now, young man, please.

 

*: Where are those children?

 

A brother and sister gone,

 

Vanished like the mist...

 

*: Where could they be now?

 

Are they with their poor mother,

 

Cowering like mice?

 

*: The angry mountain—

 

Its spirit rages unbound.

 

We must appease it.

 

*: A life sacrificed.

 

Only this will bring us peace.

 

Peace and deep heartache...

 

*: Customers are few.

 

The beast scared them all away.

 

The inn is yours, friend.

 

*: Can the owl be wise

 

If his head is turned about?

 

Come, please—go around!

 

*: Squeak! The timid mouse,

 

Startled, begs rat not to come

 

Into his sanctum!

 

*: I have naught to sell.

 

The beast has scared off all trade.

 

Future bleak as sleet...

 

*: The monster has won—

 

My stock dwindles to nothing.

 

The river runs dry.

 

*: Does a ship make port

 

By approaching sea from land?

 

No, friend—go around!

 

*: We feared the dragon.

 

Its lair upon Mount Huji,

 

Ever present threat...

 

*: But then they fought back—

 

Mistress Miko and her son.

 

The beast fell at last.

 

*: But they paid the price...

 

Miko returned home alone—

 

Ryu had breathed his last.

 

*: Once we knew no peace.

 

The dragon on Mount Huji,

 

We peasants its prey...

 

*: But salvation came—

 

The High Priestess and her son,

 

The dragon slayers.

 

*: Young Ryu lost his life,

 

But still his spirit dwells here,

 

Never forgotten.

 

*: Tell me more, Grandma!

 

Tell me tales of the dragon,

 

Tales of blood and fire!

 

*: My friend has left me.

 

Atsuko has gone away...

 

Sun hidden by clouds...

 

*: I am stuck at home.

 

Forced by my mother to stay,

 

A boat on dry land...

 

*: And I make no noise.

 

Our guest cannot be disturbed.

 

A child's life is hard... (sigh)

 

*: Our guest cannot stand.

 

Terrified of the monster,

 

He lies and rests here.

 

*: Now I have no bed.

 

Ceded to the stricken priest.

 

A snail with no shell...

 

 

*: I w-witnessed the b-b-beast!

 

A f-fearsome c-c-creature it was—

 

Like n-n-naught I have s-s-seen...

 

*: Fierce of f-f-fang and c-claw,

 

Its f-f-furry form b-b-blocked the sun,

 

G-G-Growling like th-thunder...

 

*: Memory is s-s-strange...

 

The image of the b-beast fades,

 

N-Not more th-than a blur...

 

*: But the fiend was real—

 

I saw it with my own eyes,

 

Felt it in my soul...

 

*: N-N-Nooo! G-G-Get away!

Bartender

The good drink is gone,

 

All offered to the mountain.

 

We are left with dregs...

Bartender

But we must make do.

 

We have tea and some old snacks.

 

Fun is not yet dead!

 

*: Well met, wanderer.

 

When last you were in Hotto,

 

You sought your young friend.

 

*: Red hat, hot temper.

 

Persistent as the ocean.

 

Is she not with you?

 

*: Our kitchen is bare.

 

We have given all we can.

 

Now our hunger grows...

 

*: Eating is comfort,

 

An escape from our worries—

 

But that door is closed.

Noah

Strike a light! I know you! You remember me, right? Noah! I told you all about that snazzy branch from the World Tree!

Noah

I've been 'ere the 'ole time, you know. To be honest, there ain't no good reason to go nowhere—it's peaceful, the people are nice and Connie seems 'appy as Larry.

Noah

Now between you an' me, I've 'ad me ear to the ground, an' I've 'eard about some sacred offerin' they're makin' to the spirit o' the mountain, but I can't for the life o' me work out what it is they're plannin'...

Noah

I've been 'ere the 'ole time, you know. To be honest, there ain't no good reason to go nowhere—it's peaceful, the people are nice and Connie seems 'appy as Larry.

Noah

I don't 'ear much good gossip these days, though. Oh, apart from some stuff about this offerin' they're makin' to the spirit o' the mountain—but I can't for the life o' me figure out what it is they're plannin' on offerin'...

Connie

Oh! I know you! Thank you so much for saving my daddy that time!

Connie

Ever since then, he's been at the bar every day, but it's funny—he never seems to pay for anything...

Connie

Zzz... Zzz...

 

‘ Nothing can compare—

 

The blessing of the waters,

 

The embrace of steam.’

 

*: Eek! Intruder! Man!

 

A bold, ugly cuckoo stands

 

In the nest of doves!

 

*: Even in hard times

 

The rules must still be obeyed—

 

Begone from there! Now!

 

*: Stop!

 

*: Even in hard times

 

The rules must still be obeyed—

 

Begone from there! Now!

 

*: Ahh, this is the life!

 

The tourists have all gone home—

 

Blessed solitude!

 

*: Alone with the steam,

 

My worries all drift away

 

Like smoke in the wind...

 

*: A cool evening breeze,

 

The light draining from the day...

 

Truly, this is bliss...

 

*: My fears all vanish,

 

Thoughts of monsters gone for now,

 

A blessed relief...

 

*: Welcome, honoured guest!

 

The blue curtain is for men,

 

Red is for women.

 

*: The bath is all yours.

 

Customers are rare of late—

 

The beast scares them off.

 

*: Ryu stood strong and true,

 

A true hero to us all...

 

He was handsome too...

 

*: If he were here now,

 

The monster would surely run,

 

As rats flee doomed ships.

 

*: Miko lost her son,

 

But she hid her grief from us,

 

As snow hides the ground.

 

*: Her strength is boundless—

 

If I lost my only child,

 

Sorrow would drown me.

 

*: The mountain shields us.

 

We offer it what we can—

 

An ancient custom.

 

*: Now the harvest fails.

 

We cannot offer up rice—

 

What else can we give...?

 

*: But I must stop there.

 

Careless talk and strangers' ears...

 

Words have their own lives...

 

*: Praise Mistress Miko.

 

She devotes herself to us

 

Like a hen to chicks.

 

*: Ours is to obey.

 

To heed the word of Miko,

 

Keeper of the flame.

 

*: I pray for my man...

 

That he returns safe and well,

 

Lost ship to harbour...

 

*: My forge never sleeps.

 

We must make new swords to sell,

 

Keep the coffers full.

 

*: But this is not greed—

 

All we earn we offer up

 

To sate the mountain.

 

*: We will not scatter.

 

Though an evil beast haunts us,

 

Hotto is our home.

 

*: We were all born here,

 

And we will spend our days here,

 

Until our bones rest.

 

*: The hammer rises,

 

Like an eagle taking wing—

 

No beast can stop it.

 

*: Hot steel never rests,

 

A smith's toil is never done,

 

But we love our work!

 

*: Our boss works us hard

 

To make gifts for the mountain—

 

Sacred offerings.

 

*: No end is in sight,

 

The forge ablaze day and night...

 

My arms feel like lead...

 

*: Work the sword again,

 

Make a thousand folds of steel,

 

Sharp as monsters' teeth!

 

*: No man could match her.

 

Miko fought like a lion,

 

Spirit tough as steel.

 

*: But now she limps, lame.

 

The dragon's claws took their toll,

 

And pain destroys her...

 

*: Our brave defender,

 

As you face the savage beast

 

Our hopes go with you.

 

*: Take the western path.

 

The beast haunts the mountain slopes,

 

Terror without end.

Miko

The rite must be held.

 

The mountain must be appeased.

 

The beast must be slain.

Miko

The monk was attacked

 

While upon the western path.

 

Go and avenge him!

 

*: I do not trust you.

 

We must look after our own,

 

Not ask outsiders.

 

*: But she has spoken,

 

I will obey our leader,

 

Though doubts cloud my heart...

 

*: None may enter here.

 

Mistress Miko forbids it—

 

Her room is private.

 

*: (mumble mumble) Sacrifice... (mumble mumble) Forgive us...

 

The man is praying intently, but you can't catch exactly what he's muttering.

 

*: Last night I heard it—

 

A fearsome roar on the wind.

 

The fiend seeks fresh meat!

 

*: Yet something was strange.

 

It sounded like the dragon,

 

But that fiend was slain...

 

*: What does Miko hide?

 

I fear this will not end well...

 

Poking this wasp's nest...

 

*: But what can I do?

 

My son has made up his mind,

 

Stubborn as a mule.

Atsuo

I love my mother.

 

I will not let them take her,

 

A bear, from her cubs.

 

 

*: Unexplained absence.

 

But now you have come back home—

 

The lost sheep returns.

Atsuo

Please do not worry.

 

We all have our lives to lead,

 

Our business our own.

 

*: ...She dies to save us—

 

The ultimate sacrifice.

 

And we weep with guilt...

 

*: But know this, dear child:

 

In giving life to save life,

 

She honours you all.

 

*: She is a mother.

 

She would die to protect you.

 

A fine example.

Atsuo

.........

 

*: It hurts, we know this,

 

But now Miko has spoken,

 

Nothing can be done.

 

*: One day you will see.

 

The scales will fall from your eyes.

 

This is the right path.

Atsuo

.........

 

*: The lost child is found!

 

The boy returns to his home,

 

A cub to his cave.

 

*: But still the beast lurks

 

On the western mountain path.

 

We must all take care.

 

 

*: ...It is Atsuo!

 

Relief washes over me—

 

I had feared the worst!

 

*: Yet questions remain.

 

Your mother is still missing,

 

Absence unexplained.

Atsuo

You think I would say

 

Even if I were to know!?

 

Hypocrites! Monsters!

 

*: Why did you leave me?

 

You said you would play with me!

 

A promise broken.

Atsuo

You must forgive me.

 

The time for fun will return,

 

As spring does each year.

 

*: Do not let me down—

 

Friendship is no trifling thing.

 

Your word is your bond.

 

*: I witnessed the beast...

 

A horror beyond compare...

 

A vision of hell...

 

*: ...Can your words be true?

 

The dragon is still alive?

 

But they destroyed it...

 

*: We are in danger!

 

The people deserve to know—

 

Speak the truth to them!

 

*: The dragon still lives!

 

The people deserve to know—

 

Speak the truth to them!

Atsuo

What has Miko done!?

 

Her lies have fooled all of us—

 

The dragon lives still!

Atsuo

You must go to her.

 

Confront her with what you saw,

 

Clear the fog of lies.

 

*: Have you slain the beast?

 

Mistress Miko awaits you—

 

Tell her what you saw.

 

*: She is in the shrine,

 

The beating heart of Hotto.

 

Treat her with respect.

 

*: Atsuo is here!

 

The lost sheep has returned home!

 

O, auspicious day!

Atsuo

Do not celebrate,

 

Not when lies still cloud the sky—

 

Truth's dawn must now come.

 

*: A roar echoes out,

 

A sound we had thought long gone—

 

Can the fiend be back?

 

*: Screams and blind panic,

 

It is clear something is wrong,

 

A dark day has dawned...

 

*: This cannot be real!

 

All our nightmares have come true—

 

Who will fight for us!?

 

*: Hear my entreaties!

 

Send someone to defend us!

 

...Or is this the end?

 

*: I saw the dragon!

 

Its shadow falls on Hotto,

 

Our worst fears confirmed!

 

*: They are in danger!

 

Hotto suffers horribly—

 

Terror from above!

 

Do battle with the dragon? [yes/no]

 

*: Miko hid the truth.

 

She filled our heads with stories.

 

Now we pay the price...

 

*: Things are looking pretty bleak, aren't they? But at least we still have the solace of prayer...

 

*: We have made a vow—

 

We are loyal to Miko,

 

No matter the cost.

 

*: Yet we need your help—

 

You must face this foul dragon!

 

Please, fight for us all!

 

*: How could this happen!?

 

Mistress Miko devoured whole,

 

Our heart torn from us!

 

*: Now we are alone,

 

Orphans without a parent,

 

Saplings without sun...

 

*: Merciless dragon!

 

The fiend has torn out our heart—

 

Miko is no more!

 

*: But revenge is sweet!

 

This tale is not yet over—

 

We shall slay the beast!

 

*: I must be dreaming...

 

A dragon cannot have come...

 

This is a nightmare!

 

*: Yet I do not wake,

 

Even as Miko is devoured—

 

Is there worse to come...?

 

*: Get out of my way!

 

My only child is missing!

 

I must look for him!

 

*: I have to find him!

 

I must save him from the beast!

 

It is my duty!

 

*: No, you shall not pass!

 

Is that what you mean to be—

 

A dragon's repast!?

Noah

Blimey, you don't see that every day, do ya? That dragon gobbled up the 'Igh Priestess just like that!

Noah

Cor, I bet I'll be able to sell the story o' this for a pretty penny... Ahem! I mean, err...wot an' 'eart-breakin' tragedy! So sad...

Connie

Wh-Why isn't my daddy running away from the sc-scary dragon...?

Connie

Actually...I don't want to run away either... I want to stay and see what happens too...

 

*: Open this door now!

 

How dare you leave me like this,

 

Barred from my own forge!

 

*: I wish to go home,

 

Lock myself in a wardrobe,

 

Anywhere but here...

 

*: Yet I cannot go—

 

My wife refuses to leave,

 

Unblushing gawper...

 

*: The spine-chilling roar...

 

Sound that haunts a thousand dreams...

 

The beast, large as life...

 

*: But how can this be?

 

Surely the dragon was slain?

 

Can the dead return?

 

*: The dragon reborn!

 

What foul sorcery is this?

 

No rhyme or reason...

 

*: The beast shows itself,

 

The roar that rumbled afar,

 

Its source now revealed.

 

*: You must protect us!

 

Strike down the scaly terror!

 

But first to business...

 

*: Do not surprise me!

 

Life is uncertain enough

 

Without your antics!

 

*: What are you thinking!?

 

This is no time for saving—

 

Spend it while you can!

 

*: You are very brave.

 

Most do not think of money

 

At times such as these.

 

*: A new threat appears.

 

First monster, then foul dragon—

 

Will this never end?

 

*: My stock has dwindled,

 

My desire for profit fades...

 

Please leave me in peace...

 

*: Our future is bleak.

 

The worst has now come to pass,

 

Sweet hope melts like snow...

 

*: ...Please forgive my words,

 

But I have no will to sell—

 

Now is not the time.

 

*: Customers have come—

 

There is still money to make,

 

Even as hope fades...

 

*: Can this be the end?

 

Do the heavens await me?

 

My beloved wife?

 

*: Do you seek refuge?

 

Inside this house, we are safe.

 

Unseen by the wyrm.

 

*: But if it should come,

 

I will offer myself up.

 

My grandson must live.

 

*: Protect me, Grandma!

 

It will surely eat us all!

 

Horrible dragon!

 

*: You cannot leave me!

 

Promise you will go nowhere!

 

Promise me this, please!

 

*: Go Mistress Miko!

 

You are too precious to lose!

 

Flee the savage wyrm!

 

*: M-M-Miko is no more!

 

I saw the fiend gulp her down,

 

Her light snuffed out... Gone...

 

*: She will not return.

 

We are left with no leader,

 

A rudderless ship...

 

*: Are the rumours true?

 

Does the dragon live again?

 

But this cannot be!

 

*: I must flee from here—

 

The fiend will no doubt hunger

 

For my tender flesh!

 

*: Go! Leave this place now!

 

What if the dragon sees you?

 

This is my refuge!

 

*: Leave me in peace, fiend!

 

We must find our own bolt-holes!

 

Each man for himself!

 

*: I fear for us all.

 

The dragon's rage knows no bounds,

 

Its hunger no end...

 

*: Please protect my son!

 

My daughter will stay with me.

 

We pray for you all.

Atsuo

Alas, beyond here

 

No way forward can be found

 

To reach the dragon.

Atsuo

Perhaps the maid knows.

 

Miko's most faithful servant

 

Knows all her affairs.

 

*: The dragon's lair lies

 

Somewhere within the mountain,

 

But the gate is locked.

 

*: You must seek the key.

 

Speak to Mistress Miko's maid—

 

She tends to the shrine.

 

*: I witnessed it all—

 

Miko defended the beast...

 

And then she was gone...

 

*: What was she thinking?

 

Surely she should protect us,

 

Not that savage fiend?

 

*: Miko betrayed us.

 

She never slayed the dragon—

 

Instead she served it.

 

*: Poisonous traitor!

 

Prepared to sacrifice us

 

To save her own skin!

Noah

Cor, you ain't 'alf full o' surprises. I mean, I know you can 'andle yourself an' that, but takin' on that dragon even after you saw it gobble up the 'Igh Priestess, well, that took some serious guts!

Noah

You've given it a bloody nose, but now you need to drive 'ome yer advantage an' take it on in its lair. The only problem wiv doin' that is that the big gate up on the mountain is locked, or so I 'ear.

Noah

But never fear—old Noah's got some juicy information for your ears only! Apparently, Miko's maid's got the key! Go an' 'ave a word wiv 'er an' I'm sure she'll let you borrow it!

Connie

Without the High Priestess to give them orders, the people here don't have the first clue what to do.

Connie

I learnt to look after myself after my mummy left. Compared to everyone here, I'm a grown-up!

 

*: Relief floods my heart!

 

I confess I feared the worst,

 

But my child is safe!

 

*: But Miko is gone...

 

The path ahead is rocky,

 

The future unclear...

 

*: Did I not tell you?

 

The dragon did not harm us,

 

And now it is gone.

 

 

*: ...And you too are safe.

 

You have escaped the beast's claws—

 

A blessed relief.

 

*: I feared I was doomed.

 

I was resigned to my fate,

 

And yet I live still...

 

*: You have saved us all.

 

You stood up to the dragon,

 

Our dauntless hero.

 

*: Life without Miko,

 

A journey without a map,

 

A void none can fill...

 

*: We are lost children,

 

Our mother stolen from us,

 

Huddled and afraid...

 

*: Locked out of my forge

 

At the mercy of the beast...

 

Bitter betrayal...

 

*: If I had been harmed,

 

Devoured by that foul dragon,

 

I would haunt your dreams!

 

*: Miko was devoured.

 

Fitting payment for her crime

 

Of base deception...

 

*: But we too have sinned.

 

We obeyed her every word—

 

Must we pay a price?

 

*: Our great misfortune...

 

Did Miko bring this on us,

 

Or are we to blame?

 

*: We followed blindly,

 

Never questioning her words—

 

We too were at fault.

 

*: I prayed without cease...

 

I wished for peace for us all...

 

Were my prayers in vain...?

 

*: The dragon is strong.

 

We are naked and helpless.

 

Please fight in our stead!

 

*: It defies all sense.

 

The dragon killed Miko's son,

 

Yet still she served it...

 

*: Could we have helped her?

 

Could we have shared her burden?

 

We will never know...

 

*: Miko lied to us,

 

That is all we need to know!

 

Cease this senseless talk!

 

*: How the mighty fall,

 

The sacred are made profane,

 

Tragedy of life...

 

*: Ever since their precious High Priestess got eaten, the good folks of Hotto have been very down in the mouth. Well, at times like this, at least we have prayer...

 

*: Saviour of Hotto,

 

I have prepared you a room—

 

One fit for heroes.

 

*: You fought the dragon,

 

Your courage without equal—

 

Will you not lead us?

 

*: The danger has passed.

 

Let us think of other things—

 

By which I mean gold...

 

*: You saved all of us.

 

You gave us the gift of life,

 

More precious than gold.

 

*: My back throbs with pain—

 

A slip as I fled the fiend—

 

Still, I have my life...

 

*: Please keep Miko safe.

 

Do not let her face the beast.

 

Without her, we die...

Bartender

Miko was our guide.

 

We looked to her for the truth.

 

Her word was the law.

Bartender

Now she has left us,

 

We must reason for ourselves,

 

Childhood at an end.

 

*: We must not bathe now.

 

The dragon may have left us,

 

But it still roams free.

 

*: Yet how it calls me...

 

The soothing embrace of steam...

 

Worry washed away...

 

*: You expelled the beast.

 

Hotto is again at peace.

 

We owe you much, friend.

 

*: But the wyrm yet lives,

 

And so may grow strong once more.

 

Then it will return...

 

*: We are left reeling.

 

The tale takes a tragic turn,

 

Tears flow like a stream.

 

*: Miko is no more.

 

Her end so sudden and sad.

 

Hard to comprehend...

 

*: We must not despair.

 

We must stand strong and be brave.

 

Miko taught us that...

 

*: You seek the dragon?

 

Speak to Miko's maid within—

 

She knows many things.

 

*: I will not stop you.

 

Now there is nothing to guard.

 

The nest lies empty...

 

*: May she be at peace,

 

Reunited with her son,

 

Comforted at last...

 

*: She is in our hearts.

 

Though her body may be gone,

 

Her spirit yet lives.

 

*: I saw the dragon.

 

The beast flew back to its lair.

 

What of dear Hotto...?

 

*: Please protect my son!

 

My daughter will stay with me.

 

We pray for you all.

 

*: The dragon's lair lies

 

Somewhere within the mountain,

 

Source of all evil.

 

*: Muster your courage,

 

Head west on the mountain path—

 

Destiny awaits...

Noah

So yer really plannin' on goin' after that dragon on its own turf, eh? Well, as long as you've got the key to the gate, you should be sorted.

Noah

The thing's wounded, so this is your chance to finish it off. Just go in there—bish, bash, bosh—job done!

 

It looks like Miko's diary—and she clearly likes to write a lot. Take a look? [yes/no]

 

‘But then, like a fog,

 

Blackness rose from the dragon.

 

Poor Ryu was smothered...

 

‘I carried him home.

 

He tried to fight the darkness,

 

But the night prevailed...

 

‘The beast had cursed him.

 

Pain racked my poor boy's body.

 

I watched his form change...

 

‘...He was a dragon!

 

I had to hide him away—

 

Pretend he was dead.’

 

‘Could he be restored?

 

A storm of doubts assailed me...

 

But then the skies cleared.

 

‘The magic mirror

 

In which true forms are revealed—

 

This might save my son!

 

‘Alas, the mirror

 

Neither revealed nor restored,

 

Though I tried and tried...

 

‘My son's hunger grew...

 

The hunger of the dragon

 

For the flesh of men...

 

‘It burns like hot sun...

 

The agony of knowing...

 

The choice that I make...

 

‘But my son must live

 

Till I master the mirror

 

I wear by my heart.

 

‘Thus, have I chosen—

 

Though others' lives are squandered...

 

My boy's must be saved.’

 

*: Please slay the dragon—

 

Not a trace of Ryu remains.

 

He left long ago...

 

*: Go west with the key.

 

Seek out the foul dragon's lair.

 

End this tragic tale.

Atsuo

I will wait right here.

 

Tell me when you are ready.

 

We will face the wyrm.

 

The gate is locked tight.

 

*: Life returns once more.

 

Winter ends at long, long last—

 

Feel the thaw of spring!

 

*: We have lost so much...

 

Sadness may weigh down our hearts,

 

But we must go on.

 

*: We owe it to them—

 

Miko and Ryu fought for us,

 

Showed boundless courage...

 

*: But it will be hard.

 

The village without Miko—

 

Spring without swallows...

 

*: With the dragon gone

 

Visitors will come once more.

 

Rain after the drought.

 

*: We owe much to you.

 

And to those who gave their lives—

 

Eternal heroes.

 

*: The future is ours.

 

Though our leader may be gone,

 

Our lives must go on.

 

*: We owe you so much.

 

Your deeds will live in legend—

 

We shall not forget.

 

*: The future is ours.

 

Though our leader may be gone,

 

Our lives must go on.

 

*: We owe you so much.

 

Your deeds will live in legend—

 

We shall not forget.

 

*: ...So you seek a forge

 

In the heart of the mountain,

 

Hidden from our eyes?

 

*: I cannot help you,

 

But there is one who may know—

 

Mistress Miko's maid.

 

*: There's more to Hotto than meets the eye! I've just arrived, and this nice man is telling me all about it.

 

*: I've just learnt about a heroic priestess and her son who lost their lives defending the village from a terrible dragon. Shame I never got the chance to meet them!

 

*: Are you a tourist too? We wanted to see a bit of the world before things got any worse, and we ended up here.

 

*: I mean, if we're all doomed, there's no point sitting round waiting for the final curtain—you might as well go out, see a few sights and have a few laughs!

 

*: We're travelling the world, but whenever we plan on going somewhere, we start hearing rumours that things have taken a turn for the apocalyptic there!

 

*: I'm starting to realise how lucky we were to find this place. It's safe here, and the people are just lovely.

 

*: Relaxing in the bathhouse and then enjoying the cool evening breeze—could anything be better?

 

*: The folks in Hotto really know how to live, I tell you!

Noah

Alright, [pc]? I decided to put me knowledge o' local affairs to good use and become a tour guide. Wot d'you reckon? Not a bad idea, eh?

Noah

I used to tell 'ardened criminals where to find loot—now I tell toffee-nosed softies where to find a good time! Heh heh! Talk about turnin' over a new leaf!

Noah

Alright, [pc]? Can I 'elp you wiv somefink? [yes/no]

Noah

...Wossat? You 'eard there was a legendary forge inside the volcano? Well, if there is, I ain't 'eard anyfink about it. Maybe someone up at the shrine can 'elp you.

Connie

I love this place! The bathhouse is really nice—and you can even boil eggs in the hot spring!

Connie

...Oh, hello [pc]! Have you heard? My daddy found a job! A real job! He's a tour guide, and I'm helping him out!

Connie

Ah-phew... Ah-phew...

Atsuo

We owe you so much.

 

Now we must take the future

 

One day at a time.

Atsuo

I will tell no one

 

The whole truth of Miko's end.

 

This I owe to her.

Atsuo

Zzz... Zzz...

Atsuo

Was she right or wrong?

 

Why did Miko act that way?

 

So much is unknown...

Atsuo

But that is the past,

 

We must walk ever onward—

 

The future beckons.

Atsuo

Ah-phew... Ah-phew...

 

*: This is happiness—

 

Together with my children,

 

A hen and her brood!

 

*: My son has grown much.

 

He is becoming a man.

 

Joy tinged with sadness...

 

*: No more offerings!

 

We may feast on the harvest

 

Like happy piglets!

 

*: I am overjoyed,

 

But Mother counsels restraint

 

Lest my belly burst!

 

*: Urgh... Zzz... My belly... So full... Zzz...

 

*: The dragon is gone,

 

Yet so are Ryu and Miko...

 

Joy tempered by grief...

 

*: But Ryu inspired me—

 

I will learn to wield a sword,

 

My tribute to him!

 

*: The priest walks again—

 

The one attacked by the beast.

 

He left us at last.

 

*: The futon is mine!

 

...But what is this foul odour

 

Left in the priest's wake?

 

*: My playmate returns!

 

Atsuko has reappeared

 

Like bluebells in spring!

 

*: But where has she been?

 

She refuses to tell me—

 

Silent as a stone...

 

*: Zzz... Zzz...

 

*: It does not seem real.

 

Miko no longer with us,

 

Her voice still, silenced...

 

*: Yet she is nearby.

 

I sense her, feel her...

 

Mistress, are you there...?

 

*: My wife and child sleep.

 

Watching over those I love,

 

I count my blessings.

 

*: I pity Miko—

 

No more to gaze on her son,

 

No more to know love...

 

*: The forge burns brightly.

 

Demand for our swords has surged.

 

The good times return!

 

*: We must be grateful—

 

It is thanks to those we lost

 

That our hammers fly...

 

*: Fascinating! So this is where the magic happens! Where ore is turned into the high-quality steel that Hotto is so famous for!

 

*: Just think of the blood, sweat and tears poured into every single sword forged here! Truly, the commitment of these craftsmen is mind-boggling!

 

*: I have enjoyed the odd tipple in all manner of locales, but this is the fieriest drop I have ever had the pleasure of downing!

 

*: Mmm... That intense burning in the back of my throat will live with me forever! Hotto is truly an unforgettable place!

 

*: Ahh, peace has returned...

 

But so too have the tourists,

 

Noisy as wild geese.

 

*: But I will survive.

 

Visitors fill our coffers—

 

Money falls like rain!

 

*: It seems so unreal...

 

The terror of the dragon

 

Fades now like a dream...

 

*: But our loss does not...

 

Miko and Ryu, departed,

 

Like geese in winter...

 

*: Miko has left us,

 

But her legacy remains.

 

Our duty also.

 

*: Duty is sacred.

 

It is sinful to shirk it.

 

It must be honoured.

 

*: I realise now—

 

We asked too much of Miko.

 

We pushed her too hard.

 

*: Now it is our turn.

 

We must continue her work—

 

Defend the village.

 

*: This is Miko's shrine.

 

Without her, it feels forlorn...

 

A kingless castle...

 

*: ...But we must go on.

 

And you are always welcome,

 

Saviour of Hotto.

 

*: Monsters still roam free,

 

But the dragon is no more.

 

We must be thankful.

 

*: I pray for us all,

 

And for Ryu and dear Miko,

 

May they rest in peace.

 

*: Memories haunt me...

 

Mistress Miko and young Ryu,

 

So close yet so far...

 

*: Are they still out there

 

Whispering on the night breeze,

 

Never truly gone?

 

*: Alright? I heard this place has been through a few trials and tribulations, but that didn't put me off coming here on my honeymoon.

 

*: To be honest, I never thought I was going to settle down, but the way things are in the world, I reckon we need to seize the day, so I popped the question.

 

*: A funny man called Noah was claiming this place was attacked by a dragon not so long ago.

 

*: It's hard to imagine. I mean, the girls in the bathhouse don't look like they've got a care in the world.

 

*: Me and my man were over in Gallopolis, but then there was all that business with the falling star, so we decided to go somewhere safer.

 

*: I heard this place was having some problems with a dragon, but it looks like that's all settled down now. I reckon we'll stick around for a while.

 

*: It's good to see this place getting back on its feet after all it's been through. Just goes to show the power of positive thinking. Now, to more spiritual matters...

 

*: New faces arrive,

 

Visitors from far and near,

 

And all thanks to you!

 

*: We have known sadness,

 

But we must hold our heads high.

 

The future is bright.

 

*: So many come now

 

To leave their savings with me,

 

Their rock in a storm.

 

*: Our saviour returns,

 

His timing impeccable—

 

Behold, my new stock!

 

*: I wish Ryu were here,

 

That I might show him my wares

 

As I used to do...

 

*: Browse my wares freely.

 

They are all newly crafted—

 

And honestly priced!

 

*: The drought is over.

 

Trade returns to our village,

 

Green shoots grow once more.

 

*: I thought all was lost,

 

But it seems heaven can wait—

 

Hope springs eternal!

 

*: The wyrm is no more,

 

But we paid a heavy price—

 

Our High Priestess lost.

 

*: Now we are alone.

 

We must rely on ourselves,

 

Though our steps falter...

Bartender

How can we repay

 

All that Miko and Ryu did?

 

Weighty sacrifice...

Bartender

We shall not forget

 

The heroes we owe our lives.

 

Eternal honour.

 

*: Light breaks through the clouds!

 

Our cellars are replenished,

 

The good times return!

 

*: We shall drink to you—

 

To the heroes who saved us!

 

Come, raise your cups, friends!

 

*: The man called Noah,

 

He tries all of our patience,

 

His tab still unpaid...

 

 

*: ...But you are welcome.

 

Eat and drink all you desire—

 

Your credit is good!

 

*: Stop!

 

*: You are our hero,

 

But this place is not for men—

 

Rules must be obeyed.

 

*: Stop!

 

*: You are our hero,

 

But this place is not for men—

 

Rules must be obeyed.

 

*: You deserve a rest.

 

Sweat your weariness away

 

In the healing steam.

 

*: This is a haven—

 

A place to shed your worries.

 

Heart of our village.

 

*: Now, honoured hero,

 

The blue curtain is for men,

 

Red is for women.

 

*: How will we survive,

 

A village without leaders,

 

A ship without maps?

 

*: But here my fears fade,

 

All thought of tomorrow gone.

 

O, blessed bathhouse!

 

*: We must not give up.

 

We must all work together,

 

As beavers build dams.

 

*: But such things can wait.

 

Tomorrow is a new day—

 

Today I shall rest...

 

*: We must not give up.

 

We must all work together,

 

As beavers build dams.

 

*: But all this can wait.

 

Tomorrow is a new day—

 

Tonight I shall drink!

 

*: Truly, this is bliss!

 

The bathhouse opens its doors,

 

Free entry for all!

 

*: But can they survive?

 

The offer is generous—

 

Perhaps too much so...

 

*: Memories return...

 

The days when Miko still lived...

 

Our leader, our light...

 

*: Sometimes she came here

 

To steal a moment's solace—

 

And a drink or three!

 

*: Overwhelming heat.

 

Impurity washed away

 

In oceans of sweat!

 

*: Now you have joined me,

 

Fellow sauna devotee,

 

Let us sweat like men!

 

*: The dragon is gone.

 

We can work without worry.

 

The hammers ring out!

 

*: We forge more than swords—

 

We forge a future for all.

 

Our work is vital.

 

*: Zzz... Zzz...

 

*: Shame not forgotten...

 

A sacrifice nearly made,

 

Painful to recall...

 

*: If we had done it,

 

The guilt would have destroyed us.

 

Unending sorrow...

 

*: Gratitude wells up.

 

We cannot thank you enough,

 

Hero of our hearts.

 

*: The hammer rises,

 

Proud symbol of our village,

 

It beats with our hearts.

 

*: Hot steel never rests,

 

A smith's toil is never done,

 

But we love our work!

 

*: Nothing can compare—

 

The cool breeze of the evening,

 

A day's toil ended.

 

*: The future is ours.

 

We must begin once again,

 

Make every day count.

 

*: Work the sword again!

 

Make a thousand folds of steel,

 

Bright as new day's dawn!

 

*: Our work is our joy.

 

We swing the hammer with pride,

 

Noble tradition.

 

*: The day's work ended,

 

We soothe our weary muscles,

 

Salve them with sweet steam.

 

*: Miko's light is gone.

 

No more does she blaze, sun-bright,

 

Fighting the darkness.

 

*: But is this the end?

 

Could her flame be rekindled?

 

Could it burn again?

 

*: That light in your eyes—

 

It seems you have a question.

 

Do you seek knowledge? [yes/no]

 

*: Questions still abound—

 

What drove Miko to do it?

 

What was she hiding?

 

*: I pray for her now.

 

Whatever pain she harboured,

 

May she rest in peace.

 

*: We are in your debt.

 

You did more than save our lives—

 

You saved poor Ryu's soul.

 

*: I am here for you.

 

If I can offer my aid,

 

I will help gladly.

 

*: We are in your debt.

 

You did more than save our lives—

 

You saved poor Ryu's soul.

 

*: I must repay you.

 

Do you have something to ask—

 

Something I may know? [yes/no]

 

*: But you are chosen.

 

Destiny has picked you out.

 

Go, with our blessing.

 

2.14 - Sniflheim

 

*: Halt! The castle is closed to visitors after dark. If you wish to enter, you will have to come back during the day.

 

[pc] can hear hushed voices coming from inside the building, but the doors are locked tight.

 

[pc] can hear hushed voices coming from inside the building, but the door is locked tight.

 

[pc] can hear hushed voices coming from inside the building, but the door is locked tight.

 

[pc] can hear hushed voices coming from inside the building, but the door is locked tight.

 

[pc] can hear hushed voices coming from inside the building, but the door is locked tight.

 

[pc] can hear hushed voices coming from inside the building, but the door is locked tight.

 

[pc] can hear hushed voices coming from inside the building, but the door is locked tight.

 

[pc] can hear hushed voices coming from inside the building, but the door is locked tight.

Jade

I thought the harbour seemed quiet, but this is something else entirely.

Jade

It looks like all the villagers have shut themselves up inside their houses and locked the doors. I wonder what they're so scared of...

Jade

I'm going to keep looking around town. You and Rab should head to the castle—perhaps Queen Frysabel will be more forthcoming than her subjects.

Sylvando

Do you remember when we were here last, darling? The city was hustling and bustling like nobody's business! Now there's hardly a soul to be seen...

Sylvando

They're all cooped up inside their homes, and they won't come out and play—it's almost as if they're not over the moon to see us!

Hendrik

I thought the main square would be the best place to gather information, but there is not a single townsperson to be seen.

Hendrik

I hear them whispering inside their homes, but no matter how loudly I knock, they refuse to open their doors.

Hendrik

What in heaven's name has happened here? ...Well, we can but continue to search the city. You must do the same at the castle.

 

*: Ah, you are the traveller who came here once before, are you not? I am glad to see you well. Her Majesty has been very concerned for your safety—you must go inside and see her.

 

*: Truth be told, our kingdom is currently beset by a terrible plague. If you could let the Queen know that you are unharmed, it would be one less thing for her to worry about.

 

*: Ah, you are the traveller who came here once before, are you not? I am glad to see you well. Her Majesty has been very concerned for your safety.

 

*: I am afraid that the castle is not open for visitors at night, but please, come back in the morning.

 

*: The Queen has much on her mind at the moment—if you could let her know that you are unharmed, it would be one less thing for her to worry about.

 

*: I swore to keep Her Majesty safe from harm, but how can I defend her against a disease whose origins escape even our wisest scholars?

 

*: I wish I could hide inside the castle until this all blows over, but the captain has put me on guard duty again. (sigh) A guard's life is a hard life...

 

*: Even in the dead of night, when the city is asleep, we soldiers must stay alert to ensure that no harm comes to Her Majesty.

 

*: (sigh) I wish I could sleep safely inside the castle like everyone else. (sigh) A guard's life is a hard life...

 

*: Halt, traveller. The lift down to the dungeons is currently off limits. Forgive me, but I cannot let you pass.

 

*: Velkominn to Sniflheim Castle. Before the disaster struck, this building was known for being the handsomest palace in all Erdrea.

 

*: But now it is better known as the hotbed of a terrible plague. Take care that you do not catch the disease yourself, traveller.

 

*: Queen Frysabel and I grew up together. We have been like sisters ever since we were little girls.

 

*: That is why it is all the more upsetting to see her having to deal with this crisis all on her own—and to be unable to do anything to help...

 

*: You will find Queen Frysabel in her throne room—it is the grand hall to the rear of the castle.

 

*: She is deeply troubled about the disaster that is unfolding across her realm. If there is anything you can do to help, it would be greatly appreciated.

 

*: The mysterious disease started to spread right after the World Tree fell. Just when we had recovered from one shock, another struck without warning.

 

*: Will the illness take me just as suddenly as it has the others? It is such a scary thought—I cannot stop shaking...

 

*: Krystalinda was once our sworn enemy. And now, not long after she returns, we are struck down by this terrible plague...

 

*: Few doubt that she is the one who has brought this disaster upon us...but is this really the case...?

 

*: The lift down to the dungeons is currently off-limits. Forgive me, but I cannot let you pass.

 

*: Believe me, it is for your own safety. The wicked witch Krystalinda is imprisoned down there. She may be the one behind this plague!

 

*: Many soldiers of Sniflheim have already fallen to the disease. Now, we are the only ones still standing... But so long as I live and breathe, I will do my duty!

 

*: If this castle were to be stormed by the Lord of Shadows' most monstrous minions, I would gladly lay my life on the line to keep Her Majesty safe.

 

*: But how am I to protect her from an adversary that is invisible and intangible, and that may strike at any moment...?

 

*: There is an awful disease spreading around Sniflheim. Everyone suspected the witch of being behind it, so Her Majesty ordered her to be locked her away in the dungeons.

 

*: Frysabel is convinced that Krystalinda is innocent, but there was no other way to relieve her people's panic.

 

*: What a terrible thing for the poor girl to have to do to her friend... She and the witch had become so close...

 

*: Velkominn, traveller. Are you here to see the Queen? Then please, proceed up the stairs.

 

*: I am sure she will be overjoyed to see you safe and well.

Snorri

Ah! How good it is to see you alive and well, friend! Have you already met with Queen Frysabel?

Snorri

I am currently hard at work studying the strange plague that is spreading around Sniflheim. Please, you must talk to Her Majesty—she will be able to tell you more.

 

*: If you wish to know what is happening in our kingdom, you must speak with Her Majesty.

 

*: It is not my place to talk of our nation's woes with outsiders.

 

*: Ever since Krystalinda taught me how to apply make-up, I have been a changed woman. I recently stopped by the armourer's to buy a new axe, and came back loaded with earrings and accessories!

 

*: But then the World Tree fell, and the plague began to spread... Now is not the time to be dressing up...

 

*: I have pledged my sword to Queen Frysabel and her kingdom.

 

*: Even if I should be afflicted by the Fever, I will protect her to my dying breath.

 

*: Velkominn to Sniflheim Castle. Before the disaster struck, this place was renowned as the handsomest palace in all Erdrea.

 

*: Perhaps one day, when a cure for Gold Fever has been found, it will be known for its beauty again, and not for misery and pain...

 

*: It is almost time for my fellow maid's shift to begin. She should be here at any moment.

 

*: She is an older lady, but ever such a hard worker. Even in these troubled times, she has never missed a shift. She must have cleaning fever!

 

*: We heard from Her Majesty that you have agreed to lend us your aid in battling the dreaded Gold Fever.

 

*: Thank you, [pc]. Now that you have the Queen's blessing, I am sure that the townspeople will be only too willing to open their doors to you.

 

*: Gold Fever started to spread right after the World Tree fell. Just when we thought we were safe, it struck without warning...

 

*: Will the illness take me just as suddenly as it has the others? It is such a scary thought—I cannot stop shaking...

 

*: Krystalinda was once our sworn enemy. And now, not long after she returns, we are struck down by this terrible plague...

 

*: Few doubt that she is the one who has brought Gold Fever upon us...but could this really be so?

 

*: Her Majesty has ordered us to aid you in whatever way you need. If you wish to use the lift to go down to the dungeon, you are free to pass.

 

*: There is an awful disease spreading around Sniflheim. Everyone suspected the witch of being behind it, so Her Majesty ordered her to be locked her away in the dungeons.

 

*: Frysabel is convinced that Krystalinda is innocent, but there was no other way to relieve her people's panic.

 

*: What a terrible thing for the poor girl to have to do to her friend... She and the witch had become so close...

Frysabel

I have asked my guards to inform everyone in the city that you are here to help save Sniflheim from Gold Fever, and that they should aid you in whatever way they can.

Frysabel

I am sure my people will open their doors for you now. Please, you must talk with them and find out all that you can. I wish you the best of luck, my friend.

 

*: Her Majesty tells me you have volunteered to find a cure for Gold Fever. Good luck, friend. You may be our last hope...

Snorri

I have been trying to learn more about Gold Fever myself, but I can find no mention of anything even faintly resembling it in any of our many books.

Snorri

The only explanation I can think of is that the disease is not a naturally occurring ailment—it may have been created quite recently, by an evildoer with some purpose in mind...

 

*: So, you are going to aid us in fighting the Fever? I am afraid our own endeavours are at something of an impasse.

 

*: Just between you and me, we are no closer to finding the source of the infection than when we first began. But I cannot bring myself to tell Her Majesty and the people the bad news...

 

*: Gold Fever is a fearful disease. It turns anything it infects into a statue of solid gold—people and animals alike.

 

*: Many Sniflheimers suspect Krystalinda of being behind it—what with her past crimes, and the fact that she is a witch—but I do not believe that.

 

*: You may leave the protection of Queen Frysabel in my hands—I will defend her with my life. I shall not be bowed by a mere malady.

 

*: Thankfully for me, Gold Fever has not yet spread to these dungeons.

 

*: If you wish to learn more about the disease, you would be better off asking upstairs, or in the city.

 

*: Krystalinda is currently imprisoned in the cell beyond these doors.

 

*: The cage itself is a relic from the Age of Heroes. Its bars are completely resistant to magic, so even one as powerful as the wicked witch herself cannot break free.

Krystalinda

Ah, [pc]. How nice of you to visit. Don't worry—you won't catch anything from me. I have nothing to do with that ridiculous Gold Fever.

Krystalinda

But when you are a witch, people will insist on blaming you for everything. ...With good reason, I suppose. If it makes them feel better, I'll play along.

Krystalinda

Anyway, enough about me. There is something you must know:

Krystalinda

Gold Fever is no ordinary illness. I have used enough black magic in my time to recognise its hallmarks. It is not a plague—it is more akin to a curse.

Krystalinda

Whoever crafted this magic is more powerful than I ever was. Only you, Luminary, have the strength to stop them.

Krystalinda

I'm probably the last person you would want to do a favour for, but please, for Fryssy's sake—find this person, and break this curse. We are all counting on you.

Krystalinda

I have used enough black magic in my time to recognise its hallmarks. Gold Fever is no ordinary illness—it is more akin to a curse.

Krystalinda

Whoever crafted this magic is more powerful than I ever was. Only you, Luminary, have the strength to stop them.

Krystalinda

I'm probably the last person you would want to do a favour for, but please, for Fryssy's sake—find this person, and break this curse. We are all counting on you.

 

There's no response. She's just a golden statue.

 

*: Gold Fever has struck again... This world is going to rack and ruin, and there is nothing we can do to stop it...

 

*: Gold Fever has struck again... This world is going to rack and ruin, and there is nothing we can do to stop it...

 

*: And I am sorry to inform you, but the castle is off limits to visitors after dark.

 

*: We may not be able to protect the people from this terrible disease, but at least we can protect the Queen.

 

*: So, now you have seen for yourself the terrible effects of Gold Fever. And there is no cure. No way for us to escape its clutches. One day, it will come for us all.

 

*: So, now you have seen for yourself the terrible effects of Gold Fever. And there is no cure. No way for us to escape its clutches. One day, it will come for us all.

 

*: (sigh) I miss the good old days, when I did not have to worry about being turned to gold. When I could just close my eyes and sleep through every shift...

 

*: Velkominn to the Crystal Kingdom of Sniflheim, home of beautiful buildings and shining white snows.

 

*: ...And of the danger of being turned to gold at any moment. I stand here every day, warning wayward travellers to stay well away.

 

*: The Reverend Father told me that he wished to speak with you. You will find him in the vestry—the room at the back of the church. Please, let yourselves in.

 

*: Gold Fever! La laaa la!

 

Fear of gold descends on the silver town—and drags it down!

 

Doo doo doo doo doo!

 

*: Such a cold fever! La laaa la!

 

Pretty girl, beware of that golden hex—you might be next!

 

*: My daughter and I love music more than anything. I had hoped that listening to the skald sing would ease our troubled minds, but it does not seem to be working...

 

*: ...Hm? What do I know about Gold Fever? Nothing that would help, I fear. I only pray that you can save my girl from its clutches—she has many more songs to hear.

 

*: Mister Minstrel has been singing a lot of scary songs lately. I'm sure he'll sing something nice again eventually. I just have to keep listening...

 

*: I love you so much, my darling! If it meant that I could stay by your side forever, I would gladly turn to gold!

 

*: I could never bear to be apart from you! Even if the Gold Fever takes us, our love will never die!

 

*: Hey! What are you two doing out here!? Do you want to catch the Fever? You must take shelter right away!

 

*: A woman was struck down not twenty paces from this very spot! ...Agh, Gold Fever is causing me enough problems—why must I have to worry about lovesickness too?

 

*: The snow won't stop piling up while we wait for the Fever to go away. If I didn't keep clearing it away, we'd be blocked in completely.

 

*: Right, enough talking—I need to shift this stuff quickly before I turn to gold! Heave-ho! Heave-ho! Heave-ho!

 

*: Fjola! This is not the time to be running away from your pen!

 

*: Don't you know that a lady just turned to gold in the square? I don't want you coming down with the Fever too!

 

*: I raised these horses from foals. They are like children to me.

 

*: Soon, it will be time to send them away to Gallopolis to race in the Sand National. Until then, that rotten Gold Fever can keep its hands off!

 

*: For as long as I can remember, it has been my daily ritual to take a stroll around the town and see the sights of Sniflheim. But since the Fever struck, I have had to stop.

 

*: Hmph! Our great city was beautiful enough without being filled with those gaudy golden statues!

 

*: I hear that you are more likely to catch Gold Fever when you are outside. That is why I am taking shelter in here. Thankfully, the priest is a kindly man, so he lets me stay.

 

*: Yggdrasil has fallen, and Gold Fever has ravaged our kingdom, but no matter what happens, we must keep trading.

 

*: If you wish to buy any of my weapons, come around to the front. I am sure I will have something that will help you fight your way through this perilous world.

 

*: Ever since people started to come down with Gold Fever, our suppliers' boats have been staying away, and business has dried up almost entirely.

 

*: But I still have plenty of good pieces in stock! On my pride as an armourer, I always make sure my customers go home happy—and if I can help to keep them safe, I will be happy too!

 

*: The scholars of Sniflheim have long been regarded as the most advanced students of the arcane arts in all Erdrea.

 

*: And yet, the cure for Gold Fever escapes them. It seems they were not quite so clever as we thought. This is a sad discovery...and a frightening one.

 

*: It was always my dream to build up my business and amass a great fortune, but now, whenever I see a gold coin, it reminds me of the Fever, and I start to quiver with fear.

 

*: But so long as I still have customers who want to buy my wares, I will persevere. Perhaps I have something in stock that might interest you?

 

*: The Fever forced me to close my stall, but this kind lady has allowed me to set up shop in here. Sniflheim might be cold and frosty, but its people are the exact opposite!

 

*: I used to run a stall out in the street selling the finest herbs and spices from all over Erdrea.

 

*: But then those golden glaciers suddenly appeared and cut the kingdom off from the outside world. Business has completely dried up...

 

*: Mamma says I'm not allowed to play outside until the Fever goes away. But I'm so bored!

 

*: I want to have a snowball fight! I'm really good at throwing snowballs—all the boys wish they could throw like me!

 

*: Nooo... I don't want to turn to gold...

 

*: I wish I could make the children a nice, steaming pot of fiskesuppe, but ever since Gold Fever struck, we haven't been able to get the ingredients.

 

*: We are all doing our very best to keep their little bellies full, but unless somebody finds a cure, they will start to go hungry soon enough...

 

*: Master Snorri and I have scoured the ancient tomes for any mention of Gold Fever, but alas, we have come up empty-handed.

 

*: There is no reference to anything like it in the entire written record. It must be a completely novel illness...or perhaps it is not an illness at all?

 

*: I have lived in Sniflheim my entire life, and I have never known such dark days as these. Is this all the result of Yggdrasil falling from the sky?

 

*: Cold out today, isn't it? Why don't you take a break at my inn—I'll make you a nice hot meal to warm you up.

 

*: The Snærfelt is home to many dangerous monsters. If you are planning to cross it, you would do well to leave your money with us first.

 

*: Many Sniflheimers believe that Gold Fever is the work of the wicked witch, but those people are gravely mistaken.

 

*: I have followed Krystalinda's career more closely than any other. Even if she wanted to turn people to gold, it is not within her power. This is someone else's doing...

 

*: Since the golden plague appeared, I have hardly sold a drop of mead. Even the Vikings, my very best customers, are nowhere to be seen.

 

*: Have they been struck down by Gold Fever too? I have thought about sailing around the cape and delivering a few barrels directly to their hideout, but I fear the danger is too great...

 

*: He was my one and only admirer... Every day I would catch his eye, and he would come to drink in the mead-hall... And now he is gone...

 

*: Nobody so much as looks my way any more... I have lost the will to flirt... I might as well just turn to gold and be done with it... (sniff)

 

*: A giant golden boulder suddenly appeared in the entrance to Sniflheim bay, and another in the Snærfelt, too.

 

*: I don't know if they have anything to do with the Fever, but they are blocking all traffic in and out of the kingdom by land or sea. We are completely cut off.

 

*: There is nothing for us to do down at the docks, so now we spend our days in the mead-hall instead, drowning our sorrows...

 

*: The Vikings who rove the northern seas have a hideout nearby. It is in a cave just around the coast from the harbour.

 

*: They used to come here all the time—some to trade, others to drink the mead-hall dry—but it has been some time since last they showed their faces. I hope they are okay...

 

*: My boy is far too curious for his own good. First he was obsessed with the witch, and now he will not stop talking about this awful Fever.

 

*: Please, wanderer, would you tell him not to do anything dangerous? I don't want to lose him...

 

*: Whatever happens, I will keep my son safe. No illness, no monster, could possibly be more powerful than a mother's love.

 

*: I want to go outside to try to find a cure for Gold Fever, but Mamma won't let me. She says I have to stay indoors.

 

*: Hei, wanderer—you're allowed to go outside, right? Will you find a cure for us? I don't want my mamma to turn to gold...

 

*: Ah-phew... Ah-phew... Yggdrasil... Please keep my mamma safe... Zzz...

 

*: You're an unfortunate one, friend, to come to Sniflheim at a time like this. If I were you, I would run away as fast as my legs would carry me.

 

*: But you are not running—you are trying to find a cure for the Fever... I could never be as brave as you.

 

*: I don't understand what that stupid Fever thinks is so fun about turning everyone to gold.

 

*: Sure, gold is nice and shiny, but you can't do anything exciting with it. But with a pile of shiny white snow, you can have a snowball fight with all your friends!

 

*: Zzz... (snore) Take...THIS...!

 

*: I am training to be an astrologer. I know very little about Gold Fever, but when I heard that you and your friends were here to help, I attempted to divine your future from the movement of the stars.

 

*: However, the only thing I saw was the single word: ‘forgiveness’. Does this mean anything to you?

 

*: It is long past the time at which my friend was due to begin her cleaning shift, but she has yet to show her face.

 

*: And it is not as if she is some kind of flighty flibbertigibbet—she is an old lady who has never missed a day's work in her life. I do hope nothing has happened to her...

 

*: Is your friend alright? He burst out of the church and ran away toward the western gate. He seemed to be very upset about something...

 

*: The snow won't stop piling up while we wait for the Fever to go away. If I didn't keep clearing it away, we'd be blocked in completely.

 

*: By the way, I just saw your friend running through the back gate over there. He had a face like thunder.

 

*: There's nothing on that side of Sniflheim apart from the cliff that looks out over the bay. I wonder what he could be up to out there?

 

*: Forgive me. I did not properly consider Erik's feelings. I should not have said so much so soon...

 

*: Please, go to your friend. He cannot have gone far. I will join you later when he has had a chance to calm down.

 

*: Your friend with the blue hair just ran through here in a tremendous hurry. What in the world happened in there?

 

*: That boy who just ran through here was just my type—kind of moody, but dashing too. If the Fever took him, he would make a real handsome statue...

 

*: ...Oh, I'm sorry. I should not talk about your friend in that way. Please, forgive me. I did not mean any offence.

 

The doors are locked from the inside.

 

[pc] hears the screams of the townspeople coming from the other side of the doors. They must have been locked to keep the intruders out—but to no avail...

Dave

[pc], you ain't gonna believe this! A boatload o' weird, shinin' skellingtons just barged their way into town, an' they're kickin' up a right royal ruckus!

Dave

Now ain't the time to be sailin' off into the sunset! You gotta go save them Sniflheimers!

Erik

W-Were they...? N-No... They can't have been!

Erik

Aaagh... M-My head...

 

*: I will take care of Erik. Please, [pc]—you must hurry to the harbour!

 

*: There is a campsite on the way to the harbour from here—just follow the path around the city walls and you will find it. You can make your preparations there.

 

*: I do not know what awaits you by the city gates—I would urge you to pray for protection before you venture forth.

Sylvando

[pc] honey, where are you going!? We can't leave Erik in the hands of those spangly savages! We need to find out where they took him, and fast!

Sylvando

And not only that—I'm worried about the priest too. Let's go make sure he's okay, okay?

Dave

Old yer 'orses, [pc]! Word of advice from a seasoned sailor—you don't set sail till you know exactly wot's waitin' for yer out there in the water.

Dave

Wot if they've got a massive ship wiv a zillion cannons on it or summink? Nah, we're better off askin' round town where them gold blokes've got their base, an' sneakin' up on 'em there.

Dave

That religious-lookin' fella in the purple skirt seems to know 'is onions. Maybe 'e'll know where those rotter's've taken our mate!

 

*: I have never been so scared in my life! Those golden monsters came out of nowhere!

 

*: I was lucky enough to see it all from the safety of my home, but when I heard that the Reverend Father was outside the city gates when they attacked, I feared the worst.

 

*: After those monsters left, I came out to make sure everyone was alright. Imagine my surprise to see the priest all the way out here—and looking so sad...

 

*: I have lived in this land all my life, but until this day, I have never seen, or even heard of, those golden monsters.

 

*: And yet, they seem somehow familiar... Hmm... I am sure I have heard voices like these before somewhere...

 

*: I heard that those golden skeletons who attacked the town came around this way, so I hurried here as fast as I could.

 

*: It seems the priest was set upon by the monsters. He has had quite a shock.

 

*: Thankfully, they did not hurt him. But I am afraid his young friend was carried off...

 

*: Thank you, friends. If not for you, those golden monsters might have forced their way inside the castle.

 

*: We survived this time, but I doubt whether we would be able to withstand another such assault. Truly, they were vicious creatures indeed...

 

*: Thank you, friends. If not for you, those golden monsters might have forced their way inside the castle.

 

*: But I doubt whether we would be able to withstand another such assault. Never since the Vikings were told there was no mead in the mead-hall have I seen such ferocity!

 

*: Thankfully, the doors to the castle are locked and barred at night. That should keep them out until morning at least.

 

*: I sensed that the monsters did not come here to attack the castle—they seemed far more focused on collecting the bodies of those struck down by Gold Fever.

 

*: Thank goodness they had thievery, not destruction, on their minds—this time, at least... If they stormed these gates, I doubt we would have been able to keep them out...

 

*: I sensed that the monsters did not come here to attack the castle—they seemed far more focused on collecting the bodies of those struck down by Gold Fever.

 

*: Thank goodness they had thievery, not destruction, on their minds—this time, at least... If they stormed these gates, I doubt we would have been able to keep them out...

 

*: Those golden fiends came out of nowhere. If you had not been here to drive them back, Sniflheim might well have fallen.

 

*: Thankfully, the city is safe. But what of the people who were standing on the lookout to the west when the monsters attacked? I hope they were not hurt...

 

*: The Reverend Father is not here at present. If you wish to offer your prayers to the heavens, please go to the campsite to the south-west of the city.

 

*: Where can he have disappeared to? I pray that he is not hurt...

 

*: Stealing the Fever-struck sooo-ouls!

 

Cold-hearted skeletal foes—they're indestructible!

 

Always they're steali-ing! They are GOLD!

 

*: When those golden monsters forced their way through the gates, we ran home as fast as our legs would carry us. Thankfully, we managed to escape their clutches.

 

*: I brought my daughter out here to hear the skald sing, in the hope that it would bring a little joy back to our hearts...but all it brought us was danger...

 

*: What a shock! One minute I was shovelling snow, the next I was running from a gang of golden skeletons!

 

*: I haven't been as scared as that since the time a drunken Viking accused me of looking at his booty!

 

*: The gate guards told us that the city was attacked by a band of strange, golden creatures, and that you and your friends drove them away.

 

*: They said that the monsters acted like humans, and that one of them seemed to be in charge of the others. Was he merely the leader of the raiding party? Are there others above him, perhaps?

Frysabel

Ah, [pc]—my guards told me what happened. That your friend Erik was taken away by the monsters.

Frysabel

I am so sorry to have dragged you all into this. But still, it is strange...why would the monsters take him? He had not been turned to gold like the others...

Frysabel

They must have kidnapped him for a reason...but what?

Snorri

First our kingdom is beset by Gold Fever, and now a band of golden soldiers come and make off with the bodies of the afflicted...

Snorri

Could it be that some shadowy figure is in control of them both—using the Fever to create golden statues, and the monsters to collect them?

Snorri

If so, it must be a being of immense power. Be very wary out there, my friend.

 

*: Those shiny swines! They think they can invade our fair nation and sail away like nothing has happened!? We must track them down and take back our friends!

 

*: Speaking of which, one of the guards who witnessed the incident mentioned that the monsters sailed into the harbour in a very distinctive ship.

 

*: The Vikings who live in a cave around the coast are expert seafarers. Perhaps they might be able to tell us where these glittering ghouls came from...

 

*: The way those gold-hungry horrors spoke and acted reminded me very much of the Vikings who once frequented our city. Very much...

 

*: I fear I know exactly what has happened... The Vikings have somehow been transformed into monsters, and have taken Erik back into the fold...

 

*: Their base is in a cave just around the coast to the west. That must be where they have taken your friend.

 

*: If the Reverend Father's suspicions are correct, those skeleton soldiers were once people, just like you and me.

 

*: What a terrifying thought! I feared the Fever, but I would much rather be transformed into a soulless statue than a mindless monster!

 

*: The Vikings I knew were rough and ready and always spoiling for a fight, but they were not bad people at heart. What in the world can have happened to them?

 

*: The Vikings used to make port here all the time. I would often meet with them when I was working the docks.

 

*: Could the creatures who stormed the city gates and made away with our frozen friends really have been the same rough yet lovable fellows? I cannot believe it!

 

*: And yet, it makes sense—their voices, their attitude, their seafaring skills... All were the same! Agh, I don't know what to think any more!

 

*: Those golden fiends attacked without warning. If not for you, I doubt they would have stopped their rampage until the city was a ravaged shell.

 

*: But we did not escape unscathed. They made off with all those turned to gold by the Fever, and a good deal of jewellery too. It was like some kind of Viking raid!

Rab

What're ye playin' at, laddie? This isnae the time to be sailin' away into the sunset—we've got to save Erik!

Rab

The priest said the Viking's hideout was right around the coast from Sniflheim. Let's go and take a wee look-see, shall we?

 

Go in and try to save Erik from the monsters?  [yes/no]

Rab

The poor boy's in a bad way. Did something happen to him here when he was younger, d'ye think?

Rab

Perhaps we can find something hereabouts that'll jog his memory. Come on laddie, let's have a look around.

 

The doors are firmly locked.

 

Touch the Yggdrasil root?  [yes/no]

Erik

Mia.........

Rab

...So it's just like the priest said. Erik used to live here with his wee sister, slaving away for the Vikings. Looks like they had a tough time of it.

Rab

His sister's name was Mia, was it not? This shack must've been their home—if ye can call it that...

Rab

Go on, laddie—try touching the root again. Maybe it'll show us a bit more of their past.

 

Touch the Yggdrasil root?  [yes/no]

Erik

It was...all my fault......

Rab

Erik and his sister might've wound each other up, but it's as plain as the nose on yer face that they cared for each other very deeply.

Rab

After all, he wouldn't have brought her back that necklace if he didn't care. A necklace that turned everything she touched into gold, no less...

Rab

That's a mighty powerful thing to put in the hands of a young lassie like her. Go on, now—try touching the Yggdrasil root again. I'm keen to see how this story ends...

 

The Yggdrasil root sways silently in the icy breeze. [pc] holds his hand out to it, but nothing happens.

Rab

Crivens... So poor Mia was turned to gold right in front of Erik's eyes... I can't even imagine how it must feel to have to live through that awful memory again... Let's go and make sure he's alright, shall we?

Frysabel

I am so sorry to involve you in the disaster that is unfolding in my kingdom. I know that this is my fight, not yours.

Frysabel

But as the Queen of Sniflheim, I beg you—please bring an end to the spread of Gold Fever, and save my poor people!

 

Erik is readying himself to launch a final, decisive strike against Gyldygga. He doesn't look too happy about it.

 

Stop him from going ahead with his plan?  [yes/no]

Mia

E... Erik... Help...me...

 

*: That golden glacier blocking the entrance to the harbour has finally melted away. At long last, I can trade with the people of Sniflheim again!

 

*: I heard there was another glacier cutting off the overland route into the kingdom. Chances are that one's melted away as well.

 

*: The golden boulder that was blocking the path into the Snærfelt and the Arborian Highlands has disappeared.

 

*: If you wish to head to Arboria, follow this path away from Sniflheim and continue on to the south-east.

 

*: Sniflheim is back to the way it used to be, and all is thanks to you. I did not think I would see its former glory restored in my lifetime.

 

*: When you have lived as long as I, every day that passes peacefully is another blessing!

 

*: Now that the glacier has gone, the market stalls are filled with fresh fish again.

 

*: I am going to make the children the biggest pot of steamy, creamy fiskesuppe they have ever seen! This will be a banquet to remember!

 

*: To eat a big, steaming bowl of fiskesuppe with all of your family and go to sleep in a nice, warm bed...this is true happiness!

 

*: Since that golden glacier melted away, slowly but surely the harbour is coming back to life. Which means we had better get back to work!

 

*: One of the Vikings turned up in town not long ago.

 

*: ...Oh, but do not worry—he was a man, not a monster. Go to their hideout—you will see that they are all changed back to the way they were.

 

*: Thank you, friend. You have saved our kingdom not only from the Fever, but from the Lord of Shadows' servants too.

 

*: We soldiers will keep Sniflheim safe from now on. You may continue your journey safe in the knowledge that this city is in good hands. I wish you the best of luck on your travels.

 

*: Thank you, friend. You have saved our kingdom not only from the Fever, but from the Lord of Shadows' servants too.

 

*: The castle is closed to visitors at night, but please, come back in the morning. I am sure that the soldiers inside will be just as keen to thank you as I.

 

*: I am so very tired... With everything that has been going on, I have hardly been able to sleep a wink. But now that the kingdom is at peace, I can finally relax.

 

*: Perhaps I will have a nice little nap at my post again, just like old times...

 

*: Velkominn, wanderer. Welcome to the Crystal Kingdom of Sniflheim.

 

*: Now that the fear of the Fever has passed, we can appreciate our country's true beauty once more. Our pure-white snows are sightlier than even the shiniest of golden statues!

 

*: I shall assist the Reverend Father in nursing young Mia back to health. Together, I am sure we will have her back on her feet in no time.

 

*: We can breathe easy now the gold has gone!

 

Gone is the frozen obstacle in the bay!

 

*: The warmth of our hopeful hearts has thawed the ice!

 

We're gonna have a nice, nice time down Sniflheim way!

 

*: Look all around, there's nothing but white snow!

 

Look straight ahead, there's nothing but whiiite snooow!

 

*: I've been feeling down ever since the World Tree fell and the Fever took hold, but I've decided that I am going to try really hard to be cheerful again.

 

*: After all, I can't have my poor departed admirer looking down on me and feeling sad. I must smile, and hopefully the world will smile with me!

 

*: Every second that I spend by your side is simply bliss! It must surely have been the overwhelming power of our love which brought an end to the Fever.

 

*: I am so happy to be able to walk around town with my darling again. And I know that he is just as thrilled as I am.

 

*: My love for you is stronger than the mightiest monster! Not even the Lord of Shadows himself could tear me away from you!

 

*: Spending so much time indoors hiding from the Fever made me realise two things: first of all, that Sniflheim at night is more beautiful than I ever realised...

 

*: And secondly, that my darling is even more beautiful than that!

 

*: I came to Sniflheim to study the wicked witch. My plan was to return to my homeland after my studies were completed.

 

*: But after living through so much turmoil and tragedy here, I have become very attached to this kingdom. Now I'm wondering whether to move here permanently...

 

*: Ha ha ha! Snowball fights are so much fun!

 

*: Mamma said it was because of you that we are allowed to play outside again. Thank you, mister!

 

*: Heh heh heh... I'm going to snowball him so hard...

 

*: I haven't had this much fun in ages! If only the grown-ups and the monsters would stop fighting and start playing instead, they could have fun too!

 

*: Ah-phew... Ah-phew... Yaaay... I won the fight... Zzz...

 

*: Lali lali loo! Finally, I am able to enjoy my daily sightseeing stroll around Sniflheim once again, and it is all thanks to you!

 

*: You are travellers of the world, yes? You must come back here once in a while and tell me of all the beautiful architecture you have seen!

 

*: The world is still in a bad way, but at least we do not have to worry about catching Gold Fever any more. Thank you, wanderer, for all you have done for our people.

 

*: Not only have you cured the Fever, but it seems the golden glaciers cutting us off from the rest of the world have melted too.

 

*: One of our soldiers has just returned from a scouting expedition to the Snærfelt. I bumped into him outside the main gate and he told me the good news.

 

*: No golden plague or band of monsters can keep the snow from falling. If I hadn't been here to keep clearing it away, we would have been snowed in.

 

*: I'll do all I can to clear the snow from the streets of Sniflheim, but it will be up to you to clear the darkness from the skies of Erdrea! I know you can do it!

 

*: I am so happy that my beloved animals were not struck down by the Fever. And I am sure they would thank you themselves if they could.

 

*: My Fjola is such a nuisance! These days, she is always running away from her pen, just as she did before the Fever struck. Silly girl!

 

*: But I don't really mind—I am just happy to see her joyful face again. If I have anything to thank Gold Fever for, it is that!

 

The horse is happily gazing out over the ocean. A stiff sea breeze is blowing into her face, but she doesn't seem to mind.

 

The horse has a satisfied smile on her face. Her pen might be small and cold, but she seems happy to be home.

 

*: My horse loves the sea. She is never happier than when she is looking out over the ocean with the salty wind ruffling her mane.

 

*: I could not risk leaving the city when the Fever was spreading, but now that it is gone, I thought I would bring her out here again as a special treat.

 

*: I always thought it was my duty as a groom to raise these horses to be big and strong so that they could one day compete in the Gallopolitan races.

 

*: But now that we have come through the threat of Gold Fever together, I feel closer to them than ever. I do not want to wave them goodbye...

 

*: Do not worry about Mia, [pc]. We will take good care of her while you are away on your travels. May the heavens watch over you always. Now...

Mia

Zzz... Erik... Zzz...

 

Mia is sleeping peacefully. She's unconscious, but alive.

 

*: Now that the dangers that faced us have passed, we are free to make our city even more splendid than ever.

 

*: This would not have been possible if it were not for you and your friends. Thank you, wanderer.

 

*: Well done, friends! You rid us of the menace of Gold Fever!

 

*: Master Snorri and I are compiling a record of your achievements in order that future generations might learn from your example. It is my duty as a scholar to ensure that every detail is included.

 

*: Now that the Fever has gone, I hear that the Vikings are beginning to return.

 

*: Whenever they come to Sniflheim, my mead-hall is always their first port of call. Business will be booming again soon!

 

*: Our days of cowering from the Fever are over. Now my son and I can live our lives in peace.

 

*: I am so happy! I hope it stays like this forever!

 

*: Hei, mister! You were the one who got rid of Gold Fever, right? Thanks for making my mamma happy! Come and play any time!

 

*: It is hard to believe that you and your friends could have ended the spread of Gold Fever all on your own. Truly, you are heroes beyond compare!

 

*: I am training to be an astrologer. I know very little about Gold Fever, but when I heard that you and your friends were here to help, I attempted to divine your future from the movement of the stars.

 

*: However, the only thing I saw was the single word: ‘forgiveness’. Does this mean anything to you?

 

*: Velkominn to Sniflheim Castle. Now that the Fever has gone away, we may once again speak of this place as the handsomest palace in all Erdrea, rather than as a hotbed of death and disease.

 

*: Peace has returned to us, and it is only a matter of time before these halls are bustling with life again, just as they were before.

 

*: I do not remember any of it, but everyone tells me I was turned to gold and kidnapped by a band of savage skeleton soldiers.

 

*: Thank you for coming to my rescue. It is good to be back at work again—and in my own soft, fleshy body, of course!

 

*: The citizens struck down by the Fever have returned unharmed, and Her Majesty is smiling again! I cannot thank you enough!

 

*: Thanks to your sterling efforts, we have finally escaped the Fever's clutches. When I told Her Majesty of your success, she squealed with joy!

 

*: It was such a relief to hear that the horrible Fever had gone away. Now I feel I can sleep soundly for the first time in forever. Thank you so much, travellers.

 

*: So, it was just as I thought—Krystalinda had nothing to do with the Fever. We have done that poor woman a great disservice.

 

*: So many soldiers of Sniflheim have fallen at the hands of the monsters... Now only we remain to keep the castle safe. But so long as I live and breathe, I will do my duty!

 

*: Her Majesty is the wisest, kindest, most respectable ruler one could ever hope to serve. I would gladly lay my life on the line to protect her.

 

*: Krystalinda was freed from the dungeons the moment her innocence was proven. Her Majesty was delighted to see her friend again.

 

*: I am glad this sorry incident does not seem to have affected their friendship in any way.

Frysabel

[pc]! Thank you so much for ridding us of the Fever and saving my kingdom!

Frysabel

My soldiers tell me that the golden glaciers blocking the entrance to the bay and the path to the Snærfelt have already melted away.

Frysabel

I wish you the best of luck on your journey. Everyone in Sniflheim is praying that you will triumph over the Lord of Shadows and bring peace back to our world!

Krystalinda

Well, if it isn't the hero of the hour! You have saved Sniflheim once again, dear [pc]. Thank you.

Krystalinda

I hear that the creature who was spreading Gold Fever was one of the Lord of Shadows' most trusted commanders—a Spectral Sentinel, did they call it?

Krystalinda

I wonder if the darling boy who freed me from the grimoire was a Spectral Sentinel too. I do hope you two aren't forced to fight—it would be a shame to ruin such a pretty face...

 

*: Thank you, wanderer, for ridding us of the Fever. You have saved our kingdom—and perhaps one day soon, you will save the world as well.

Snorri

I am planning to write a detailed record of the Gold Fever outbreak so that future generations might learn how to cope if such a crisis ever occurs again.

Snorri

But I am not sure yet what to call it... ‘The Masque of the Gold Death’? ‘The Sniflheim Strain’? ‘World War G’...?

 

*: Well done, [pc], well done! I do not know how you did it, but you have saved our kingdom from the Fever!

 

*: The people of Sniflheim will never forget the debt of thanks we owe you!

 

*: Queen Frysabel and Krystalinda make such a perfect partnership. I will do all I can to ensure they are never separated again!

 

*: Do not worry about Her Majesty. She is safe with us. You must go on with your travels.

 

*: Fear not, traveller—you are safe here. Gold Fever has not yet spread to the dungeon.

 

*: ...What? You say the Fever is already cured? Gah! Why am I always the last to know!?

 

*: Krystalinda has been released without charge, so the jail cell is currently unoccupied.

 

*: If this is not proof that peace has returned to Sniflheim, I do not know what is!

 

*: I must have hit the fire-water pretty hard... I woke up with a splitting headache, the sky is all dark and there is a castle where Yggdrasil should be!

 

*: How long was I out for? And what in the world happened while I was asleep? I do not remember a thing...

 

*: Ever since I woke up this morning, I've barely been able to keep my eyes open, and my body aches all over.

 

*: Oof... I'm supposed to move all this stuff inside, but I can't lift a thing... The Chief's gonna whoop me good...

 

*: I think I must have drunk too much mead last night. I had a terrible nightmare.

 

*: I dreamt that I turned into a monster and started attacking people left and right. And the weird thing was, it felt like it was really happening...

 

*: Maybe it is just my imagination, but I feel as if you and I have crossed swords before... Or did you once come to my aid, perhaps...?

 

*: Well, no matter. So long as you ain't here to cause trouble, you can make yourself at home! Graaah hah hah!

 

*: I was away on an errand for the Chief when the golden glacier appeared in the bay, so I've only just got back.

 

*: The strange thing is, the men don't seem to realise they were cut off from the rest of the world till now. Honestly, what have they been doing all this time?

 

*: I had a weird dream that one of the kids we used to boss around started to boss us around instead. It wasn't a nice experience, I can tell you.

 

*: It ain't nice when the boot's on the other foot. If I ever see that girl again, I'm going to say sorry.

 

*: Eeeeeek! I d-d-don't know why, but every time I see g-g-gold, I start to shiver!

 

*: I used to love to look at our treasure pile, but now I find it more terrifying than a tentacular with a sword in every arm! What in the world has happened to me!?

 

2.15 - Arboria

 

*: This path leads to the top of the mountain. It is a sacred place, where none may set foot without the Holy Father's permission. Forgive me, but I must ask that you turn back.

Fidelus

I have been beside myself with worry that some fiendish monster might have hurt my little angels. How wonderful it is to see my dear Serena again.

Fidelus

I only pray that Veronica, too, is safe... Please, my darling... Come home...

Alma

Oh, Serena... It is such a relief to see my darling daughter safe and well...but where is Veronica?

Alma

Our daughters have been inseparable ever since the day they were born. To see one without the other is...unnerving. I pray that she is unharmed...

Benedictus

When the World Tree fell, I feared that we would never see you or your friends again.

Benedictus

But now you have been returned to us—all of you save one. Pray, go with Serena to the grove north of the village and seek out her twin.

 

*: [pc], you're alive! I knew the Lord of Shadows could never lay the Luminary low! Hurrah! Huzzah!

 

*: Ah-phew... Ah-phew...

 

*: Woof, woof, woof! Aoooooo!

 

*: Ao-ao-aooo!

 

*: This poor child lost his family to the terrible impact of Yggdrasil's fall. Only he was spared.

 

*: It has been many a year since last I cared for a little one—my own son has long since flown the coop—but I swear that I will do all I can to be a good mother to him.

 

*: This poor child suffers from terrible nightmares. Every night he dreams of the day the World Tree fell and his dear sister passed away.

 

*: How can I call myself his guardian when I can do nothing to protect him from these pernicious visions?

 

*: I used to live with my sister, but...she is no longer with us. When the World Tree fell, she shielded me from its awful impact, and in doing so, was mortally wounded...

 

*: It was all my fault... If only I had not been playing outside, she might still be alive today...

 

*: Ugh... Agh... No... Stay inside... Zzz...

 

*: The couple on the terrace lost their newborn child when the World Tree fell.

 

*: Every day they stand there and stare out over the world below. There are no words that can express their grief...

 

*: Luminary... You are the one hope remaining to the people of Erdrea.

 

*: Though our world is shrouded in sorrow, the fact that your light was not extinguished is the one remaining glimmer in the darkness.

 

*: I see that young Serena has come back to us. She and her sister are the pride of our village, for together, they are the reincarnation of the holy sage.

 

*: Though each is her own person, they remain forever one. If Serena has returned, I am certain that Veronica cannot be far behind.

 

*: The great figure carved into the mountain above us represents Serenica, the holy sage who fought the Dark One alongside the Luminary of Legend.

 

*: In these benighted times, she is a great source of solace to us. ...As are you, Luminary.

 

*: ...Ah, Luminary. What brings you to this quiet corner of Arboria? There is naught beyond this point save a small and secluded copse.

 

*: It is a place of little significance to anyone. Except perhaps Veronica and Serena—they often played there as children.

 

*: The birds, the insects...even the trees are crying. When all is still, I hear their tearful voices.

 

*: Though they have no words to express their sadness, still they grieve for their fallen friends.

 

*: The child who lives in this house lost his entire family when the Lord of Shadows sent the World Tree crashing to the ground. How terrible for one so young to experience such tragedy...

 

*: The holy land of Arboria has been sullied beyond repair by Mordegon's wickedness. There is naught we can do but await our annihilation...

 

*: Welcome to Arboria, Luminary—the sacred sanctuary that once slept beneath Yggdrasil's all-embracing boughs.

 

*: The World Tree may have fallen, but we Keepers worship Her all the same.

 

*: Urrrgh... I am so hungry that I can barely move... My stomach feels as though it has completely shrivelled up...

 

 

*: ...Ah! Luminary! Forgive me—my complaints were not intended for your ears. Please, do not tell anyone of my selfish mutterings. I know that times are hard for all.

 

*: The herbs and flowers that I spent many long years cultivating have all withered away.

 

*: If the plants should die, then so too will the insects. Then the birds... Then all the animals... All life in this world will come to an end...

 

*: Sadly, our tea bushes did not escape the destruction wrought by the Lord of Shadows. As the days have passed, so too has our supply of tea leaves dwindled.

 

*: All of our stores are exhausted, save for a tub of stale and slightly mouldered leaves I found at the back of my cupboard. Ahh, what I would not give for an infusion of freshly picked tips!

 

*: So many leaves fell from Yggdrasil's branches on that dark day... And those of us who remain are buffeted by the winds of sadness and despair...

 

*: More may yet fall... Some to inconsolable grief, others to disease and destitution... Only by your strength, Luminary, can the World Tree blossom once more.

 

*: This path leads to the top of the mountain. It is a sacred place, where none may set foot without the Holy Father's permission. Forgive me, but I must ask that you turn back.

 

*: The priest who stood in this place when last you visited did not survive the Fall. Though I have long since retired from the holy life, I am duty-bound to continue his good work...

 

*: Luminary, how good to see you in my humble hostelry once again! Well then, shall we proceed to business?

 

*: My wife sadly passed away when the World Tree fell. Now I must run the Hostelry of Heroes alone...

 

*: When the world fell into chaos, many people panicked and withdrew their savings, seeking to spend them before it was too late, or to hoard food. Few found this decision to have been a wise one...

 

*: The Luminary Himself! What an unexpected honour! Can I interest you in any of my wares? Let us see now...

 

*: It has been very difficult to find good materials of late. I have been forced to dismantle some of my old furniture in order to acquire the parts necessary to craft weapons and tools.

 

*: I cannot say that it does not hurt to take a hammer to the chairs and cabinets I so lovingly created, but I will not allow my customers to go home empty-handed. Please, feel free to browse my wares.

 

*: (sigh) Now that our tea bushes have withered away, we can but turn to the desiccated remnants of the harvests of yesteryear. Unfortunately, the flavour does not compare.

 

*: Though I may gag at every sip, it has long been my daily routine to partake of a warming cup of tea in this establishment. The Lord of Shadows shall not rob me of this.

 

*: Arboria has long been famed as a sacred sanctuary, safely nestled beneath Yggdrasil's all-embracing boughs. Alas, we cannot claim that to be true any longer.

 

*: Our great protector has fallen to earth, raining burning boulders down upon Her most faithful disciples. I must admit, my belief has been sorely tested...

 

*: The World Tree's fall has caused you much anguish. You do not need to tell me, Luminary—I can read it in your face.

 

*: When one undergoes great hardship, that pain, that sadness...it etches itself upon one's features. Though it is difficult to see, it is there.

 

*: Every night I lie down and close my eyes just like this, but the fear that I will never wake again keeps me from falling asleep.

 

*: And should I somehow manage to drift off, I find myself plagued by fearful nightmares. I have not had a peaceful night's sleep since the day the World Tree fell...

 

There's a journal lying on the table. A handwritten note on the cover reads ‘Property of Veronica, the Mightiest Mage in Arboria—Hands Off!’

 

[pc] picks it up and flicks to an early entry...

 

‘Dear Diary,

 

Today, Serena and I had our very first magic lesson! Father Benedictus taught us how to heal injuries and how to make fireballs!

 

‘I picked up the fireball spell easily enough, but I couldn't get the hang of the healing one at all. Serena was the complete opposite, of course.

 

‘As per usual, she started sniffling about it, saying that we'd never become great sages like Serenica if we couldn't master simple spells. But I don't feel that way at all.

 

‘After all, if I ever get hurt, Serena can use her healing magic to fix me up, and if anyone tries to hurt her, I can wipe them out with a great big ball of flame!

 

‘For better or worse, we're always going to be together. So as long as one of us can do it, what's the problem? Seriously, Serena—stop being such a crybaby!’

 

*: Do not blame yourself, my love... There is nothing more we could have done...

 

*: Our son was just a few days old when the World Tree fell... He was perfectly well before, but afterwards, he grew weaker and weaker...

 

*: If I had been a better mother, perhaps I could have saved him...

 

*: Now I can do nothing but await the day when this world finally ends, and I am reunited with my darling baby boy...

Serena

Umm, [pc]? I don't mean to nag, but don't you think we ought to go to the cathedral and find out what Father Benedictus has to tell us?

 

*: To sacrifice one's life to save others is truly a heroic deed...but no matter how moving a tale it might make, it is a tragedy nonetheless...

 

*: My sister sacrificed herself to protect me from the rocks that fell from the sky when Yggdrasil crashed to the ground.

 

*: I know how Veronica's mother and father must feel...

 

*: Veronica and my sister both died to save the people they loved...but how can we live on when the people we love are no longer with us?

 

*: Almighty Yggdrasil... Though You have fallen to earth and lie withered and weak, please...heed my prayer. Grant Your dear daughter Veronica a resting place in Your holy Heart...

 

*: We will all one day return to the Heart of the World Tree, or so it has been said since time immemorial. I pray that this holds true even in these benighted times. Now...

 

*: I remember the day the twins departed to seek out the Luminary and stand guard over Him.

 

*: They swore that they would lay their very lives on the line to shield Him from harm. Perhaps they understood the true significance of those words...but I for one never expected such a tragic end to this tale...

 

*: Veronica and Serena were inseparable. Ever since they were little girls, they were always together.

 

*: When I saw that Serena had returned to us but Veronica had not, I feared the worst...

 

*: Father Benedictus said he had something important to discuss with you, did he not? He is waiting for you in the cathedral.

 

*: Go to him, I prithee. The cathedral is the large building at the top of the stairs.

 

*: It breaks my heart to see Veronica's parents' grief. I know what it is like to lose a child. I would not wish such pain on anyone.

 

*: How is one meant to live when one's hopes for the future have been so cruelly snatched away?

 

*: .........

 

*: When Veronica was a little girl, she told me that she wanted to be a teacher of magic when she grew up. Now that dream will never come true...

 

*: She was still so young... Did she lead a happy life, do you think?

Fidelus

(sob sniff) Oh, Veronica! My little angel! Never in my darkest nightmares did I imagine that such a day would ever come!

Fidelus

It is all my fault! I should never have allowed my dear, darling daughters to go on such a dangerous journey! Please, forgive your fool of a father! (sob)

Alma

(sob) Oh, my poor daughter! How terrible must have been your fate for only your staff to be returned to us?

Alma

If only you two had not inherited the soul of the holy sage... (sniff) Would that you had been ordinary little girls, and that we could have lived in peace...

 

*: Is Veronica...dead? Does that mean that she isn't going to come back again?

 

*: Ao-ao-aooo...

 

*: Is Veronica truly gone? I can hardly believe it...

 

*: To think that I will never hear her sharp tongue chiding my mooniness again... It is as if all the joy has drained from the world...

 

*: Ever since she was a little girl, Veronica loved to play with magic. She would throw fireballs and bolts of lightning into the sky just for the fun of it.

 

*: But no matter how dangerous the powers she played with, she took great care to ensure that no living thing was injured in the process. (sigh) She was always thinking of others...

 

*: The grief that Fidelus and Alma feel is evident, but what of poor Serena? I could not help but be moved by how she carried herself during the service.

 

*: She and Veronica were so close, and yet, for her parents' sake, she shed not a single tear... The anguish she feels must be beyond human expression...

 

*: Many people lost their lives in the days after the Fall, and yet I was convinced that Veronica would have escaped unscathed...

 

*: (sob) Oh, Veronica... I miss you so much... I was so looking forward to hearing all about your travels...

 

*: Serena told us what happened—that Veronica sacrificed herself to keep you from Mordegon's grasp.

 

*: Agh, how vexing it is to know that the hated Lord of Shadows is sneering down at us even now, yet there is nothing we can do to strike back at him!

 

*: I have always wondered why almighty Yggdrasil would choose for the holy sage Serenica to be reincarnated as not a single person, but two.

 

*: Perhaps She knew that this tragedy would come to pass—that though Veronica would lose her life, she would ensure that Serena lived on. Fate is cruel indeed...

 

*: After witnessing the horror of the World Tree falling to earth, our hopes turned to Veronica and Serena...but now, those hopes have been answered with further tragedy...

 

*: The Lord of Shadows has stolen everything from us—our lives, our happiness, even our hope. All that remains is darkness...

 

*: You look deeply troubled, Luminary. I can well understand the pain you must feel, but I prithee, do not blame yourself.

 

*: (sob) They were such a happy family... I remember well the joy on Fidelus and Alma's faces the day their daughters were gifted unto them...

 

*: How can such a terrible thing happen to such good people? It is so unfair... (sniff)

 

*: Veronica's staff... I made it for her specially, as a parting gift...

 

*: I had hoped that it would aid her on her journey...but little did I know where that journey would lead...

 

*: When a fellow Keeper passes away, it is our custom to offer a lock of hair to the fire, that the flames of its burning might light our kinsman's way back to the World Tree.

 

*: Long ago, it was thought that a person's memories were intertwined with their hair. By releasing those memories in the fire, a small part of all of us would leave with our departed friend.

 

*: Now that such a terrible fate has befallen Veronica, what of Serena? Will she continue to travel with you, despite the dangers?

 

*: ...Ah, but forgive me. This is a decision for her, and her alone.

 

*: Since my wife passed away, I have often wished that we had had a baby, so that I would not be all alone in the world.

 

*: But when I see the grief-stricken faces of those who have lost their children, I cannot help but think I should in fact be thankful that I will never know their sorrow...

Serena

Wait, [pc]. Father Benedictus said that he had prepared rooms for us at the inn. It would be awfully rude of us to ignore his kind offer, don't you think?

 

*: Oh, Luminary... You look ever so weary. Please, you must rest.

 

*: I believe Father Benedictus has arranged for you and your friends to stay at the inn. Go there, I prithee, and speak with the proprietor.

 

*: Ah, Luminary. Father Benedictus tells me that you and your friends will be staying the night. Shall I take you up to your room?  [yes/no]

 

*: Very well. If you would follow me...

Benedictus

The heavenly isle that I saw in my dream must surely be your next destination—and Cetacea the means by which you will reach it.

Benedictus

I shall peruse the annals for any hints as to how this magical being might be summoned. Should I discover anything of note, I shall inform you forthwith.

Benedictus

But for now, I bid you good night. I have asked the innkeep to prepare rooms for you at the inn. Pray, go to him, and sleep soundly.

 

*: Ah, Luminary. What brings you out here all alone at this late hour?

 

*: This path leads to the top of the mountain. It is a sacred place, where none may set foot without the Holy Father's permission. Forgive me, but I must ask that you turn back.

 

You can't run away in the middle of the night and leave all your friends behind!

Jade

It's almost as if the sky is crying... It was raining like this when I last saw your mother...

Jade

That night, when I fell into the river and you drifted away from me, I swore that I would one day grow strong enough to protect the people I love...

Jade

But I still have a long way to go. We're lucky Veronica had the strength that I didn't...

Erik

People come and people go. That's just the way the world works, I guess.

Erik

But why did she have to go so soon? She could have said something at least. I had...stuff I wanted to talk to her about...

Sylvando

Hey there, honey. Can't sleep either, huh? Well, we all need time to think, but try not to brood too much over things you can't change, okay?

Sylvando

I wanted to make everybody in Erdrea smile, but with the world the way it is, that's an impossible dream... There are things that even I, the Great Sylvando, can't do...

Sylvando

Ugh, it's that depressing music—it's making me all mopey! It's coming from behind the inn. Sounds a lot like Serena's harp...

Rab

Eleanor, my dear wee lassie... Irwin, my boy...

Rab

[pc], will ye promise me something? Tell me ye'll wait till yer auld grandad pops his clogs before you go shuffling off this mortal coil.

Rab

The people of Erdrea are made of stern stuff—we can deal with whatever Mordegon throws at us—but a world where the auld outlive the young? That's not a world I want to live in...

 

*: The locks of hair that we offer unto the flames are the last gift that we give to our kinsmen. The divine light of their burning guides our friends' souls to Yggdrasil's holy Heart.

 

*: The amount of hair offered reflects the depth of feeling for the dearly departed. After the loss of a spouse or close relation, it is not uncommon for the bereaved to gift half their hair or more.

 

*: The holy braziers must be kept burning throughout the night. It is my duty to ensure that they stay lit until morning.

 

*: (whine) Aooo...

 

*: A memorial to Veronica's memory is to be erected in the grove north of the village.

 

*: She and Serena would often play there together when they were children. It is a peaceful place—I pray that her spirit may find a similar serenity in the next life...

 

*: Throughout the ceremony, the tears did not cease to fall from Fidelus and Alma's eyes.

 

*: They returned to their home as soon as it was complete, but I doubt they will find any more comfort there. Do not disturb them, I prithee.

 

*: Another of Yggdrasil's blessed leaves withers and dies... I have lost count of the number of funerals I have had the misfortune of presiding over since the World Tree fell...

 

*: There have been so many since I took over the responsibilities of our late priest. But alas, it gets no easier... Forgive me...

 

*: I hear a mournful melody drifting on the air. Who would be playing a harp outside in this weather, I wonder?

 

*: Ah, Luminary. What brings you out here all alone at this late hour?

 

*: This path leads to the top of the mountain. It is a sacred place, where none may set foot without the Holy Father's permission. Forgive me, but I must ask that you turn back.

 

*: You are having trouble sleeping, I take it? It is to be expected—Veronica was a dear friend to all of us. It is only natural that her passing should come as a shock.

 

*: Dawn is still many hours away. Why not take a walk around the village to clear your mind? Take as much time as you need.

 

*: Veronica's parents were struck numb with grief at learning of their daughter's passing. As such, all the responsibilities for her funeral service fell to Serena.

 

*: She saw the ceremony through admirably, but it must have taken a heroic effort to hold back her tears. The poor girl...

 

*: Another precious flower of Arboria plucked too soon... Another irreplaceable life gone in an instant...

 

*: I am weary of tragedy. If I must attend another funeral, let it be my own.

 

*: Veronica and Serena have always been as one. Before they departed to seek you out, they spent every waking moment together.

 

*: The memory of her dear sister will never be far from Serena's heart, I am sure. In this way, at least, they will remain together forever more.

 

*: Ever since she was a child, Serena has always been somewhat...lacking in drive. Where Veronica led the way, Serena would blindly follow.

 

*: Indeed, it was Veronica alone who insisted they should seek out the Luminary—she who convinced their parents to let them leave. Serena does not have the courage to challenge the Lord of Shadows.

 

*: I prithee, Luminary, do not lead her into any more danger. Her place now is not with you, but with her parents—not only for their peace of mind, but for hers also.

 

*: The couple sitting at the other table lost their newborn child after Yggdrasil fell.

 

*: They have spoken nary a word since the ceremony ended. They just sit there, staring into space. I pray that the holes in their hearts can one day heal...

 

*: For more than a month, the tea I have served my customers has been brewed from the dry and dusty sweepings of harvests past. Tonight, however, I am serving the last of the premium blend.

 

*: When one knows not what tomorrow will bring, it is only natural to save such luxuries for a rainy day—I only hope that this small pleasure can help clear the rainclouds from my customers' hearts...

 

*: My wife has been in a deep despond ever since the fall of Yggdrasil took our newborn son from us. This is the first time since that dark day that I have seen her smile.

 

*: A long road still stretches before us, but with every small step, we draw a little closer to the happiness we once shared.

 

*: Ever since my son passed away, I have thought of nothing but following him into the next world.

 

*: ...Until tonight, that is. The ceremony for the repose of Veronica's soul reminded me of a time long ago when she and I shared our dreams for the future.

 

*: I told her that I wished only to make a happy home in Arboria—and I still can, so long as I keep fighting. Veronica would be so angry with me if I gave in to my grief...

Benedictus

Ah, Luminary. You are having trouble sleeping, I see.

Benedictus

The strange floating island that I saw in my vision must surely have some connection with your fate. As must Cetacea, the divine being upon whose back your predecessor once rode.

Benedictus

I shall scour every volume in the village to glean some clue as to how Cetacea might be summoned. If I should learn anything of note, I will send for you immediately.

 

*: Uhhh... Ahhh... Zzz...

 

*: Zzz... Ugh... Uhhh...

 

*: Ah-phew... No... Mordegon... Please don't take her away... Zzz...

 

*: This poor child lost his entire family in the aftermath of the Lord of Shadows' destruction of the World Tree. Every night since, he has tossed and turned restlessly in his sleep.

 

*: No matter how many tears one spills for a loved one, it will not bring them back. Slowly but surely, one must build one's life anew...

 

*: The lady who lives here lost her children in the Fall. She has taken in a young boy who lost his family too. As for me, I just help around the house once in a while.

 

*: There are few families in Arboria that have not lost loved ones at the Lord of Shadows' hands. I imagine the same is true all over Erdrea...

Fidelus

There is something I must tell you, [pc]... I am not Veronica and Serena's father. Nor is Alma their mother.

Fidelus

I am sure that they both realised long ago that this was the case, but they were never so unkind as to say it. I hope that we have always loved them as we would have done children of our own.

Fidelus

The pain of losing Veronica is almost too much to bear... I would happily have departed this world in her place...

Alma

Some eighteen years ago, Father Benedictus found a basket lying beneath the old oak in the grove north of the village. Two baby girls lay inside it, crying for their mother.

Alma

My husband and I had long wished to start a family, but the heavens had not provided—until that day. We took them in and raised them as our own.

Alma

Father Benedictus told us that he sensed a great power within them. That they were the heirs to the soul of the holy sage.

Alma

But that was not what mattered most. What mattered was that they needed us. And so, we strove to raise them as best we could. To love them, and to make them happy.

Alma

And yet, even so, they have met with naught but death and despair... Oh, my poor, sweet Veronica... (sob sniff)

Hendrik

When Mordegon was reborn as the Lord of Shadows, the fate of this world was thrown into disarray.

Hendrik

If only I had realised that Jasper was in the demon's thrall, perhaps I could have stopped him... Perhaps Veronica would still be alive today...

 

You can't run away in the middle of the night and leave all your friends behind!

Jade

...Well, at least it's stopped raining. If the sky was crying before, it seems to have cheered up a little now.

Jade

What do you say we head back to the inn? It's almost dawn. We should try to get some sleep while we still can.

Erik

The first time I met Serena, she seemed like such an airhead—the kind of girl who walks straight into trouble without even realising it, you know? She sure has changed.

Erik

If Veronica's up there somewhere looking down, I'll bet she's proud of what she's seeing. I know what it's like to watch your little sis finally grow up...

Serena

Veronica has given me so much. I'm not going to be afraid any more.

Serena

Oh, but please—don't let me keep you. I think I'll stay here for a while and listen to the breeze. You should go back to the inn and rest.

Sylvando

Hey, honey. What was that light I saw shining on the terrace just now?

Sylvando

Could it have been the first rays of the rising sun? No, no—it was much more...fiery. You know, it reminded me of a certain someone...

Rab

...Well, will ye look at that. The sky's cleared right up. Perhaps it had something to do with that sad song coming to an end. That was Serena singing, was it not?

 

*: I heard a mournful melody drifting on the night air. I presume it must have been Serena strumming her harp.

 

*: Welcome back to our humble hostelry, Luminary. Will you be returning to your room?  [yes/no]

 

*: Very well. If you would follow me...

Benedictus

The strange floating island that I saw in my vision must surely have some connection with your fate. As must Cetacea, the divine being upon whose back your predecessor once rode.

Benedictus

I shall scour every volume in the village to glean some clue as to how Cetacea might be summoned. If I should learn anything of note, I will send for you immediately.

Benedictus

No doubt you are tired from the day's exertions. Return to the inn and rest, I prithee. The night air is cool and damp—it would not do for you to catch cold.

Serena

Wait, [pc]. This isn't the path to the top of the mountain. The others are all waiting for us up there.

Serena

Father Benedictus said that he had something important to show us. Come along—let's go around the side of the cathedral and see what it could be.

Fidelus

Luminary... I thank the heavens that you are still with us. So long as you are alive, hope lives also.

Fidelus

Pray, go forth, defeat the hated Lord of Shadows and restore peace to this ruined realm. That is what our little angel would have wanted...

Alma

So you have decided to set out with the Luminary once more, Serena? Even though you know how your father and I fear for your safety?

Serena

I'm sorry, Mother... I don't mean to make you and Father worry, but I must fulfil my duty.

Alma

Do not apologise, my dear. You must do what you believe is right. Even when you were a little girl, you always made sure to finish whatever you began.

 

Your sister teased you for being absent-minded, but in truth, you were simply focused on the task at hand.

Alma

But please, promise me that you will come back to us. You must of course do your duty and protect the Luminary, but do not neglect to keep yourself safe, do you hear?

Serena

Yes, Mother...I promise. We won't lose anybody else—I won't allow it!

 

*: My mother told me that Veronica will not be coming back...but why? I really want to see her again!

 

*: It's not only Veronica... Mother says that all the other people who have gone away won't be coming back either... But you'll come back, won't you, Luminary? Won't you?

 

*: Woof! Woof! Aoooooo!

 

*: So many lives have been lost since the World Tree fell to earth... One cannot know if tomorrow will be one's last day alive, or the day that peace returns for good...

 

*: But so long as we live and breathe, we can dream of a brighter tomorrow. And one day, that dream will surely come true.

 

*: My sister is gone... But now this nice lady who has lost her own family is taking care of me.

 

*: I will never forget my old family, but together, we can start a new one.

 

*: Veronica meant so much to us. Not only was she a mighty mage, destined to follow in Serenica's footsteps, but she was the life and soul of this village.

 

*: The tale of her noble sacrifice will live long in legend. Generations from now, the children of Arboria shall continue to offer prayers for the repose of her immortal soul.

 

*: It has become something of a common occurrence in recent weeks, but it always breaks my heart to witness a funeral service for one younger than I.

 

*: So many young lives were snatched away when the Lord of Shadows laid waste to Yggdrasil. I can but pray for the repose of their souls...

 

*: I still cannot believe that Veronica is really gone... Will I truly never hear her mischievous laughter again?

 

*: Serena, is that you? I did not recognise you for a moment!

Serena

Do I really look that different? It's rather embarrassing to have everyone staring at me all of a sudden...

 

*: Did you not say to me that you were growing your hair so that you could braid it as Veronica did?

Serena

Yes...but that's all in the past now. I don't need to copy my sister's hairstyle to be like her. Veronica will always be in my heart.

 

*: The village elders have been in deep discussions over where best to erect Veronica's memorial stone.

 

*: They want to position it in a restful sanctuary somewhere. A place where her spirit can rest in peace.

 

*: Fidelus and Alma have a rather anxious streak. Though they may appear calm on the surface, deep down they are racked with concern for Serena's safety.

 

*: Luminary... Promise us that you will keep her safe.

 

*: Good day, [pc]. Just a moment ago, Father Benedictus departed for the top of the mountain. He said he had discovered something vital regarding the Luminary.

 

*: I believe he is still there now, awaiting your arrival. Pray, follow the path around the side of the cathedral and meet with him there.

 

*: Urrrgh... I should not have had that ceremonial cup of wine after the service last night... I feel so sick I can hardly stand...

 

*: What would Veronica say if she could see me now...? Ahh, what an ignominious wretch I am!

 

*: Ever since Mordegon was reborn as the Lord of Shadows, the rich soils of Arboria have lost their fecundity. And yet, I see small shoots pushing through the ash.

 

*: I shall study these plants to determine what might yet thrive in the scorched earth. If fortune holds, perhaps I might be able to establish a potato patch...

 

*: My, my! Serena certainly does look very different with short hair.

 

*: Who does she remind me of? Ah, yes—she looks just like the portrait of the holy sage Serenica in my old school book. Though it is not so much the hair as the demeanour...

 

*: Good morning, [pc]. Father Benedictus passed through here this morning on his way to the top of the mountain.

 

*: He said that you were to join him there, and that I should allow you to pass. I know not what he wishes to tell you, but please, go to him with my blessing.

 

*: Good day, Luminary. Come, let us offer a prayer that Veronica and the World Tree might find peace...

 

*: Father Benedictus came here at dawn, but you were still sleeping. He said that he had some important news to share with you.

 

*: When I told him you were not yet awake, he departed for the top of the mountain, murmuring under his breath all the while. I wonder what this news could be...

 

*: I heard a harp playing in the night. I believe it was a song composed by the holy sage Serenica.

 

*: I cannot claim to be a scholar of music, but it moved me to my very core. Never before have I heard such a melancholy melody.

 

*: The lady who lost her child is slowly starting to speak again. It is most gratifying to see her recovering some of her old spirit.

 

*: They say that it takes half the time spent with a loved one to come to terms with their passing. But do not worry, Luminary—eventually, time heals all wounds...

 

*: Now that the World Tree has fallen, we have naught to turn to for spiritual succour. There is no home in Arboria that has not been touched by grief.

 

*: But so long as we have our lives, we must endure. The hopes and dreams of the dearly departed rest upon our shoulders now.

 

*: Ever since the twins were born, they were lauded as the reincarnation of the holy sage Serenica.

 

*: Now that Veronica is gone, it falls to Serena alone to fulfil the destiny that the World Tree had in store for them.

 

‘In loving memory of Veronica, daughter of Fidelus and Alma, sister of Serena, scion of Serenica and saviour of the Luminary.’

Alma

Serena is not a child any more. If it is her heartfelt wish to join you on your travels, I will not stand in her way.

Alma

But I beg you, Luminary—do not take any unnecessary risks. Promise me that you will all come back to us safe and sound.

 

*: Ah-phew... Ah-phew...

 

*: Ao-ao-aooo...

 

*: My boy has been having fewer nightmares of late. It seems the clouds that filled his heart are finally beginning to clear.

 

*: But though he no longer tosses and turns, he still murmurs in his sleep. If only the years had not dulled my hearing, I might know what he dreams of now...

 

*: Zzz... Can I call you...grandmother? (snore)

 

*: We chose to erect our memorial to Veronica in the grove north of the village, under the very tree where Serena found her staff. Go there and offer up a prayer, I prithee.

 

*: Ahh, it seems like only yesterday that those woods resounded with their happy laughter... (sigh) Where do the years go...?

 

*: The World Tree has fallen, and Serenica's pure-white robes are blackened with smoke and ash. No matter how many tears we shed, they will not wash the stains away.

 

*: And even if they could, we have no cause to cry—so long as you are here, Luminary, we know that all will be well again in time.

 

*: Good day, Luminary. Veronica's memorial has been erected in the verdant sanctum at the end of this path. If you should wish to offer a prayer for her, please proceed.

 

*: Veronica was a sharp-tongued soul—no doubt she would have answered my own prayers with a stinging riposte—but I am sure she would be overjoyed to hear from you.

 

*: The birds, the insects...even the trees are crying. When all is still, I hear their tearful voices.

 

*: Dear Veronica sacrificed herself to save us all. I do not doubt that they weep for her...

 

*: Welcome back to Arboria, Luminary—the home of the Keepers... Though the peace we strove to protect has long since slipped through our fingers...

 

*: Still, we can but persevere. By our efforts, the legend of the Luminary may yet be kept alive, and with it, the memory of dear Veronica...

 

*: Urrrgh... I am so hungry that I can barely move... My stomach feels as though it has completely shrivelled up...

 

*: ...But my suffering pales in comparison to the trials Veronica underwent. I must learn from her example, gird up my loins and seek out some food!

 

*: Hmm... So this is the famous antidotal herb tea all Arboria is talking about? It is certainly more palatable than the stale sweepings we were drinking before. But it is very bitter...

 

*: So many leaves fell from Yggdrasil's branches on that dark day... And those of us who remain are buffeted by the winds of sadness and despair...

 

*: But we shall stand strong. After all, imagine how Veronica will chide us in the next life if we do not!

 

*: Long have I guarded the path to Luminary's Landing, preventing trespassers from setting foot on that sacred ground. But I shall stand in your way no longer.

 

*: Now that you have the power to summon Cetacea, there is nowhere in this world that is beyond your reach. May She carry you wherever your destiny may lead.

 

*: It was Veronica's last wish that you complete your journey, Luminary. I pray that you have the best of luck in the battles to come. Now...

 

*: Luminary, you do our humble hostelry the greatest honour by gracing us with your presence once more.

 

*: I made the staff Serena found in the grove north of the village especially for Veronica. It was a parting gift to keep her safe on her travels. I hope that it served her well...

 

*: Luminary, you will never believe this, but if you dry antidotal herbs and steep them in boiling water, it makes the most delicious tea!

 

*: Well, perhaps not the most delicious... It is rather bitter, but so much more refreshing than the infusion of dry, stale leaves we have been drinking since the Fall.

 

*: The Lord of Shadows has stolen much from us, but he will never take my tea time!

 

*: Ah-phew... Ah-phew...

Benedictus

Somewhere in those boundless skies hangs the floating island I saw in my dream. I bid you seek it out, for you will surely find there a power to banish the darkness.

Benedictus

Go forth [pc], and strike down the hated Lord of Shadows, the source of all evil in this world! Do not allow Veronica's sacrifice to be in vain!

 

2.16 - Havens Above

 

An oppressive barrier surrounds the Fortress of Fear. It's not possible to get any closer.

 

This mysterious object looks almost like some kind of giant candlestick...

 

A foreboding fog hangs over the entire area. It doesn't seem like a good idea to proceed any further.

 

A mysterious energy emanates from the seedling. It feels similar to the energy given off by Yggdrasil's roots...but nothing happens when you touch it.

 

A mysterious energy emanates from the seedling. It feels similar to the energy given off by Yggdrasil's roots...but nothing happens when you touch it.

 

A mysterious energy emanates from the seedling. It feels similar to the energy given off by Yggdrasil's roots...but nothing happens when you touch it.

 

A mysterious energy emanates from the seedling. It feels similar to the energy given off by Yggdrasil's roots...but nothing happens when you touch it.

 

*: BEEN HERE. BEEN HERE SINCE BEGINNING. MY PEOPLE. WATCHERS. WATCHING. PROTECTING FLAME.

 

*: SEEK FLAME IN TEMPLE. LEARN MORE. LEARN OF POWER TO BANISH DARKNESS. PERHAPS.

 

Hold out your hand to the seedling?  [yes/no]

Serena

The way they are glowing rather makes me think they have something important to share with us...

 

A mysterious energy still emanates from the seedling, but nothing happens when you touch it.

 

Hold out your hand to the seedling?  [yes/no]

 

[pc] remembers a place that he's visited! He can now use Zoom to travel to Gallopolis!

 

[pc] remembers some places that he's visited! He can now use Zoom to travel to Hotto and Gallopolis!

 

FIRST LUMINARY. TOOK GUIDING LIGHT. TRAVELLED WORLD. MADE SWORD TO BANISH DARKNESS.

 

*: FOLLOW IN FOOTSTEPS. FOLLOW FIRST LUMINARY. AM ONLY CHILD. BUT CAN HELP. GIVE ADVICE. WANT ADVICE? [yes/no]

 

*: FIRST LUMINARY FOUND ORE IN SKY. ANCIENT BATTLEFIELD. FLOATS IN SKY. LIKE THIS PLACE.

 

*: SEEK HAMMER IN PLACE YOU KNOW. DESERT KINGDOM. NAME IS GALLOPOLIS.

 

*: FINALLY NEED FORGE. MOUNTAIN. MOUNTAIN ABOVE HOTTO. SEEK IT THERE. MUST WORK TOGETHER. CANNOT FORGE SWORD ALONE.

 

*: COME IF YOU SEEK ADVICE AGAIN. ONLY CHILD. BUT CAN HELP. PLEASE, LUMINARY. SUCCEED.

 

This mysterious object looks almost like some kind of giant candlestick...

 

Light it with the Guiding Light's flame? [yes/no]

 

‘WATCHERS FLOAT ABOVE WORLD. WATCH. PROTECT. THIS ISLAND IS HOME. HERE FROM BEGINNING.

 

‘NOT JUST HOME TO WATCHERS. HOME TO ORE. SPECIAL ORE. ORE TO BANISH DARKNESS.’

 

An inscription has been carved into the ancient stone. It looks as if it was left by the Watchers...

 

‘ISLAND NOT JUST HOME TO WATCHERS. HOME TO ORE. SPECIAL ORE. ORE TO BANISH DARKNESS.

 

‘ORE MAKES SPECIAL WEAPON. WEAPON TO RESTORE HOPE. WEAPON TO SAVE ALL ERDREA.’

 

An inscription has been carved into the ancient stone. It looks as if it was left by the Watchers...

 

‘ERDREA WAS AT PEACE. BUT THEN DISASTER. DARK ONE CAME. HOPE TURNED TO DESPAIR.

 

‘ONLY LUMINARY CAN DEFEAT HIM. AND ONLY WITH SWORD. SWORD OF PRECIOUS ORE.’

 

An inscription has been carved into the ancient stone. It looks as if it was left by the Watchers...

 

‘THEY CAME. MONSTERS SERVING DARK ONE. CAME TO STEAL ORE. FIERCE BATTLE.

 

‘WATCHERS FOUGHT MONSTERS. MUCH BLOODSHED. MUCH SACRIFICE.

 

‘PEACEFUL LAND RUINED. NOW KNOWN ONLY AS BATTLEGROUND.’

 

An inscription has been carved into the ancient stone. It looks as if it was left by the Watchers...

 

‘DARK ONE ATTACKED. BATTLE RAGED. MANY FELL. PRECIOUS ORE LOST.

 

‘BUT SOME REMAINS. ONE DAY WILL BE NEEDED AGAIN. PERHAPS.

 

‘WATCHERS PROTECT LAST SEAM OF ORE. PROTECT UNTIL END. PROTECT UNTIL WORLD TREE CALLS US HOME.’

 

The flame lit by the Guiding Light is burning brightly.

 

The Guiding Light is pulsating strangely. Offer it up to the volcano? [yes/no]

 

...But you don't yet have everything you need.

 

A great power emanates from within. This certainly seems like a place where a legendary sword could be forged.

 

Use the Forging Hammer to work the orichalcum and make a new Sword of Light? [yes/no]

 

Use the Sword of Light to destroy the barrier? [yes/no]

 

*: GO TO FLOATING CASTLE. MORDEGON WAITS THERE. THE FINAL BATTLE. IT IS TIME.

 

*: ALL LIFE PRAYS FOR YOU. ALL ERDREA WISHES YOU SUCCESS. GO NOW. FINISH THIS.

Serena

It's finally time, [pc]. We're finally going to do it.

Serena

Let's use the Calamus flute to summon Cetacea. She'll be able to take us to the Fortress of Fear, I'm sure of it.

 

An evil force blocks the way ahead. But [pc] senses that the power of the Luminary will be able to overcome it...

 

The crystals that filled the room have gone, and you are now able to travel to the level below.

 

You can't ride the monster beyond this point.

 

The seal blocking the door on the west side of this floor has been broken.

 

The seal blocking a door in the hall below has been broken.

 

The way into the heart of the Fortress of Fear is now open.

 

It looks like this will transport you to the Palace of Malice. Use it? [yes/no]

 

[pc] acquires the Sword of Shadows!

 

2.17 - Arboria (Post-Credits)

 

*: Why, if it isn't the Luminary! Where are you running off to? There are festivities afoot!

 

*: The people of Arboria are gathered to celebrate the fulfilment of your destiny! Pray, stay awhile and rejoice with us!

 

*: Surely not, Luminary? Does our guest of honour truly seek to flee the festivities being held to celebrate his deeds?

 

*: Return to the plaza, I beg you, and regale us with the story of how you laid the Lord of Shadows low!

Fidelus

At long last, my little angel has fulfilled her duty to protect the Luminary, and has returned to the bosom of her beloved family!

Fidelus

The pain of losing my dear Veronica will never leave my heart...but today is a day for celebration! Three cheers for Serena! Hip, hip, hoorah!

Alma

My darling Serena was always a shy, retiring sort, and yet she has fulfilled her divine duty, just like the holy sage Serenica before her! Ahh, I am so proud of her!

Alma

But more than that—I am so very happy that our little angel has returned to us safe and sound!

Alma

It would surely bring a tear to Veronica's eye to see how much her little sister has grown... (sniff)

 

*: I have never danced before, so I have little idea how one is supposed to do it... Something like this, perhaps? Hm! Hah!

 

*: Huzzah for the Luminary! Tell me—what must I do to become as strong as you? Strong enough to defeat the Lord of Shadows?

 

*: Must I eat a balanced diet, rich in nutrients? I fear that milk does not agree with me, but if you think it will help me grow big and strong, I shall do my best to endure the discomfort!

 

*: My congratulations, Luminary. Your long and arduous quest is finally at an end.

 

*: From this day forth, you may live life as you please. A new adventure awaits you—but this time, it will be one of your own choosing.

Benedictus

[pc], my child. Because of you, the Lord of Shadows is defeated, and peace reigns over Erdrea once more.

Benedictus

And we Keepers have been relieved of a weighty responsibility—that of protecting the Luminary and ensuring that His destiny is fulfilled. Truly, this is a cause for much rejoicing!

Benedictus

I do not know how long it has been since last I saw my people smile... But smile they do, and all thanks to you. Pray, join us in celebrating this most auspicious of days!

 

*: Our newborn son passed away shortly after holy Yggdrasil fell, and my wife has been inconsolable ever since...but at long last, I see her begin to smile once more.

 

*: Our days will forever be tinged with sadness, but now, we have hope for a better tomorrow. We must live happy lives, that our child's spirit might rest in peace.

 

*: Though peace has returned, my child will not... Alas, the salvation of the entire world is not sufficient to dispel my grief...

 

*: But when I see almighty Yggdrasil soaring in the sky above us once more, I feel somehow...at peace. I know that my son's spirit sleeps in Her holy Heart, waiting to be born again.

 

*: Years, perhaps centuries from now, we shall be reunited... So long as I believe that to be true, I can live on...

 

*: My, what a fine figure of a man you are! So tall and strong and handsome! I would wager that you alone were more than a match for the Lord of Shadows!

 

*: Now that you have saved all Erdrea from the darkness, mayhap you can save me from swooning! ...Oh no—here I go! (swoon) Tee hee hee!

 

*: By the skies, you are a pleasure to behold, good sir! I knew that the Luminary's companions would be heroes to a man, but you are more heroic than I ever imagined possible!

 

*: Why, if I were twenty years younger, I would cling to you like a creeper! Ha ha ha ha haaa!

 

*: Oh my... I would so love to speak with those handsome gentlemen, but I cannot hope to compete with these ladies'...assertive advances...

 

*: Luminary, while you and your friends were fighting your way through that flying fortress, I spent every waking moment praying to the heavens for your victory.

 

*: But staring into the sky for hours on end does tend to make one's neck somewhat sore... It still feels a little stiff, especially when I turn to the— OUCH!

 

*: Serena is much changed from the girl I once knew. Never before have I seen her wear such a...majestic expression. My heart goes all aflutter whenever she draws near...

 

*: ...Ah, Luminary! That was not intended for your ears! Do not tell Serena, I prithee!

 

*: It seems that people all over Erdrea are celebrating the return of peace. News of joyous festivities reaches us from all corners of the world.

 

*: You have visited many places on your travels, have you not? No doubt the people of those towns and villages would be just as pleased as we to see you.

 

*: What an unusual dance... Still, my boy seems to be enjoying it. That is all that matters to me.

 

*: I have never seen anyone dance quite so strangely before... It is such fun!

 

*: I think I shall dance along! I wonder if grandmother would like to join in too...

 

*: Ne'er have I found the courage to dance in public before this day. I had worried that people might think me immodest.

 

*: But now that the world is at peace, I am filled with a joyous exuberance, and my body moves of its own accord! What fun it is to finally let one's hair down!

 

*: Have you tried our antidotal herb tea? We began drinking it after the Fall when our supplies of tea leaves dwindled. People seem to find it bitter and unsavoury at first, but it really does grow on one.

 

*: Now that Erdrea is at peace, perhaps we will turn our attention to exporting this fine beverage to the rest of the world, so that all its people might enjoy the taste of Arboria!

 

*: It would seem that the scorched and ashen earth has regained its fertility. The plants and flowers are flourishing once more. Another bounteous harvest is just around the corner!

 

*: When we can finally go to sleep with full stomachs again, we will know that the worst is truly behind us, and that we can begin to look to the future once more.

Erik

Hey, there's something I've been meaning to ask—when we finished off Mordegon, you swiped his sword, right? The Sword of Shadows?

Erik

It may look kinda creepy, but underneath all those razor-sharp teeth and bulging eyeballs, it's still the Sword of Light. Have you tried using it yet?

Serena

When a new leaf appears on the World Tree's branches, a new life begins. Each of us has our own leaf on those mighty boughs. And each of us returns there when we die...

Serena

Veronica may no longer be with us, but her spirit lives on. And one day, we will meet again... One day, we'll return to our place on those branches...

Serena

But not just yet! I have a life to live, and I must live it to the fullest! For my sake and for hers!

Sylvando

Fabulous, isn't it, darling? I never thought I'd see the day the Arborians would be tripping the light fantastic with yours truly!

Sylvando

The Lord of Shadows stole everybody's freedom, but now they are free again—free to dance, dream and most of all, to smile! Hooraaay!

Jade

Ever since I lost you that night all those years ago, I've been driven by one purpose, and one purpose only—to destroy the darkness that took you from me.

Jade

And at last, it's done. I'll have to think of another reason to get up in the morning now...

Jade

Actually, I did want to help get Heliodor back on its feet... Oh, and I wanted to try all the different cakes in Gondolia too... Alright, maybe there are one or two other things to live for!

Rab

Och, would ye look at all these smiling faces? It's really true, eh? We really did save the world!

Rab

I cannae remember the last time I felt so chirpy! We've been running from the Lord of Shadows for so long, I'd forgotten what peace and quiet felt like!

Rab

There's still a few things left to do before things can go back to how they once were, but my dream of a life of leisure and laziness isnae far off now! Hyeh heh!

Hendrik

I... I must protest... Ladies, please... I am merely a soldier of Heliodor... I, ahh, I hardly think that I deserve such praise...

Hendrik

[pc]! These ladies will not let me alone—do something to rid me of them, I beg you!

 

*: It is the Luminary Himself! Our storied saviour! But what is our guest of honour doing so far from the festivities? Return to the plaza, I prithee!

 

*: Though if you truly have tired of our hospitality, you will have to leave by the main gate.

 

*: It is the Luminary Himself! Our storied saviour! But what is our guest of honour doing so far from the festivities? Return to the plaza, I prithee!

 

*: Though if you truly have tired of our hospitality, you will have to leave by the main gate.

 

*: You are returning to your homes already? Such a shame. I had hoped that your handsome friend would stay with us here in Arboria, that our eyes might feast upon his fine physique a little longer...

 

*: Ha ha ha! I jest, I jest! Your divine duty is at an end, and now you must rest! Go with our blessings!

 

*: Luminary, I thank you for blessing our humble gathering with your holy presence.

 

*: Will you be gracing the other towns of Erdrea with your presence also? Now that the world is at peace once more, people will be striding out in new directions with new-found confidence.

 

*: If you were to take a tour of Erdrea and speak with the populace, perhaps new paths might open up for you too...

 

*: Oh, bother... I never was able to speak with your companions. My fellow admirers were...forward indeed—I could not get a word in!

 

*: Serena is much changed from the girl I once knew. Never before have I seen her wear such a...majestic expression. My heart goes all aflutter whenever she draws near...

 

*: ...Oh! Serena! (gulp) Pray, tell me you did not hear that! Do not stare at me so, I prithee, or I fear I shall die from embarrassment!

 

2.18 - The Last Bastion (Post-Credits)

Blue John

Ahoy there! You did it, sonny! You sent the Lord of Shadows packing and got the World Tree back up where it belongs! Aye, you're a proper hero and no mistake!

Blue John

Since you've dragged your hide all the way out here, the least you can do is let me treat you to a night in my lovely shack! What do you reckon? [yes/no]

Blue John

That's what I like to hear! It's not much, but it's home—your home for as long as you need it!

 

*: Now the world's at peace again, I thought I'd head back home and set up my own little shop. I just need to scrape together the ferry fare first. Speaking of which...

 

*: The Emerald Coast is up ahead. If you're heading on to the Costa Valor via the Manglegrove, you'll need to turn round and head the other way.

 

*: The Manglegrove is right up ahead. There are some seriously nasty monsters there, so watch your step.

 

*: Welcome back! Everyone's talking about you, you know! You really did it–you beat the Lord of Shadows!

 

*: Everyone at the Last Bastion is eager to see you—don't keep them waiting!

 

*: Welcome to the Last Bastion, home of the world's two greatest heroes—you and Sir Hendrik!

King of Heliodor

You have done so much for us already...but I am afraid I will have even more to ask of you in the future.

King of Heliodor

Cobblestone must be represented at court. And I will accept no other representative but yourself.

King of Heliodor

Now, go and do what you must do, then return here. Your people eagerly await your homecoming.

 

*: Alright, [pc]? As you can see, we're all keepin' busy rebuildin' the ol' place.

 

*: Oh, 'ave you said 'ello to yer mum yet? She'll be over by the spot where yer 'ouse used to be.

 

He looks like he's sleeping peacefully.

Sandy

Woof! Woof woof!

Gemma

So I hear you're off again, [pc]. Hopefully you won't be gone that long this time... I, I miss you when you're away, you know...

Gemma

...Can I ask you something? If I begged you not to go, would you stay here? With me?

Gemma

...Oh, don't look at me like that! I'm joking, aren't I? I know you've got things to do!

Gemma

But just remember that I'm here waiting for you. No matter where you go, or how long you're away, I'll always be here.

 

*: I've been on the road for as long as I can remember, but maybe it's finally time for me to put down some roots.

 

*: Once we've restored Heliodor to its former glory, I'm planning on finally going home to Angri-La. It's time to end my wandering ways and tread the path of the monk.

 

*: Now that the Lord of Shadows has cleared off and peace has returned, we can't keep calling this place the Last Bastion.

 

*: No, we need to finish the rebuilding work and turn it back into dear old Cobblestone!

 

*: Zzz... Zzz...

 

*: This giant crossbow won't be seeing active service again any time soon, but that doesn't mean we're just going to let it rust. Oh no—I'll be keeping it polished to a fine sheen!

 

*: Would that you could have witnessed the joyful scene of Princess Jade's arrival with Sir Hendrik. I have never seen His Majesty so struck with emotion.

 

*: First he wept, and then Sir Hendrik...and then the Princess broke into uproarious laughter at the sight of the two of them reduced to tears!

 

It's Hendrik's horse, Obsidian. He seems very at ease with the world.

 

*: Sir Hendrik and Princess Jade looked so perfect together... It hurt me to see it...

 

*: He, manly and stern... She, beautiful and graceful... It pains me to admit it, but they make a truly wonderful pair...

Amber

Off on your travels again, are you? Honestly! You can't even spare five minutes for your old mum after beating the Lord of Shadows?

Amber

Well, I can't say I'm surprised—you're just like your grandfather! He couldn't sit still when there were things to be done either.

Amber

I know there's nothing I can say to make you change your mind, so I'll just wish you the best.

Amber

But don't you go forgetting that me and Gemma are here waiting for you to come home. Now, off you go. I know you'll make me proud, whatever you do. You'll always be my little soldier!

 

*: Princess Jade's every bit as full of life as her father was at her age—and every bit as stubborn! If she grows up to be anything like him, the future of Heliodor will be bright indeed!

 

*: It won't quite be the beautiful stable they used to have, but I'm determined to build a home for the horses. It's my way of repaying the people of Cobblestone for all they've done for me.

 

*: Obsidian was in such a good mood, I knew straight away that you and Sir Hendrik must have come home.

 

*: You should go and say hello before you head off again. Horses remember these things, you know.

 

*: To think, one day you're a little boy, running round playing tricks on people, and the next, you're the saviour of the whole world!

 

*: I just know old Chalky is looking down from heaven with a big smile on his face!

 

*: There's no load I wouldn't carry for the fair Princess Jade!

 

*: I'm not going to lie to you, I fell head over heels in love with Princess Jade the second I saw those sultry eyes of hers. I reckon I'm in with a chance, you know.

 

*: Things are going to be just fine once we all get back to Heliodor. With Princess Jade and Sir Hendrik on our side, we've got nothing to worry about!

 

*: Now that the world is at peace once more, Derk has thrown himself heart and soul into rekindling the fires of commerce. One cannot help but feel proud.

 

*: His noble goal is to return to Heliodor, to open an even grander boutique and to keep one in the manner to which one has become accustomed.

 

*: I guess once Cobblestone has been restored to its former glory, we'll be moving on. Seems a shame—I've grown pretty attached to the place.

 

*: Zzz... Zzz...

 

*: Heading to the Tor, are you? It's strange that the people of Cobblestone are so attached to the place–there's really nothing there.

 

*: Seeing Sir Hendrik and Princess Jade together reminds me of the old days.

 

*: It was always quite a sight—the big, tough knight comforting the little girl when the King had scolded her... Ahh, they were like brother and sister...

 

*: The big grin on 'Er Ladyship's face makes me day every time I see it, it really does! She's family now, an' nuffink beats yer nearest an' dearest bein' 'appy!

Derk

Wotcher! Fancy you droppin' by, eh? This calls for a celebration! May I suggest a nice bit o' shoppin'? Ahem...

Dunstan

You know it makes my Gemma miserable you being away, don't you? It fair breaks my heart to see it.

Dunstan

I know you're not going away for long this time, but bring her back a present or something, will you? It'll mean the world to her, poor dear.

 

2.19 - Angri-La (Post-Credits)

 

*: Greetings, Luminary. You have slain the Lord of Shadows, have you not? The good news has already reached us, even in this far-flung corner of the world.

 

*: You took a great risk in challenging him, and all so that we could once again live in peace. For that, we cannot thank you enough.

 

‘— Message from the High Lama —

 

Disciples of Angri-La, though the Luminary and his allies have triumphed over Mordegon, we must not neglect our training.

 

‘Who can say what path the universe has in store for us? Let us submit ourselves to the rigours of the Wheel of Harma, that we might grow in strength and skill. We must be ready for any eventuality.’

 

*: When the Lord of Shadows sent the World Tree crashing to the ground, Grand Master Pang gave her life to protect the temple and everyone within it.

 

*: And now Mordegon is no more. The wheel of fate has come full circle, and all is thanks to you. We are in your debt, Luminary.

 

*: Welcome to Angri-La. Disciples flock here from all over Erdrea, seeking to perfect their physical and spiritual selves. But of course, you know that already, Luminary.

 

*: No doubt your battle with the Lord of Shadows has left you drained. Please, stay with us awhile. Every man, woman and child of Angri-La stands ready to welcome you with open arms.

 

*: Welcome to Angri-La, Luminary. We have just heard the news—that you and your companions have defeated the Lord of Shadows.

 

*: Everyone at the temple is eager to offer the saviours of our world their congratulations. Pray, stay and speak with us awhile.

 

*: Now that you have slain the Lord of Shadows and brought the World Tree back to life, this scarred land will surely begin to return to the way it once was.

 

*: And it is all thanks to you! There are no words to express our gratitude...

 

*: The view from the balcony is breathtaking, is it not? Even in this cold and inhospitable place, the flame of life burns brightly. We must ensure that its light is never extinguished.

 

*: Have you heard? Lord Robert and his friends defeated the Lord of Shadows! He might seem to be a strange and fat old man, but he really is the Red-Cheeked Seeker after all!

 

*: The High Lama has accepted me as a disciple. I won't start training properly until I'm older, but for now, I've decided to walk up and down these stairs to build up my stamina.

 

*: I'm going to train as hard as I can so that one day, I can be just as impervious to pain as the Red-Cheeked Seeker!

 

*: Lord Robert aided you in defeating the Lord of Shadows, did he not?

 

*: He risked his life to challenge a monster more powerful than any this world has ever seen, and emerged victorious. No wonder he was the Grand Master's favourite pupil.

 

*: Many people have lost their lives at the Lord of Shadows' hands. It falls to those of us who remain to return this world to the way it once was.

 

*: Mother Yggdrasil has nourished us with Her bounty—we have a sacred duty to heal the wounds of this land of Hers.

 

*: The Lord of Shadows is gone, but his servants still remain. The monsters who were corrupted by his evil influence will not simply give up and walk away.

 

*: That is why you must complete your training with all haste. The High Lama needs disciples to stand beside him and continue the fight!

 

*: Well done, Luminary, well done! You have laid the Lord of Shadows low, just as the Grand Master would have wanted!

 

*: Ah, Luminary! I always believed that you would triumph in the fight against the Lord of Shadows—after all, you trained with the great Grand Master Pang herself!

 

*: ...Alright, I'll stay. This temple has been good to me. I'll do all I can to help get it back on its feet again.

 

*: I was planning to go back to my hometown, but the disciples asked me to stay and help protect the temple, so I'll be here for a while longer.

 

*: Though peace has returned to Erdrea, Angri-La is still but a shadow of its former self.

 

*: The Grand Master is gone, the Heliodorian siege has drained our resources and we are hounded on all sides by the servants of the Lord of Shadows.

 

*: Though I know you are eager to return home, will you stay awhile and aid us in protecting the temple?

 

*: The Lord of Shadows is no more, and the wheel of fate has come full circle. But we did not escape unscathed—those who lost their lives when the World Tree fell will not return.

 

*: If only Mordegon could have been prevented from stealing Yggdrasil's power... I know that it is futile to dwell on that which cannot be changed, but still, I cannot stop myself.

 

*: You and your friends are the saviours of this world. Everyone in Erdrea owes you a deep debt of gratitude.

 

*: To think that the one we slandered as the Darkspawn would slay the Lord of Shadows and restore peace to the world!

 

*: I thank you, friend, from the bottom of my heart. You are no devil child—you are a hero beyond compare.

 

*: Wow, you must be a lot tougher than my brother to be able to beat the Lord of Shadows. Will you teach him how to be strong like you?  [yes/no]

 

*: Ah-phew... Ah, brother... Don't give up... You can do it... Zzz...

 

*: I hear that Rab has been building up quite the collection of, erm...how can I put this...provocative periodicals. It seems there's life in the old dog yet!

 

*: I say it was the vigour he received from these stimulating reading materials that gave him the edge in the fight against the Lord of Shadows! The Ogler's Digest has saved us all! Heh heh heh!

 

*: It was the bonds of trust and friendship that Erdwin shared with Morcant and the other heroes of old that gave him the strength to lay the Dark One low.

 

*: And it is the same with you, Luminary. The Lord of Shadows might still reign even now if you had not been blessed with the support of your friends. Never forget the debt of gratitude you owe them.

 

*: The Lord of Shadows was powerful enough to send the World Tree crashing to the ground...and you were powerful enough to defeat him, Luminary. Grand Master Pang would have been proud.

 

*: My friend was chosen to be High Lama. Amazing, isn't it? He's only the same age as me!

 

*: He's got a lot of hard work in front of him, but I'm sure he'll be able to handle it. After all, I'll be there to help him every step of the way!

 

*: Congratulations on your victory over the Lord of Shadows, Luminary. If Grand Master Pang could see you now, she would be proud indeed.

 

*: Will you be joining us in our training today, [pc]?  [yes/no]

 

*: After the Dark One's defeat, the King of Dundrasil made a pact with Grand Master Ai Yi to train the princes of his kingdom in the ancient arts of Angri-La.

 

*: That way, they would always be ready to defend their people should crisis ever strike again.

 

*: You trained with Grand Master Pang and learned her secrets, then used that knowledge to lay the Lord of Shadows low—your forefathers were wise indeed to begin this tradition.

 

*: Tell me, Luminary—did you use the ancient technique the Grand Master taught you in your fight against the Lord of Shadows?  [yes/no]

 

*: Thanks to you, the World Tree has been reborn, the cycle of souls has begun anew and those who lost their lives may live again among Her all-embracing boughs.

 

*: You have safeguarded the future of Erdrea, and for that, you have our eternal thanks.

 

*: That fluffy, round tail... Those pretty ears that bob and bounce... That velveteen dress that clings to every curve...

 

*: Could this really be the very same bunny girl I have seen in my sleep every night since first I glimpsed her face in the Ogler's Digest? To be able to meet her in real life is truly a dream come true!

 

2.20 - Phnom Nonh (Post-Credits)

Mony

Hello! Welcome back to Phnom Nonh! We are all so, so relieved that the Lord of Shadows is defeated! Now life will be back to normal for us, I think so!

Mony

Please make sure that you visit Da and little Son while you are here in the village. They will be very, very happy to see you!

Bazza

Well, I'll be stuffed! If it ain't the hero o' the day! Strewth mate, you only went and clobbered the Lord o' Shadows, eh? [yes/no]

 

*: Perhaps now the souls of those who perished when Mordegon destroyed this ancient civilisation can finally be at peace...

 

*: And I can continue my investigations of these ruins without fear of further destruction. Thank you, young man!

Traveler

Hello! You are the one who defeated the Lord of Shadows, yes? Yes! I knew it! I told my father it must have been you!

Traveler

I always knew that you and your friends from the parade were very, very special, and I was correct! You saved the world, I think so! Thank you!

Traveler

Thank you for coming back to visit our village. It is much, much livelier here now that Yggdrasil has been restored to Her rightful place and the world is at peace.

Traveler

And my little Son has been telling me that it was you who defeated the Lord of Shadows!

Traveler

You are a true hero, I think so. Everyone in Erdrea owes you a great deal. Thank you, from the bottom of my heart!

 

*: Cor, ain't this just the best? Ever since Yggdrasil got back up where it belongs, the air's tasted a whole lot fresher round 'ere!

 

*: It's just wonderful! I thought all the greenery had gone for good, but as soon as Yggdrasil was restored, it started coming back again!

 

2.21 - Puerto Valor (Post-Credits)

 

*: ¡Buen día, señor! You are Norberto's amigo, sí? Then I should say ‘gracias’ to you for defeating the Lord of Shadows! We all believed you could do it—and you did!

 

*: Don Rodrigo's back to his old self by the sounds of it—a full recovery! I bet it's because the Lord of Shadows is gone and Yggdrasil's been restored!

 

*: Hello, Boss! I haven't seen you for aaages! Welcome back to Puerto Valor!

 

*: When we saw Yggdrasil back in the sky, we all knew that meant you lot had knobbled the Lord of Shadows! Ooh, so proud!

 

*: Oh, you HAVE to go and say hello to Sylv's dad while you're here! He'll be sooo happy to see you!

 

*: Leaving so soon? But there was so much I wanted to talk to you about!

 

*: Well, it can wait, I suppose. Just make sure you come back soon, alright? You know you're welcome any time!

 

*: Will you have a word with those boys from the parade for me? They're always trying to get me to join in with their dancing...

 

*: Oh, hello Boss! It's been a while, hasn't it? Sylv's been telling us all about what you've been up to. Thanks for saving the world! Tee hee!

 

*: The chicos from the parade have really settled in here in Puerto Valor—we all love them! ¡Nosotros los amamos!

 

*: The world is peaceful again, sí? We can eat and drink all night without fear of the Lord of Shadows! ¡Salud!

 

*: Ahh... There's nothing like a salty sea breeze to make you feel alive! And it feels so much nicer now that you and Sylv have taken care of that awful Lord of Shadows!

 

*: I thought we would never see the ocean looking so beautiful again. I feel truly blessed!

 

*: The sea is blue and beautiful once more! ¡Muy hermoso! The tourists will surely return before long, and Puerto Valor will be bustling once again!

 

*: When I see everyone in town enjoying themselves like this, I truly feel that peace has returned!

 

*: Now it is our duty to make sure things stay this way! ¡Viva Puerto Valor!

 

*: I will tell you a secret, sí? ¿Un secreto? My injuries have already healed. But I enjoy the company of my nurse so much, I do not want to leave this place...

 

*: I especially like her expression when she is worried about me. Maybe I am truly sick—lovesick, sí? Ay... Ayyy...

 

*: The world has become peaceful, but this hombre, he is yet to recover from his injuries.

 

*: His appetite is fine, but his face becomes bright red whenever I examine him... I do not understand what is wrong. No entiendo...

 

*: ¡Je je je! I am so happy! ¡Muy feliz! Everything tastes better when the world is at peace!

 

*: This is the gate to Don Rodrigo's villa. ...Hm? Oh! You are Norberto's amigo, sí?

 

*: You should pay Don Rodrigo a visit while you are here. He will be very pleased to see you! ¡Muy complacido!

 

*: I wish you and Norberto could spend some more time here with Don Rodrigo, but I hear that you must soon depart, sí?

 

*: Well, come back any time, por favor. There will always be a warm welcome for the saviour of Puerto Valor!

 

*: Look, Boss! Sylv's dad said I could help train some of the apprentice knights!

 

*: Now I know what you're thinking—I don't look tough enough for that. Well, don't you worry! Sylv really put us through our paces during our parading days!

 

*: Look at him go, Boss! Sylv's dad is just a natural! Ooh, he's so elegant!

 

*: Come on now! Big smile, loose limbs, let's feel the beat and celebrate world peace! Boom-boom-boom!

 

*: This chico with the feathers suddenly became our drill instructor. He looks so small and weak, but he is strong as an ox! ¡Muy fuerte! Where did he train!?

 

*: I still cannot believe that Don Rodrigo is dancing... It seems impossible—but also incredible, no? To be a great swordsman and a great dancer? ¡Muy bien!

 

*: This chico with the feathers is a sensation! He can sing, he can dance, he can even play the drums! ¡Es un fenómeno!

 

*: ¡Je je! Learning to become a caballero is so much fun! I thought it would be nothing but misery and hard work, but no—I cannot wait to begin each new day of training!

 

*: ¡Venga, Don Rodrigo! Go, go, go! Oh, how I wish I could dance like him!

 

*: The chicos with the feathers, they all dance so beautifully, no? ¡Muy elegante!

Don Rodrigo

(pant gasp) This is...so...draining... (pant)

Don Rodrigo

But I will keep practising! I will show Norberto that his papi can dance with the best of them! ¡Venga!

 

*: What's that, Boss? You'd like to join in? Ooh, aren't you keen! Alright then, stand in line next to me!

 

*: What do you think, Boss? We've been working really hard on this dance. I've even learned a bit of the local language to help us communicate! ¡Uno, dos, tres!

 

*: This dance... (puff) It's a real workout... (pant)

 

*: Hey, it'd be a great way for you to keep in shape yourself! You know, now that the world's been saved and all that!

 

*: I can't believe how quickly Don Rodrigo's dancing's come along! Then again, I suppose he is Sylv's dad. He was always going to be a natural!

 

*: That's right! Just let your body be a slave to the rhythm!

Gonzalez

¡Bienvenido! This is the villa of Don— Oh! It is you! Norberto's amigo!

Gonzalez

Don Rodrigo is in his room. Feel free to enter, but remember to behave appropriately, sí?

Gonzalez

You saw Don Rodrigo dance, eh? It was a big shock for you, I am sure. Un gran choque, ¿no? The first time I saw it, I could not believe my eyes either!

 

*: Ah, Norberto's amigo! Muchas gracias to you for defeating the Lord of Shadows—Norberto told me all about what happened.

 

*: Now, since you are here, you must go and visit Don Rodrigo, sí? He will be very happy to see you, I am sure.

 

*: You saw Don Rodrigo dance? Ay ay ay... I am sure it was a surprise for you, no? I mean, he is usually so severe...

 

*: But it is incredible, I think! He was badly injured only a short while ago, and now he is dancing like a hombre half his age! ¡Maravilloso!

Servantes

Seeing Don Rodrigo in such high spirits is a source of great relief and joy for me. Sí, Norberto has done a great deal to help his father.

Servantes

...Hm? Oh, if you are looking for Don Rodrigo, he is out on the training ground with some of the chicos from the parade. You should go and talk with him—he will be very pleased to see you!

 

2.22 - Gondolia (Post-Credits)

 

*: My goodness! Are you the one who defeated the Lord of Shadows? Well...thank you! It is a great honour to meet you!

 

*: I still cannot quite believe that you defeated the Lord of Shadows...but I am grateful that you did! The docks are livelier now than they have been for a long time!

Dave

Ere, look at them waves! 'Ave you ever seen anyfink so pretty!? An' it's all cos you took care o' the Lord of Shadows! I can't wait to take the Stallion out for a spin!

 

*: You can taste it, sì? The breeze that blows through the town, it is so fresh and clean after the Lord of Shadows is defeated!

 

*: Ah, but first I must say... Benvenuto in Gondolia! We have far fewer people than before, but is okay! We make this town lively again soon!

 

*: ......

 

*: Oh! Is this the Luminary I see before me!? Vanquisher of Mordegon, saviour of the World Tree!?

 

*: Peace has returned, how long we have yearned! The sea's clean and serene, and full of fishes to fish!

Dave

Get a load o' that sea, [pc]! It's been like a duck pond ever since you took care of that Lord o' Shadows! Perfect sailin' conditions, if you ask me!

Placido

Ciao, [pc]! I hear you defeat the Lord of Shadows! Hooray! Always I know you can do it! Always I believe in you!

Placido

Now the world is peaceful, and I enjoy to play with my friends every single day! Grazie mille, signore!

Placido

Ciao, [pc]! I hear you defeat the Lord of Shadows! Hooray! Always I know you can do it! Always I believe in you!

Placido

Now the world is peaceful, and I enjoy to play with my friends every single day! Grazie mille, signore!

Benigno

Ah! Is you! I hear you are the one who defeat the Lord of Shadows! You are an hero!

Benigno

Now all is peaceful in the ocean also, and the people who live on the bed of the sea can return home. But the ones who come to Gondolia, they want to stay here with us!

Benigno

I am very happy about this—molto felice! My new friend, he is very good at the fishing, and he say he teach me one day! Is thanks to you we can do this together. Grazie mille!

Benigno

Ah! Is you! I hear you are the one who defeat the Lord of Shadows! You are an hero!

Benigno

Now all is peaceful in the ocean also, and the people who live on the bed of the sea can return home. But the ones who come to Gondolia, they want to stay here with us!

Benigno

I am very happy about this—molto felice! My new friend, he is very good at the fishing, and he say he teach me one day! Is thanks to you we can do this together. Grazie mille!

Doge Rotundo

I am so surprised to hear my good friend [pc] is the one who defeat Mordegon and bring back peace to the whole of Erdrea.

Doge Rotundo

Even though the world call you Darkspawn and hunt you like the dog, still you stand up for all of us and fight the Lord of Shadows...

Doge Rotundo

You are no Darkspawn, [pc]! You are the saviour of the world! Thank you, my friend! Grazie mille!

 

*: Listen to me very carefully—under the sea, you see, anyone you see could be friend, foe or food. It's fish eat fish, if you wish...

 

*: ...Ah! How very nice to see you, Luminary! Mordegon is gone! And thanks to you—I thank you too!

 

*: My huge human friends and I were speaking of the sea. Its ways and its waves, its ebbs and its flows.

 

*: How we see things beneath the sea would seem to be a subject of special interest to these seaside signores!

 

*: All Benigno speaks of is his new friend from the bed of the sea. He say to me they go fishing together.

 

*: Is a good sign, no? If the little bambini can go out to play, then the world is peaceful once more. Grazie mille to you for defeating the Lord of Shadows!

 

*: We must express our gratitude for the peace that has been granted unto us...

 

*: Hmm? You no disturb me now! Soon I finish my masterpiece, sì? The work of my life...

 

*: After Yggdrasil fall down, I go to everywhere in Erdrea to see the destruction. And now the painting inspired by what I witness is nearly complete!

 

*: But I cannot complete it if you stand there and stare at me, eh! Go, please! Andare!

 

*: My master, he say to me he soon complete his greatest ever painting.

 

*: Onestamente, I never see his finished painting before. This will be the first. Is strange, but I feel a little...excited! Un po 'emozionato!

 

2.23 - Lonalulu (Post-Credits)

 

*: My little brother started feeling sick when the World Tree fell, and he just kept getting worse and worse. Ma and Pa took him somewhere far, far away to be treated.

 

*: But we just had a letter from the doctor—he's all better and he's ready to come home! I can't wait to see him again!

 

*: Welcome to Lonalulu, the seaside paradise of crystal waters and perfect pearls!

 

*: This town's had its ups and downs, but we never lost heart! And now the World Tree's back in action, we're on the up again!

 

*: There's nothing I love more than the sound of cannon fire! As far as I'm concerned, every day should start and end with a bang!

 

*: Lovely day today, isn't it? Get a load of that boundless blue sky! When I hear my babies' booming voices ringing high in the heavens, I know that everything's right with the world!

 

*: There's nothing I love more than the sound of cannon fire! As far as I'm concerned, every day should start and end with a bang!

 

*: Quiet tonight, huh? I bet if I set off one of my babies right now, it'd wake everybody up from here to Heliodor!

 

*: When you beat the Lord of Shadows, the sky cleared right up and the fish came back from wherever they were hiding.

 

*: The World Tree rose into the sky, and a gentle breeze poured out of its branches and swept over us all. I'll bet that's what blew all those dark clouds away.

 

*: The ocean's so beautiful... It looks like it could wash away all the hurt and pain in the world...

 

*: We've found peace at last—now let's get out there and find us some pearls! We don't wanna keep our customers waiting!

 

*: Ha haaa! I can't wait to get out on the water again! I'm gonna fill my hold with a whole pile of pearls, and deliver 'em to every port in Erdrea!

 

*: They say the souls of the departed swim across the ocean from Saikiki Beach to return to Yggdrasil. When the World Tree fell, I didn't like to think about that.

 

*: After all, with Yggdrasil gone, they'd have nowhere to go. They'd just drown out there in the cold, dark water... But everything's fixed now. They'll be able to find their way back.

 

*: I wake up in the morning, spend the day fishing, then have a couple of cold ones in the bar before I hit the hay. It's a simple life, but I love it.

 

*: Thanks, friend—if you hadn't taken down the Lord of Shadows, I wouldn't be able to enjoy life's little pleasures!

Kai

I hear the World Tree's back in action. It's only a matter of time before the fishing grounds are back to the way they used to be too.

Kai

I also heard that when Yggdrasil appeared in the sky again, a beautiful, warm breeze poured out of its branches. I wonder if my tutu's friend the mermaid felt it too... I hope so...

Kai

The world's at peace, but all I can think about is that mermaid, sitting all on her own on that lonesome beach...

Kai

My tutu must have had the same problem—that's why he spent all that time painting pictures of her—he just wanted to see her again...

Kai

I know how he felt now. He wasn't cursed, he... He was in love...

 

*: My husband was out at sea when the World Tree fell, and I haven't heard from him since...but I'm not gonna give up hope just yet.

 

*: If Yggdrasil can come back like that, then so can he. I just have to believe that it can happen.

 

*: Welcome to the most venerable general store in Lonalulu! I've been running this place for fifty years straight, and I'm not gonna stop any time soon!

 

*: Now that Yggdrasil's back up in the sky, the ocean should start filling up with fish again. We've got a lot to thank that crazy old tree for.

 

*: I gotta get this place ready for the next big luau wikiwiki! There's no time to lose—now the world's at peace again, the boys're gonna wanna celebrate!

 

2.24 - Nautica (Post-Credits)

 

*: Welcome back, old friend, my most sincere congratulations. You slayed foul Mordegon and saved our dear, beloved nation.

 

*: If you should miss the air above, just tell me and I'll send you. I have the power to summon bubbles, one of which I'll lend you.

 

*: Well, my friend? What say you? Shall I put my plans in motion, and send you and your ship back to the surface of the ocean?  [yes/no]

 

*: You're staying, then? In that case, Nautica is through that cave. I hope you have a fine time in the land beneath the waves!

 

*: Welcome back, old friend, my most sincere congratulations. You slayed foul Mordegon and saved our dear, beloved nation.

 

*: If you should miss the air above, just tell me and I'll send you. I have the power to summon bubbles, one of which I'll lend you.

 

*: Your fishy form will vanish when you rise from 'neath the sea, so have no fear, you will not end up flailing breathlessly.

 

*: Well, my friend? What say you? Shall I put my plans in motion, and send you and your ship back to the surface of the ocean?  [yes/no]

 

*: You're staying, then? In that case, Nautica is through that cave. I hope you have a fine time in the land beneath the waves!

 

*: Welcome, all, to Nautica, the realm beneath the foam. You're Queen Marina's honoured guests—so make yourselves at home!

 

*: The news of your success has reached us here beneath the sea. Well done everybody, you performed heroically!

 

*: Ahh, to have a nice nap knowing that nobody's going to shake you awake is such a novelty! And it's thanks to you that I can even think about such things!

 

*: Your human guise is certainly a sight for sore eyes, but don't you find it difficult to navigate the waters of Nautica by walking?

 

*: Perhaps if you petitioned the Queen, she might magic those long limbs of yours into something more suited for swimming...

 

*: When I first saw you in your fishy form, you were so thin—just skin and bone. I never imagined such a skinny so-and-so would ever lay the Lord of Shadows low.

 

*: It just goes to show—you should never judge a fish by his blubber!

 

*: Now that the Lord of Shadows is gone, the seawater feels so much cleaner! It's absolutely brill!

 

*: All of my fish friends used to carp on about the dirty water sticking in their gills, but now they're singing a different tuna! And it's all thanks to you!

 

*: Oi oi! Wot've we got 'ere, then? It ain't every day I get a fish swimmin' into me shop! You've got a bit more about ya than yer lily-livered mates, ain'tcha?  [yes/no]

 

*: Though things above the sea have changed and Mordegon's no more, they haven't changed too much down here upon the ocean floor.

 

*: But peace not being tangible, this is no great surprise. If life for us continues thus, we're more than satisfied!

Queen Marina

The day the World Tree rose again and shone with blessed light, I knew that you had won the war and driven off the night.

Queen Marina

There are no words that can express the true depths of my joy. Just this—you have my heartfelt thanks, you brave, heroic boy.

Queen Marina

Now Luminary, at long last, your journey's at an end. You boldly strove to bring back peace, this broken world to mend.

Queen Marina

I pray you will return one day and tell me the whole tale—of how your quest began, and how you finally prevailed.

 

*: When Mordegon showed his face and furled the world in his evil embrace, Queen Marina was deeply ashamed—she blamed herself for failing to foresee it.

 

*: I wondered when I'd ever see that sunny smile again, but now I know—now! Thank you, Luminary, for making Her Majesty merry once more!

 

*: Come back and stay any day! You're always welcome in Nautican waters!

 

*: When you first came here as a fish, as battered as can be, I never thought you'd save the world! You've done marvellously!

 

*: We nursed you back to health here—that's my hostel's claim to fame. And now that you're our saviour, everyone will know its name!

 

*: Luminary, is it reelly you!? I'm your number one fan! Will you sign my fin?  [yes/no]

 

*: I hear the ocean whispering, Her voice is clear and bright. She says the darkness has been banished by the Child of Light.

 

*: The ocean never tells a lie—Her every word is true. Our world is saved from endless night, and it's all thanks to you.

 

*: I wonder what the people in the world above would think if they knew that you, the saviour of our world, like to spend your spare time playing at being a little blue fish...

 

*: Of course, as a fellow sea creature, I don't think it's the least bit silly! Indeed, it's a reel honour!

 

2.25 - Gallopolis (Post-Credits)

 

*: The Luminary has prevailed, and the Lord of Shadows has been defeated at last! We knights of Gallopolis were right not to give in to despair and abandon our resistance!

 

*: Well, it sounds like the Lord of Shadows has finally been taken care of. That should mean fewer monsters and safer travels for us all!

 

‘Mordegon has been defeated and Erdrea is saved!

 

Let us all celebrate the return of peace to the sands!’

 

The Sultan of Gallopolis

 

*: The Celestial Sands lie ahead. All are free to enter!

 

*: Truly, I cannot believe it. When the Lord of Shadows' forces attacked Gallopolis, I prepared myself for the worst...and yet somehow I survived to see the return of peace!

 

*: Yggdrasil has been restored to Her rightful place. Now all of Erdrea can bask in Her blessings once more!

 

‘My good friend [pc] has defeated the Lord of Shadows!’

 

‘He must be thanked for restoring peace to the world! All hail [pc]!’

 

Prince Faris of Gallopolis

 

‘The great Gallopolitan spectacle of the racetrack is alive and well! Come and see the horses compete in front of a roaring crowd!’

 

‘To celebrate the restoration of Yggdrasil, we've decided to keep the circus free to all comers!

 

‘We'll soon teach the people of Gallopolis how to smile again! Come on down and have the time of your life!

 

 The Ringmaster’

Faiz

Ah, it is you! I have been hearing much of your exploits. Defeating the Lord of Shadows is a fine accomplishment indeed!

Faiz

The way you raced made it clear that you were bold and fearless...but still, I did not expect you to possess this degree of heroism!

Faiz

Perhaps you have other priorities for the time being, but should you ever find yourself yearning for a return to the track, I would be honoured to race against the saviour of Erdrea!

 

*: A thousand thank-yous, [pc]! You are the one who saved us all!

 

*: Please know that there will always be a welcome for you here in Gallopolis! We shall not forget what you have done for us!

 

*: I must confess, I thought that the fall of Yggdrasil had sealed our fate—but you showed us the importance of hope.

 

*: Restoring the world to its former glory will be a long process, and our work has only just begun, but we will not falter. The future is in our hands!

 

*: I know you! You are the one who saved Erdrea! ...Hm? How do I know?

 

*: Oh, everyone knows! Prince Faris speaks of little else. He is determined that the whole world should hear of your deeds.

 

*: In fact, I have no doubt that he is somewhere singing your praises at this very moment. Perhaps you should seek him out...

 

*: Defeating the Lord of Shadows, saving Erdrea from the clutches of darkness... [pc] is surely the greatest hero who has ever lived!

 

*: Ohhh, the thought of him putting his life on the line to save the world...

 

*: ...Hm? Oh! I, I, I am still devoted to Prince Faris, of course! Yes! Prince Faris is the greatest hero who has ever lived! You are...the second-greatest! Yes!

 

*: At first, I assumed it must have been Prince Faris who defeated the Lord of Shadows, but it seems I was mistaken.

 

*: But it makes no difference to me! My heart belongs to the Prince whether he is the saviour of Erdrea or not!

 

*: You are the one who defeated the Lord of Shadows! How wonderful! I have always been a devoted admirer of Prince Faris, but I think my loyalties may be shifting... Tee hee!

 

*: The Luminary has defeated the Lord of Shadows, and the world is no longer on the brink. Finally, we Gallopolitans can relax and enjoy life again.

 

*: Now the world's all peaceful again, we need to up our game here at the circus. We'll be providing all the drama and excitement from now on!

 

*: Oh, but if you're worried about the ticket prices, don't be—the ringmaster's decided to extend the free entry period indefinitely!

 

*: The Luminary emerged from the Lantern when it crashed into the desert, and rode off on a great fish to vanquish the Lord of Shadows! We must give thanks to this fish!

 

*: Zzz... Hello, Luminary... Zzz... Thank you for ridding us of...the Lord of Shadowzzz...

 

*: When Mordegon's minions roamed the world, we were deployed on missions all over Erdrea. There will be no need for that now that their numbers have dwindled.

 

*: I for one am looking forward to spending more time with my family, and discovering all that I missed while I was away.

 

*: You must have been so terribly worried... I have caused you so much trouble, my love... But fear not—I am home for good now. We are a family once more!

 

*: Tell me please... Has the world been saved? [yes/no]

 

*: No!? Then why does everyone seem so happy, please!? This is most curious...

 

*: My father went out to fight monsters, but now he has come back! And his horsie, also! This is a most happy day for me!

 

*: You are the Luminary, yes? The one who defeated the Lord of Shadows? I confess, I am in awe of your strength and courage...

 

*: Visitors are not permitted to enter the palace after dark. Return in the morning, please, should you wish to speak to the Sultan.

 

*: It seems that a man named [pc] defeated the Lord of Shadows and saved Erdrea.

 

*: Why, he must be a warrior of incomparable strength and might! I hope I have the opportunity to come face-to-face with him at some point...

 

*: The Lord of Shadows is defeated, and the world is peaceful once more. Now I think some of the old life will return to Gallopolis, sí?

 

*: The saving of the world is an event worth celebrating in style, señor. I am drinking the most expensive bottle in the taberna! ¡Salud!

 

*: So the Luminary was the one who defeated the Lord of Shadows, right? That must mean he wasn't actually the Darkspawn like everyone said.

 

*: I have heard rumours that the Luminary rode into battle against the Lord of Shadows upon the back of a giant flying whale. Surely such a thing is impossible?

 

*: We are none the wiser as to the true nature of Erdwin's Lantern. I cannot help but worry about the truth behind it, I must confess...

 

*: Now the world's all peaceful an' that, maybe I should start thinkin' about buyin' me own 'ouse or somefink. I don't wanna be wand'rin' round forever. I wanna put down some roots.

 

*: Everyone round 'ere's well cheerful these days! I s'pose that's wot a bit o' world peace does to people, eh?

 

*: The world may have been saved, but the merchants who fled have yet to return. How am I supposed to do my shopping, please!?

 

*: The merchants may have abandoned their stalls, but that does not mean that you may help yourself to their wares, young man. Do not forget that a higher power is always watching...

 

*: ...Hm? You ask what I am doing? I am giving thanks, of course! The world has been saved—we must express our gratitude!

 

*: For if we do not, we may not be so fortunate next time our existence is threatened.

 

*: I can hardly believe it, but it is true! Our saviour defeated the Lord of Shadows and restored Yggdrasil to its rightful place! I knew I was right not to abandon hope!

 

*: When Yggdrasil fell, I was certain that my days were numbered. And yet, here I am.

 

*: We must give praise for our delivery from peril! It is our duty to enjoy every second of life remaining to us!

 

*: More and more spectators are returning to the racetrack—and it is all as a result of your world-saving endeavours! There is a future for horse-racing in Gallopolis after all!

 

*: Be sure to catch a race or two while you are here, won't you?

 

*: There are no races held at night. Even horses must sleep, you know!

 

*: What is the true identity of this Mordegon? This ‘Lord of Shadows’?

 

*: Perhaps we will never know. Perhaps some mysteries must remain unsolved...

 

*: Yggdrasil was destroyed, but then restored... The world stood on the brink of the abyss, but did not topple in...

 

*: It seemed certain that the world would be destroyed, and yet that did not come to pass. There is much rebuilding to be done, but first it is only right that we celebrate a little!

 

*: The Lord of Shadows and his minions were responsible for the loss of many lives, and yet I remained standing.

 

*: I am under no illusions as to how fortunate I have been. I shall remain grateful until my dying day.

 

*: Visitors are not permitted to enter the palace after dark. Return in the morning should you wish to meet the Sultan, please.

 

*: The world is at peace, and so are my dear departed horses. They are looking down upon us now, I am certain of it.

 

*: SMASH! BANG! Yaaay! I am [pc]! I am the Luminary! I am the one who defeated the Lord of Shadows! Hee hee!

 

*: I am pretending to be the Luminary! He is the one who beat the Lord of Shadows and saved Erdrea!

 

*: My mother makes the best food in all Erdrea! I want to eat it every day forever!

 

*: The Lord of Shadows is not scary at all! The Luminary will always keep us safe!

 

*: The Lord of Shadows has been defeated and the world is peaceful again! Now all my friends who went away can come back to Gallopolis!

 

*: Now we can all live here together forever! I never need to say goodbye to anyone ever again!

 

*: Hello there, young man! How about a visit to the circus? It's the perfect way to celebrate the fact that the world's been saved!

 

*: I miss Erdwin's Lantern. I did so enjoy gazing up at it—it was most beautiful...

 

*: This is the entrance to the spectator stands. There have been many empty seats at recent races, but fans are now returning in their droves!

 

*: The world may be at peace, but it will take some time for visitors to return to Gallopolis. Times may be hard for a while yet.

 

*: Now that the world is at peace, it is more important than ever to take good care of your money!

 

*: It seems every single Gallopolitan wishes to raise a glass to celebrate the fact that the world is not about to end! My sales are going through the roof!

 

*: My husband was dispatched to fight the Lord of Shadows' forces, but finally he has returned!

 

*: I was so very worried about him... But I must forget that now. I must take pride in the manner in which he has served his kingdom!

 

*: And you are well, yes? You are not hurt? Oh, I have been so worried about you...

 

*: My family have been loyal Gallopolitan subjects for generations. Indeed, this house was given to us by a former Sultan in recognition of the contribution we have made to the kingdom.

 

*: No matter what threats we may face, I will always fight to protect the house of my ancestors!

 

*: The Lord of Shadows' defeat will not bring back those we have lost. I am relieved that the world is at peace, but I cannot bring myself to feel joyful...

 

*: Yggdrasil may have been returned to its rightful place, but the ravages wrought by the Lord of Shadows' forces remain plain for all to see.

 

*: We must all work together to restore Erdrea to its former glory!

 

*: The horses are in better spirits than they have been for a long time! ...Hm? How do I know this?

 

*: Why, by the colour of their manure, of course! At the moment I am seeing some very healthy hues indeed!

 

*: You must rest now, my dears. It has been a long day. Sleep well.

 

*: Now that peace has returned to Erdrea, I am free to focus on horse-racing once more!

 

*: I was absolutely convinced that the descent of Erdwin's Lantern would spell the end for us all—and yet somehow we survived!

 

*: Hooray! The world is at peace, and the people of Gallopolis are smiling again!

 

*: And I'll tell you what, nothing makes a circus man happier than a tent full of beaming faces! Oh, this is just wonderful!

 

*: It's a real relief knowing we're not all going to die. I always said we should never give up, no matter how dark things got!

 

*: Come to the circus and celebrate the fact that the world hasn't ended! Free entry to all comers!

 

*: That's right—it won't cost you a penny! And that's the same whether you come in the daytime or at night! You won't want to miss this once in a lifetime opportunity!

 

*: Amazing! How wonderful!

 

*: Welcome to the Aloe Beera, sir! Would you care for a drink? Everyone else is having one!

 

*: The ciiircus of life!

 

...Oh. You've decided to just walk up mid-performance and say hello, have you? That's, umm... I'm flattered.

 

*: Well, I don't mind. If a bit of a song and dance from me helps you celebrate the Lord of Shadows being gone, then you can stand as close as you like!

 

*: Spectators have been flocking back to the racetrack following the defeat of the Lord of Shadows. Its continued operations are assured!

 

*: It is such a great relief! After all, I could not live without the races!

 

*: At last! I have been betting on rank outsiders every day for twenty years, and finally, one of them won! A hundred to one! Can you believe it!?

 

‘My good friend [pc] has defeated the Lord of Shadows!’

 

‘He must be thanked for restoring peace to the world! All hail [pc]!’

 

Prince Faris of Gallopolis

 

*: Welcome to the Sultan's Palace! You look rather tired. Your journey here was a long and arduous one, I suspect?

 

*: Ha ha! I jest, of course! Now that the world is at peace, I am sure your travels are entirely pleasant!

 

*: A thousand thank-yous, [pc]! You not only saved Gallopolis, but all of Erdrea!

 

*: I pray that we are able to count on you again should the need ever arise!

 

*: I have decided to resign from the Gallopolitan army. Now that Erdrea is at peace, I would like to do some travelling. It is time that I saw the world.

 

*: Do not falter, men! The world may be at peace for now, but Gallopolis will face a new crisis soon enough!

 

*: That is why we desert knights must never rest! Our kingdom requires our protection at all times!

 

*: The Lord of Shadows is no more, yet our training continues apace. We knights must be prepared to march into whatever crises may await us without flinching.

 

*: That is what the captain says, anyway. But I fear that another crisis might send me running for the hills... M-Must...try...harder... Hnnngh...

 

*: The Sultan and Sultana took me in as an orphan, and I have lived with them ever since. I owe them everything.

 

*: I will continue to serve them until my dying day!

Prince Faris

Ah, [pc]! How wonderful to see you! Honestly, I still cannot believe that it was my best friend who defeated the Lord of Shadows!

Prince Faris

You must dine with me some time and regale me with all the grisly details of the battle with Mordegon!

Prince Faris

Oh! I had been meaning to ask—did you perhaps see anything of our saviour on your travels? The one who split the Lantern in two? [yes/no]

Sultan of Gallopolis

I suppose it is of no consequence now that the Lord of Shadows has been defeated. We would do well to disregard such matters, and focus on enjoying the peace you have granted us!

 

*: Your quest to defeat the Lord of Shadows was a success! It cannot have been easy for you I am sure, but you have returned victorious and unharmed, and all is well!

 

*: Your mother would be proud of you, [pc]. Yes. Lady Eleanor is smiling down upon us as we speak, I am sure of it.

 

*: I hear that it was you who defeated the Lord of Shadows, [pc]! Prince Faris is greatly excited at his beloved friend accomplishing such a feat!

 

*: This man entered the castle uninvited, and now appears to have taken up permanent residence here. I no longer have the heart to try and eject him...

 

*: The defeat of the Lord of Shadows appeared to lift a great weight from His Most Exalted Majesty the Sultan's shoulders. It is surely far easier to rule over a kingdom at peace.

 

*: Sleep, lost souls, be peaceful at last,

 

Thy suff'ring's ended, misery's passed,

 

*: Go, drift among the dunes, farewell friends,

 

Be free, be still, sleep now till time's end.

 

*: The Lord of Shadows is defeated, and Yggdrasil is restored, but the souls of the departed still roam the ether. It is to them that I now sing. Perhaps my song can bring them comfort on their final journey.

 

*: The forces of evil have been greatly weakened by the Lord of Shadows' demise, but they are yet to be entirely eradicated.

 

*: We desert knights must remain vigilant and alert in order to protect ordinary Gallopolitans from monster attack.

 

*: A thousand thank-yous for defeating the Lord of Shadows. Now I can spend the rest of my days here in peace with the palace cats...

 

*: I bleedin' love this balcony! It's got the best view o' the racetrack anywhere in the city—an' no entry fee, neither!

 

2.26 - Octagonia (Post-Credits)

 

*: Welcome to the Warrior's Rest! I suppose you're here on holiday, are you? [yes/no]

 

*: We do have a room free if you'd like to stay. I mean, you've come all this way—you might as well spend the night!

 

*: We've seen a steady increase in the number of guests since the Lord of Shadows was defeated. Not that you care how rushed off our feet we are, I'm sure. Now then...

 

*: It's nothing to get too excited about, but we've been seeing a few more tourists coming to the region of late. Business is a bit better than it was, thank goodness.

 

*: I suppose it's all because of that Luminary fellow. Well, he's done his part—now it's down to us!

 

*: I was taking my troupe up to perform in Octagonia, but then we heard people talking about this place and decided we had to pay it a visit.

 

*: Well, I'm ever so glad we did! It's lovely here. In fact, we've decided to postpone our trip and stay a little longer.

 

*: Have you heard the rumours? People are saying that the Luminary—you know, the one who defeated the Lord of Shadows—once spent the night here!

 

*: I wonder if he too looked out of this window, just like I'm doing now... Gosh, could you imagine meeting him? What an honour that would be!

 

*: Hmph! I'm desperate to get to the casino up in Octagonia, but the people I'm travelling with seem to have taken a shine to this place. Doesn't look like we'll be leaving any time soon...

 

*: I just happened to come across this place on my travels. There's not much here, but it's ever so pretty!

 

*: Ahhh! It sure is good to get some good ol' fresh air in my lungs!

 

*: Now that the Lord of Shadows ain't troublin' us no more, I'm free to leave the house whenever I please. Ain't that just peachy!

 

*: You're the one who defeated the Lord of Shadows!? That means you saved Octagonia! No, wait...you saved the whole world!

 

*: Hey, nice work, kid! I sure woulda liked to see you take down that Lord of Shadows! That's the kinda bout no fighting fan's gonna wanna miss!

 

*: Hey, kid! Yggdrasil's back where it belongs, and it's all thanks to you! I guess the world really is at peace again, huh?

 

*: Now folks can start going to the casino not just 'cause they've got bad stuff to forget about, but because they wanna celebrate being alive! The dark days are behind us, yes sirree!

 

*: The world is peaceful again, which means I'm free to focus on my work. Now let's see...

 

*: I've just been speaking with all my friends up in heaven, telling them not to worry about us down here. I told 'em Mister [pc]'s made things peaceful again.

 

*: I miss my pals so much... And even though things are all better now, they're still not coming back... (sniff) Sorry. I better pull myself together...

 

*: After all, my pals don't wanna hear me crying every time I speak with them. Next time, I'll be sure to do it with a smile on my face!

 

*: Hey, [pc]! I heard you beat up that mean old Lord of Shadows! That's so cool!

 

*: Oh, by the way—Uncle Vince said he really wanted to see you. I think he's in his room. You should go talk to him.

 

*: Nnngh... H-Hey, there you are! You did real good there, beating the Lord of Shadows, man... Nnngh...

 

*: ...Hm? My injuries? Oh, yeah. They're all healed. Problem is—Nnngh!—I've got this darned stomach ache now. Sometimes I worry I'll never get outta here.

 

*: I REALLY can't work out why Liu Za won't get better... It doesn't matter, though! I'm gonna stay right here with him until he does!

 

*: Zzz... Heyyy...! Abominable Showman...! Zzz... Wait for me...

The Abominable Showman

Shlurrrp...! Playing with thish kid hash made me want my own kidsh to play with... Shlurrrp... But I need to find myshelf a wife firsht...

Vince

Hey there, partner! I've been hearin' all kindsa great stuff about you! You even took down that Lord of Shadows creep, right?

Vince

Jeez... I can't believe we used to be on the same tournament team! It's... It's a real honour, man! (sniff) You... You're... (sniff)

Vince

I dunno why I'm cryin', man! But I ain't gonna lie and say there's somethin' in my eye—I ain't afraid o' my emotions any more!

 

*: Hey there! Welcome to Octagonia! The Luminary can always expect a warm welcome here!

 

*: ...How was that? I'll be honest, it's been a while since anybody came by here, so I don't get to practise my spiel so often.

 

*: (sigh) I sure hope they start holding tournaments again soon. Signing up fighters is all I'm good for...

 

*: I know what I'm gonna do now the world's at peace again—I'm gonna head over to the Warrior's Rest and have me some well-deserved R 'n' R!

Sinderella

Oh, hey there, sweetie! I haven't seen you in a while! Don't tell me you've forgotten me!? It's me! Sinderella! From the MMA tournament?

Sinderella

What's this I've been hearin' about you? They're sayin' you took out the Lord of Shadows and brought peace to the world? That's incredible, hon!

Sinderella

Hey, but it's great to see you again. You know what, I think this calls for a celebration! Let's get us some Fighting Juice for old time's sake!

Whambelina

Oh, hello there! I heard you were the one who took care of the Lord of Shadows. I always knew you were good at fighting, but that's something else.

Whambelina

And now I'll be able to tell all my friends that I fought against the kid who saved the world!

 

*: Well, if it isn't the MMA champion himself! You remember me, right? I'm the mayor of this beautiful town!

 

*: I've been following your career ever since you fought here, you know. I ain't at all surprised you ended up doing all the great things you did!

 

*: I think it's safe to say you're the greatest fighter in all Erdrea—and that's the mayor of Octagonia saying that! I know all there is to know about fighting!

 

*: Now the world's all peaceful an' that, we can finally 'ead to the casino an' gamble in peace! Blindin'!

 

*: I mean, that's all I've ever wanted to do...but now I'm startin' to fink I should be a bit more specific... I mean, wot does ‘winnin' big’ really mean, anyway...?

 

*: Me bruv 'ere's one 'eck of a bloke, you know. 'E likes to dream big—an' 'e likes to make 'is dreams come true, an' all!

 

*: I mean, 'e never dreamed as big as you, o' course, savin' the world an' all, but 'e's still a stone-cold legend!

The Underdigger

There 'e is, finkin' 'e's all that just 'cause 'e went an' saved the world. Well, don't get too cocky, sunshine!

The Underdigger

If I'd been born a Lumin'ry, I'd've finished that Lord o' Shadows off wivout breakin' a sweat! An' I'd 'ave made it 'ome in time for tea, an' all!

 

*: Hey, sir! Why not live a little? Come spin the wheel—it's only a hundred tokens a turn!

 

*: I mean, the world's all peaceful now, ain't it? What's wrong with having yourself a little fun?

 

2.27 - Hotto (Post-Credits)

 

*: Ah, [pc]! I have heard all about your exploits! Please, feel free to pass!

 

*: Noah told me all about you! According to him, you're the Luminary, and you fulfilled your destiny by defeating the Lord of Shadows. Very impressive.

 

*: So it's thanks to you that we're all alive and well, and can come away on holiday like this. We owe you one!

 

*: Hello, [pc]! Or should I say...Luminary! That's right—Noah told me all about you defeating the Lord of Shadows and whatnot.

 

*: Not to mention saving this town from some kind of dragon! Sounds like you're quite the hero!

Noah

Alright, [pc]? I 'eard all about yer little adventure! You made short work o' the Lord o' Shadows, eh?

Noah

Course I weren't there to see it meself, but information just 'as this 'abit o'...fallin' into me lap. Heh heh!

Noah

...'Ang about—where's yer little friend wiv the red 'at an' the temper? Not wiv you today? Well, give 'er me regards, eh?

Connie

Yaaay! You beat the Lord of Shadows! You're the best!

Connie

Zzz... Zzz...

 

*: Miko and her son,

 

A hole that cannot be filled,

 

Pain that will not fade.

 

*: ...But still there is hope,

 

The Lord of Shadows is gone,

 

Light breaks through the clouds.

 

*: Brave Luminary,

 

Your deeds burn bright and righteous

 

Like the summer sun.

 

*: We have lost so much,

 

Yet still we have the bathhouse.

 

The blessing of steam.

 

*: Now, most honoured guest,

 

The blue curtain is for men,

 

Red is for women.

 

*: Too much time has passed.

 

The steam has done its damage.

 

Wrinkled like a prune.

 

*: I had hoped to rouse

 

The Luminary's ardour

 

With peachy soft skin...

 

*: You have saved us all.

 

The World Tree floats in the sky.

 

Peace returns like spring.

 

*: But one cloud remains:

 

That Mistress Miko and Ryu

 

Will never return...

 

*: We have heard the tale—

 

You have achieved victory.

 

Your quest ends at last.

 

*: You fought for them too—

 

For Ryu and for dear Miko.

 

They rest now in peace.

 

2.28 - Sniflheim (Post-Credits)

 

*: Our scouts report that the great dragon that was sighted in the skies above the Snærfelt is no more.

 

*: In its place soars almighty Yggdrasil, newly returned to life. It seems that peace reigns over Erdrea once more!

 

*: A little while ago a young girl sailed off in a little boat, muttering under her breath all the while.

 

*: Now that the World Tree has come back to life, the seas aren't swarming with man-eating monsters any more, but even so, I can't help worrying about her on her own out there...

 

*: If I knew where she was heading, I'd go and make sure she made it there safely...

 

*: Gold Fever has gone away and Yggdrasil has come back to life. At long last, we can breathe easily again. However, it seems there are some who still suffer...

 

*: Why, just the other day, I saw a girl by the church with a face as sour as a pickled herring! I wonder what was the matter with her?

 

*: It is truly a miracle that almighty Yggdrasil has returned to life! O great and glorious Tree of Life, we pray that you will watch over us always!

 

*: ...Speaking of miracles—some days ago, the young lady the Reverend Father was caring for awoke from her slumber at long last. It has been one good thing after another lately!

 

*: No matter what befalls this kingdom—be it a golden plague or a band of thieving monsters—the snow never stops! Day after day, I must shovel it away! It's hard work, but somebody has to do it!

 

*: Now that those dark clouds have disappeared, I can concentrate completely on my shovelling. Nothing can stop the snow from falling, but nothing can stop me shovelling either!

 

Heave-ho! Heave-ho!

 

Far vel, snow!

 

Away you go!

 

*: Ah, [pc]. You have come at just the right time.

 

*: You remember that I was caring for young Mia, yes? She awoke from her lengthy slumber some days ago. ...But I am afraid that she left soon after, and I have not seen her since.

 

*: I fear that she is in no fit state to be travelling—she is still weak, and needs rest. Wherever she is, I pray that she is unharmed. Now...

 

*: It is my divine duty to pray for the safety of you and young Mia—a duty that I perform gladly, and with all due diligence. Now...

 

*: I appreciate your interest in my wares wanderer, but please, if you wish to buy any of my weapons, you must come around to the front.

 

*: The Lord of Shadows may have fallen, and the World Tree may have been brought back to life, but one thing will never change—come round to the front, or you will not be served.

 

*: The world is at peace, and the trading ships are coming in and out of the harbour just as they did before. Now I can concentrate on building up my business!

 

*: Can I interest you in any of my splendid pieces? Come around to the front and I will show you what I have in stock. I'm sure you'll find something you like!

 

*: I am training to be an astrologer. I am currently researching Erdwin's Lantern, the strange star that fell from the sky and almost crushed the Kingdom of Gallopolis.

 

*: I am sure that there must be some reason for its having descended when and where it did. This shall be the subject of my very first treatise!

Frysabel

I'm so glad to see you well! When I saw Yggdrasil blossoming once more, I knew that you had vanquished the Lord of Shadows.

Frysabel

As the ruler of Sniflheim and a citizen of Erdrea, I cannot thank you enough for saving not only my realm, but our entire world.

Frysabel

You and your friends are true heroes. I do not doubt that the tale of your great deeds will be remembered throughout the ages alongside those of the Luminary of Legend himself.

Krystalinda

My, my, Luminary, you are a mighty one—strong enough to defeat the Lord of Shadows himself! Now I don't feel so bad for losing to you.

Krystalinda

I hear that the handsome devil who freed me from the grimoire was cast aside by his master and lost his life.

Krystalinda

I suppose it serves him right after all the naughty things he did, but I can't help feeling sorry for the poor dear. I wonder if he did it all for somebody special. I would do anything for my dear Fryssy, after all...

 

*: Thank you for your aid in curing Gold Fever, [pc]. I hear that you were also responsible for bringing Yggdrasil back to life.

 

*: I am sure Her Majesty and Krystalinda are eager to offer you their own thanks.

Snorri

So, the Luminary slayed the Lord of Shadows and brought almighty Yggdrasil back to life.

Snorri

It is every scholar's dream to live in interesting times, and I think I can say with confidence that these times are more interesting than most!

Snorri

Allow me to thank you once again, [pc]. You are a true hero.

 

*: Thank goodness—peace at last! But we cannot rest on our laurels just yet—we must put the plan to revitalise Sniflheim in motion!

 

*: It is only thanks to you, [pc], that this great nation may flourish again. I look forward to seeing what you do next!

 

*: Last time I looked, the sky was dark and there was an evil-looking castle where the World Tree should be. But now, everything is back to normal again!

 

*: Now that I think about it, Yggdrasil couldn't have just disappeared...and castles can't float... Was it all just a bad dream, maybe?

 

*: I guess that girl with the blue hair I saw running through here just before must have been part of the dream too...

Mia

Treasure hunting with Erik, huh? If I'd known that was on the cards, I never would have run away!

Mia

Tell him to come get me as soon as you're done doing whatever it is you have to do. And tell him not to keep me waiting too long!

Mia

And tell him I get first dibs on whatever treasure we find too! Tee hee!

 

2.29 - L'Académie de Notre Maître des Médailles (Post-Credits)

 

*: YGGDRASIL RETURNS. LORD OF SHADOWS NO MORE. LIFE BREATHED BACK INTO ERDREA. NEW DAWN.

 

 

*: DEAD SHALL RISE. NEW LIFE. NEW LEAVES ON TREE. ALL THANKS TO LUMINARY.

 

 

*: Aren't these flowers pretty? Monsieur Médaillé likes the lilies of the valley best of all.

 

 

*: He says the way their little white petals catch the eye reminds him of mini medals.

 

*: Whatever's in that tub that Jarmima carries around with her, it's absolutely amazing! As soon as she sprinkles it on a wilting flower, it springs right back to life!

 

 

*: Thanks to her mystery mixture, the lilies of the valley are even more full of life than they were before. Monsieur Médaillé will be ever so pleased!

 

*: No matter what age they enrol at, young ladies must undergo seven years of rigorous training before they are allowed to graduate from the Académie.

 

 

*: This is my fifth year. When I first arrived, I was so homesick, I cried for my parents every night. Now, I can't imagine living anywhere else!

Jarmima

Thanks for telling me about this place! If I'd spent any longer on my own in the Eerie Eyrie, I would have gone potty!

 

Jarmima

I've made a lot of friends already, and the teachers are all really nice—when they're not shouting at me for breaking the chairs, that is. I feel like I've hit the jackpot!

 

Jarmima

Here, this is for you—you've more than urned it! Jeeble jarble joo!

 

 

NOT USED

Jarmima

Jeeble jarble joo! It wasn't just pot luck that you found me—it was all thanks to my mummy's happy-making spell!

 

Jarmima

It's really powerful magic—whenever you're feeling sad, just say ‘jeeble jarble joo’, and you'll soon be happier than a tot in the tub!

 

Jarmima

Jeeble jarble joo! It wasn't just pot luck that you found me—it was all thanks to my mummy's happy-making spell!

 

Jarmima

It's really powerful magic—whenever you're feeling sad, just say ‘jeeble jarble joo’, and you'll soon be happier than a tot in the tub!

 

 

*: Good day, sir. We are the proud members of Les Médamoiselles Magnifiques—an exclusive club for only the most dedicated disciples of grace and elegance.

 

 

*: Though the world is at peace once more, that is no excuse to be negligent in one's training!

 

 

*: So come along, ladies—practice makes perfect! And a-one, and a-two, and a-one, two, three—go!

 

*: Good evening, sir. This table is reserved exclusively for the honourable members of Les Médamoiselles Magnifiques.

 

 

*: Supper is a daily test of a lady's true elegance. When lifting the bread, one must always remember to keep one's little finger perfectly perpendicular!

 

*: A true Médamoiselle Magnifique has a stout heart, an iron will and a never-say-die attitude, just like the Luminary!

 

 

*: That's why I've decided to knuckle down and follow the big girls' instructions to the letter. One day I'll be the elegantest lady Erdrea's ever seen!

 

*: A true lady does not turn up her nose at any dish! Her sniffer must remain unwaveringly level at all times!

 

 

*: I just have to trick myself into thinking the peppers are crisp, sweet apples and the carrots are soft, juicy strawberries, and I'll be able to lick my platter clean!

 

*: I'm Chantelle the chanteussse, and ever sssince Yggdrasssil came back to life, I've been back to my old, sssunny ssself again! I jussst can't ssstop sssinging!

 

Chantelle

Would you like me to sssing a sssong for you? <yesno>

Chantelle

Yaaay! Thanksss! Okay then, if you're ready—Chantelle the chanteussse shall sssing the ssschool sssong, essspecially for you!

 

Chantelle

'Neath the branches of the birches

Daffodils sssway and ssswiiing

 

Chantelle

Here among the graceful gardens

Budding young ladies sssiiing!

 

Chantelle

We'll ssstride acrosss the wide, wide world

And hunt for mini medals low and hiiigh

 

Chantelle

But our heartsss live forever in

L'Académie de Notre Maître des Médailles!

 

Chantelle

Oh no, what a shame! But don't worry—I'll keep practisssing, ssso when you do finally want to hear me sssing, I'll be even better!

 

 

*: This little river is absolutely teeming with......nothing. To tell the truth, I've run out of bait......so now I'm just practising. It helps build up my......patience.

 

 

*: It's fun and all, but there's one big problem......something's really starting to stink. I hope nobody's been using this river for......something other than fishing......

 

*: This little river is absolutely teeming with......nothing. To tell the truth, I've run out of bait......so now I'm just practising. It helps build up my......patience.

 

 

*: It used to pong a bit around here, but now that Malodorine's joined in......it doesn't any more. She smells......lovely. It's like being out in the flower garden......

 

*: What a wonderful day! Yggdrasil's high in the sky and everything's right with the world! All that remains is to get rid of this horrid dust!

 

*: Yggdrasil is back where She belongs and the world is at peace again, but this little girl is still making a nuisance of herself! Honestly, I do wish the younger ones wouldn't get so overexcited...

 

 

*: Ze Lord of Shadows 'as fallen, but ze world is still in a bad way. Many people 'ave lost zeir lives, yet some can still be saved. ...And zat is where you come in!

 

 

*: I 'ave a petit requête for you—if, on your travels, you should meet wiz any young girls 'oo 'ave been left alone—sans parents—I want you to tell zem about zis place.

 

 

*: Ze Académie is a safe 'aven in zis world dangereux, and we 'ave warm beds and 'ot food to spare. Our doors are always open to any jeune fille 'oo needs our 'elp in zese troubled times.

 

 

*: Ze entire faculté stands ready to welcome zem into our 'umble établissement, and aid zem in any way we can!

 

 

*: Bonjour, monsieur! Les jeunes filles zat you sent to us are already making zemselves at 'ome. It is so nice to see ze young ladies safe and well.

 

 

*: Though ze scars on zeir 'earts may never fully 'eal, zose girls are brave beyond zeir years. Already, zey are putting ze past behind zem and focusing on ze future.

 

 

*: In time, zey will recover, and—wiz ze 'elp of all of us 'ere at l'Académie de Notre Maître des Médailles—zey will flourish!

 

 

*: I 'ave a petit requête for you—if, on your travels, you should meet wiz any young girls 'oo 'ave been left alone—sans parents—I want you to tell zem about zis place.

 

 

*: Ze Académie is a safe 'aven in zis world dangereux, and we 'ave warm beds and 'ot food to spare. Our doors are always open to any jeune fille 'oo needs our 'elp in zese troubled times.

 

 

朝の初回のセーシェルとナターシャを入学させた後と同じ

 

*: Oh, hello. I'm Candida, the chef de classe. It's my role to look after the other girls and keep them in line, but they really don't make it easy for me.

 

Candida

Recently, it's Malodorine Delamorgue who's been giving me the biggest headache. She usually smells lovely, but ever since the Fall, she's really started to pong.

 

Candida

None of the other girls really mind—she is a walking corpse, after all—but Malodorine's so upset about it, she's started bunking off lessons to avoid bothering anyone.

 

*: Oh, hello. I'm Candida, the chef de classe. It's my role to look after the other girls and keep them in line, but they really don't make it easy for me.

 

Candida

At least I don't have to worry about Malodorine any more. I'm not sure what happened, but she seems to be back to her old sweet-smelling self—thank goodness.

 

Candida

Some kindly soul must have...helped her with her little situation. After all the headaches she gave me, I can't thank them enough!

Candida

 

‘She opens wide her shining eyes and searches for her shiny prize!

The wide-eyed wanderer espies a medal of a tiny size!

 

Candida

‘Take it, dear girl, come, realise the wonder that before you lies!

And on your way home, visualise your classmates' laudatory cries!’

Candida

Whenever I read Monsieur Médaillé's poetry to a restless student, it sends them straight to sleep. He's a real lifesaver!

Candida

This poor girl must have seen some terrible things. She always seems so cheery in class, but as soon as she's alone, she starts sobbing...

 

Candida

It must be a real struggle for her to hold back the tears, but she stays strong to avoid upsetting the other girls... Such a thoughtful child...

 

 

*: Ah-phew... Ah-phew...

 

 

*: I finally got a reply from my little brothers back home. They said there were great golden glaciers blocking the routes in and out of Sniflheim, so they had only just got my letter.

*: Honestly, they could have just said they didn't have the time to write to me. They didn't have to make up a silly excuse like that.

 

 

*: Still, now that they are back in touch, I must make some more handkerchiefs to send them. I can't sleep until I've embroidered at least twenty more.

 

 

*: After all, the money they get for selling them pays for their food and clothes. If it wasn't for me, they'd starve, or freeze...or both.

 

*: Oh, hello! It's lovely to see you again. Thank you so much for telling me about this place.

 

 

*: I'm so happy to be living here with all the other girls. I don't feel like crying any more.

 

 

*: This is for you... For saving me...

 

NOT USED

 

*: When I grow up, I want to be a teacher just like Madame Waloppe.

 

 

*: And whenever my students are feeling sad, I'll give them a great big hug to cheer them up, just like the one she gave me!

 

*: When I grow up, I want to be a teacher just like Madame Waloppe.

 

 

*: And whenever my students are feeling sad, I'll give them a great big hug to cheer them up, just like the one she gave me!

 

*: Make sure you watch your manners around Madame Labouche—she's the deportment mistress, which means she's very fussy about appearance and behaviour.

 

 

*: She's bad enough with us girls, so I can't even imagine how strict she'd be with a boy. You're not even supposed to be here! I'd be very, very careful around her if I were you.

 

 

*: Cooking for zese girls is a true test of endurance! You think zey are delicate little flowers, nibbling away on raindrops and sunbeams? Peh!

 

 

*: Non, zey are ravenous monsters wiz bottomless pits where zeir stomachs should be! No matter 'ow much I pile on zeir plates, zey lick zem clean and beg for more!

 

 

*: Still, ‘you are what you eat’, as zey say. Zese debutantes-to-be are lucky I use only ze finest ingredients!

 

*: You want to know what is on ze menu tonight, hein? <yesno>

 

*: It is a tour de culinary force, even if I say so myself! Ze centrepiece will be ze bouillabaisse Valoreux—a fish dish filled with ze tastiest fruits de mer ze Costa Valor 'as to offer!

 

 

*: Dip in a freshly baked bun made wiz finest Zwaardsrustian wheat, and it soaks up ze sauce like an éponge! You will want to lick your plate clean, but do not forget your manners, hein?

 

 

*: For dessert, we 'ave gâteau aux fraises from ze finest pâtisserie in Gondolia, and tropical fruits all ze way from ze seaside paradise of Lonalulu!

 

 

*: Each and every item on ze menu is packed full of vitamins, minerals...et l'amour! Eat your fill, and you too may grow to be a lovely lady, just like my girls!

 

*: Oh...zen you 'ave come to 'elp me, per'aps? Merci, chéri—thank you for ze kind offer, but I 'ave done all ze 'ard work already!

 

*: Jarmima is a culinary génie! A petit pinch of whatever she keeps in zat pot makes any meal I make taste fantastique!

 

 

*: If only she would reveal to me 'er secret recipe!

 

*: Hello! I'm Madeleine. I'm the head dinner monitor! Do you want to know what's on the menu tonight? <yesno>

Madeleine

Tee hee! Then I'll tell you! Madame Croque will be serving Valorian bouillabaisse—that's a kind of fish stew—filled with the finest seafood the Costa Valor has to offer!

 

Madeleine

If you dip in a freshly baked bun made with finest Zwaardsrustian wheat, it soaks up the sauce like a sponge! You'll want to lick your plate clean, but don't forget your manners!

 

Madeleine

For dessert, we have strawberry cake from the finest bakery in Gondolia, and tropical fruits all the way from the seaside paradise of Lonalulu!

 

Madeleine

Tee hee hee! My mouth's watering just thinking about it! Dinner time can't come quickly enough!

Madeleine

Whaaat!? You don't care what's for dinner!? What's wrong with you!?

 

*: Hello! It's me, Madeleine—the head dinner monitor! What do you think of tonight's spread? It's wonderful, isn't it? Ohhh, I'm so happy!

 

 

*: Hey, are you as worried about graduating as I am? The thought of heading out into the great unknown all alone makes me go weak at the knees...

 

 

*: Tee hee! Oh, you're such a silly billy! Did you think I was going to leave you on your own? Even after we graduate, we'll always be together!

 

 

*: R-Really? Oh, thank you, thank you! You don't know how much this means to me—how much...you mean to me... Promise me that we'll never be apart?

 

 

*: Yes, yes, I promise. After we graduate, let's go on a trip around the whole wide world, just you and me! So long as we have each other, we have nothing to be scared of!

 

*: Hello, I'm Jarmima. Do you want to know what ‘jeeble jarble joo’ means? It's a magic spell that makes you happy. My mummy taught it to me...before she passed away...

 

Jarmima

When that big tree fell out of the sky, all of my old friends suddenly went potty and chased me out of my home... It was really jarring...

 

Jarmima

I can't go back home any more... I'm all alone in the world... Everything's gone to pot...

 

*: Hello, I'm Jarmima. Do you want to know what ‘jeeble jarble joo’ means? It's a magic spell that makes you happy. My mummy taught it to me...before she passed away...

 

Jarmima

When that big tree fell out of the sky, all of my old friends suddenly went potty and chased me out of my home... It was really jarring...

 

Jarmima

I can't go back home any more... I'm all alone in the world... Everything's gone to pot...

 

Jarmima is all on her own, and doesn't have anywhere to go. Tell her about l'Académie de Notre Maître des Médailles? <yesno>

Jarmima

...Jeeble jarble joo! If I go to that school, I won't be all alone any more! Thank you so much for telling me about it!

 

Jarmima

I'm going to go there right now! I'll pick up some nice, shiny apples for my new teachers on the way—and I'll get something for you too! You've urned it!

Jarmima

When you feel sad and lonely, just say ‘jeeble jarble joo’, and it'll put a smile on your face...eventually...


Back to DQXI S Script Home